The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2001-076 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 2001-076 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and B.W.K. Construction Company Ltd., Pickering, Ontario, for the Courtice Community Complex Expansion. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS: 1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract between B.W.K. Construction Company Ltd., Pickering, Ontario, and said Corporation; and 2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A"form part of this By-law. By-law read a first and second time this 30 day ofApril, 2001. By-law read a third time and finally passed this 3o day ofAprij2001. John M ayor atti arrie unicipal Clerk CL2001-13 I COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX EXPANSION 1 1 THOMAS E. BROWN 1 ARCHITECT INC. ' Contract Documents ' for the Stipulated Price Contract between ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and B.W.K. Construction Company Limited for the construction of a Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 04 May, 2001 1 Standard canstrucflori document CDC t Mated Price contract Reprint 1998 lam! L:l Canadian construction documents cominitlee Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2- 1994 TABLE OF CONTENTS AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR PART 4 ALLOWANCES A-1 The Work GC 4.1 Cash Allowances A-2 Agreements and Amendments GC 4.2 Contingency Allowance A-3 Contract Documents A-4 Contract Price PART S PAYMENT A-5 Payment GC 5.1 Financing Information Required of the Owner A-6 Receipt of and Addresses for Notices GC 5.2 Applications for Progress Payment A-7 Language of the Contract GC 53 Progress Payment A-8 Succession GC 5.4 Substantial Performance of the Work GC 5.5 Payment of Holdback upon Substantial Performance of the Work DEFINITIONS GC 5.6 Progressive Release of Holdback 1. Contract GC 5.7 Final Payment 2. Contract Documents GC 5.8 Withholding of Payment 1 Owner GC 5.9 Non-conforming Work w. 4. Contractor 5. Subcontractor PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK 6. Supplier GC 6.1 Changes 7. Consultant GC 6.2 Change Order 8. Project GC 6.3 Change Directive " 9. Work GC 6.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions t0. Place of the Work GC 6.5 Delays It. Product 12. Provide PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE 13. Contract Price GC 7.1 Owner's Right to Perform the Work.Stop the Work,or 14, Contract Time Terminate the Contract 15. Working Day GC 7.2 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the 16. Supplemental Instruction Contract 17. Change Order 18. Change Directive PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 19. Substantial Performance of the Work GC 8.1 Authority of the Consultant 20_ Value Added Taxes GC 8.2 Negotiation, Mediation, and Arbitration GC 8.3 Retention of Rights GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY PRICE CONTRACT GC 9.1 Protection of Work and Property tt1F GC 9.2 Damages and Mutual Responsibility PART I GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 9.3 Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials GC 1.1 Contract Documents GC 1.2 Law of the Contract PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS lip GC 1.3 Rights and Remedies GC 10.1 Taxes and Duties GC 1.4 Assignment GC 10.2 Laws, Notices,Permits, and Fees GC 10.3 Patent Fees PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 10.4 Workers' Compensation wI. GC 2.1 Authority of the Consultant GC 2.2 Role of the Consultant PART 11 INSURANCE-BONDS 1- GC 2.3 Review and Inspection of the Work GC 11.1 Insurance GC 2.4 Defective Work GC 11.2 Bonds PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK PART 12 INDEMMFICATION-WAIVER-WARRANTY d GC 3.1 Control of the Work GC 12.1 Indemnification GC 3.2 Construction by Owner or Other Contractors GC 12-2 Waiver of Claims GC 3.3 Temporary Supports,Structures,and Facilities GC 12.3 Warranty GC 3.4 Document Review 1 GC 3.5 Construction Schedule GC 16 Construction Safety q� GC 3.7 Supervisor GC 3.8 Subcontractors and Suppliers i GC 3.9 Labour and Products GC 3.10 Documents at the Site tIT GC 3.11 Shop Drawings Reprint 1998 GC 3.12 Use of the Work CCDC Copyright 1994 #• GC 3.13 Cutting and Remedial Work Must not be copied in whole or in part without the written permission GC 3.14 Cleanup of the CCDC. Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2- 1994 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR For use when a stipulated price is the basis of payment. This Agreement made on the Four-t- ------------------ ----------- day of------ May------- ----------- --- - in the year_-Two_-Thousand----and-- One---------------------------------------------------- ------------------ - - -- -- - -- - - - -- - - - - by and between The Corporation of the Municipality of Claringt-on_ -----__ ---..__---._____-----__,_____.-____--__,------ ------__ _----''___------t__--.......' ------- ------- ---- - ----- ------- -- ._ - hereinafter called the "Owner" and B.W.K. Construction Company -Limited-- - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ hereinafter called the "Contractor" IThe Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE A-1 THE WORK The Contractor shall: 1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for-the----c_onst.ruct i.9-n----o_f_.__a._._.f.itiies s centre addition to the Courtice Community Complex - ------------------------------------------------------------------- inser[above the title of the Work locatedat 2950 Courtice Road_, _Courtice, Ontario __---_---------------------------- --- . insert above the Place of the Work Iwhich have been signed by the parties, and for which T.homas----E_..._._Br_o_wn----Ar-chi-tect--_1_n_c.__- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- insert above the name of the Consultant is acting as and is hereinafter called the "Consultant" and 1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement, and 1.3 commence the Work by the --------18th day of -__May _.............. in the year _2 0 0_1 and, subject to adjustment in Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents, attain Substantial Performance of the Work,by the 26th day of November in the year 2001 CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 1 ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations,representations,or agreements,either written or oral,relating in any manner to the Work,including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-1 of the Agreement- THE WORK: • Agreement Between Owner and Contractor • Definitions • The General Conditions of the.Stipulated Price Contract * See the following five:,( 5) pages . 1 1 i 1 * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g. ,Supplementary Conditions; Specifications,giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, number of pages, and date; Drawings, giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark;Addenda,giving title, number, date,) CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 2 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex List of Contract Documents (forming part of Article A-3 of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor) Division Section # of Pages Dated Each Section of the Specifications is written as a unit of work and has been assigned a permanent number. They are arranged in sequence for this particular Project. Any gaps in the order of numerical sequence do not indicate that a specification section has been inadvertently omitted but, rather, that a section is not included in the work required for this Project. "Indicates Section or Drawing was prepared by the Structural Engineering Consultant. **Indicates Section or Drawing was prepared by the Mechanical/Electrical Engineering Consultant. All other Sections and Drawings are issued by the Architectural Consultant. 00810 Supplementary Conditions.....................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 00901 Addendum Number 01, plusthe drawings listed immediately below......3..........30 March, 2001 3/A8 Detailed Section Through Glass Masonry.....................................30 March, 2001 4/A8 Detailed Plan Through Glass Moasonry........................................30 March, 2001 S-100 Partial Foundation Plan *.............................................................29 March, 2001 S-101 Partial Roof Framing Plan *.........................................................29 March, 2001 S-102 Joist Bearing Detail *...................................................................29 March, 2001 S-103 Partial Roof Framing Plan *.........................................................29 March, 2001 ' S-104 Partial Roof Framing Plan *.........................................................29 March, 2001 S-105 Detail *.........................................................................................29 March, 2001 S-106 Section *......................................................................................29 March, 2001 S-107 Foundation Section*...................................................................29 March, 2001 S-108 Foundation Section *...................................................................29 March, 2001 S-109 Foundation Section *...................................................................29 March, 2001 S-110 Section *......................................................................................29 March, 2001 >� S-111 Section *......................................................................................29 March, 2001 S-112 Section *......................................................................................29 March, 2001 S-113 Partial north Elevation*...............................................................29 March, 2001 S-114 Section at Entrance *...................................................................29 March, 2001 S-115 Column Schedle*........................................................................29 March, 2001 SKE-1 **.................................................................................................29 March,2001 00902 Addendum Number 02...........................................................................1 .............02 April, 2001 Division 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01001 General Requirements.........................................................................20..........23 March, 2001 01630 Product Substitution Procedures............................................................3..........23 March, 2001 SPECIFICATIONS Division 2-SITEWORK 02072 Geotextiles.............................................................................................1 ..........23 March, 2001 02222 Demolition and Removal........................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 02300 Earthwork and Related Work...............................................I.................6..........23 March, 2001 02701 Aggregates: General..............................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 02770 Concrete Walks, Curbs and Miscellaneous Concrete Items..................3..........23 March, 2001 04 May,2001 Page 1 of 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex List of Contract Documents (forming part of Article A-3 of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor) Division Section # of Pages Dated Division 2—SITEWORK(cont'd) 02911 Topsoil and Finish Grading....................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 Division 3—CONCRETE 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete*....................................... 34..........23 March, 2001 ............................... 03315 Concrete Slabs-On-Grade*................................................................. 24..........23 March, 2001 Division 4- MASONRY 04051 Masonry Procedures..............................................................................8..........23 March, 2001 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout.....................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors ..............................................3..........23 March, 2001 04090 Masonry Accessories.............................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 04211 Brick Unit Masonry.................................................................................1 ..........23 March, 2001 04220 Concrete Masonry Units ........................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 04270 Glass Masonry Units..............................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 Division 5-METALS 05100 Structural Steel and Joists*..................................................................18..........23 March, 2001 05300 Steel Deck*..........................................................................................10..........23 March, 2001 05500 Metal Fabrications..................................................................................4..........23 March, 2001 Division 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry....................................................................................4..........23 March, 2001 06200 Finish Carpentry.....................................................................................7..........23 March, 2001 06666 Plastic Laminates...................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 Division 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION l� 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier.............................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 07212 Rigid Insulation...................................................................................... 3..........23 March, 2001 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation ....................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 07272 Air Barriers ...........................................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding/Siding ..........................................................3..........23 March, 2001 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing.......................................................9..........23 March, 2001 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer(EPDM)Waterproofing ...............3..........23 March, 2001 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim.........................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 07840 Fire Stopping..........................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 07900 Joint Sealers ..........................................................................................7..........23 March, 2001 Division 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 Steel Doors and Frames........................................................................6..........23 March, 2001 04 May,2001 Page 2 of 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex List of Contract Documents (forming part of Article A-3 of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor) -- Division Section # of Pages Dated Division 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS(cont'd) 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 08210 Wood Doors...........................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 08500 Aluminum Windows................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 08600 Plastic Skylights.....................................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 08710 Door Hardware.......................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware...................................................2..........23 March, 2001 08800 Glazing...................................................................................................4..........23 March, 2001 Division 9- FINISHES 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing.........................................2..........23 March, 2001 09130 Acoustical Suspension...........................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 09250 Gypsum Board.......................................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 09300 Cement Board........................................................................................4..........23 March, 2001 09310 Ceramic Tile...........................................................................................6..........23 March, 2001 09510 Acoustical Ceilings.................................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 09624 Resilient Athletic Flooring.......................................................................4..........23 March, 2001 09642 Wood Sports Flooring ............................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 ' 09680 Carpet...................................................................................................140..........23 March, 2001 09911 Interior Painting.................................................................................... ..........23 March, 2001 09912 Exterior Painting.....................................................................................9..........23 March, 2001 Division 10-SPECIALTIES 10120 Tackboards............................................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 10170 Plastic Toilet Partitions, Urinal Screens and Dressing Compartments..3..........23 March, 2001 10185 Shower Compartments ..........................................................................2..........23 March, 2001 10500 Plastic Laminated Lockers.....................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories ...................................................7..........23 March, 2001 Division 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13052 Saunas and Equipment..........................................................................5..........23 March, 2001 Division 15—MECHANICAL" 15010 Mechanical General Sepcifications......................................................30..........23 March, 2001 Division 16—ELECTRICAL" 16000 Electrical General Requirements.........................................................13..........23 March, 2001 16100 Basic Materials and Methods...............................................................19..........23 March, 2001 16400 Service Requirements............................................................................4. ..23 March, 2001 16500 Lighting...................................................................................................7..........23 March, 2001 16600 Telephone and Cable TV.......................................................................3..........23 March, 2001 04 May,2001 Page 3 of 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex List of Contract Documents (forming part of Article A-3 of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor) Division Section # of Pages Dated Division 16-ELECTRICAL(cont'd)** 16620 Fire Alarm System................................................................................11 ..........23 March, 2001 r 04 May,2001 Page 4 of 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex List of Contract Documents (forming part of Article A-3 of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor) List of Drawings Drawing # Title Date Architectural Al Site Plan.................................................................................................23 March, 2001 A2 Floor Plan...............................................................................................23 March, 2001 A3 Reflected Ceiling Plan............................................................................23 March, 2001 A4 Roof Plan...............................................................................................23 March, 2001 A5 Elevations...............................................................................................23 March, 2001 A6 Compressed Bldg. Sections A&B.........................................................23 March, 2001 A7 Compressed Bldg. Sections C & D........................................................23 March, 2001 A8 Section Details.................................................................... ...............23 March, 2001 A9 Interior Elevations ..................................................................................23 March, 2001 A10 Interior Elevations ................................................................................. 23 March, 2001 All Interior Millwork......................................................................................23 March, 2001 Al2 Room Finish & Door Scheules...............................................................23 March, 2001 Structural S1 Foundation Plan.....................................................................................21 March, 2001 S2 Roof Framing Plan.................................................................................21 March, 2001 S3 Foundation Sections..............................................................................21 March, 2001 S4Sections.................................................................................................21 March, 2001 S5Schedules..............................................................................................21 March, 2001 S6 Typcial Details........................................................................................21 March, 2001 S7 Typcial Details........................................................................................21 March, 2001 Mechanical** M1 Ground Floor Plan—Plumbing & Fire Protection...................................20 March, 2001 M2 Ground Floor Plan—H.V.A.C.................................................................20 March, 2001 Electrical** E1 Ground Floor Plan—Lighting Layout.................................................... 20 March, 2001 E2 Ground Floor Plan—Power and Systems Layout................................. 20 March, 2001 E3 Distribution Diagram Legend, Panel Schedule ..................................... 20 March, 2001 04 May,2001 Page 5 of 5 ARTICLE A-4 CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 The Contract Price, which excludes Value Added Taxes, is: One Mill-ion, Four___Hundred_-__and__-F-ourt-y--lght-___-----.----_- ------------------------ Thousand, and Seventy-Four-----------------dollars and Seventy-Seven-----------------_----- cents. $1_-,_44_8 ,_074_.77 4.2 Value Added Taxes(of 7_.O_%)payable by the Owner to the Contractor are: One----H undr-d----an_d__-_One-___Tho-u-s-and--,-----Thr-e-e----Uund-r-ed----and-- Sixty-Five--------------------------------- dollars and Twenty-Three---------------------------------------------------------------------- cents. $101 , 365 - 23- - 4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is: One Million, Five Hundred and Fourty-Nine ----------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- ---- ---- ----------------- - Thousand, Four Hundred and Fourty---------- dollars -------------- and Zero----------------------cents. $1 , 549,440. 00 4.4 All amounts are in Canadian funds. 4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 3 ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT 5.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecting holdback percentages and, where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a holdback of------.----ten-----------------------_ percent ( 10 -0%), the Owner shall in Canadian funds: 1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and .2 upon Substantial Performance of the Work,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and .3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment,pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment. 5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance policies, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC 11.1 - INSURANCE. 5.3 Interest 1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court, interest at____________one percent(1_._0---- %)per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks. .2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions-DISPUTE RESOLUTION from the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract, had it not been in dispute, until the date it is paid. i CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 4 ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES 6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post-, or if sent by regular post,to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows: The Owner at The__Corporat_ion----of-__the.__Munic-i_pa_1-ity_---of_-_Clari_n_gt-on................ street and number and postal box number if applicable 40 Temperance Street -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------ ---------- -------..--- post of/ice or district,province,postal code Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3A6 ..........------------------------------------------------.........----------.--------...------------------------------------------- --------- ---------- ------------------------------------------ The Contractor atB•W.K- Construction Company- Limited -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- street and number and postal box number if applicable ' 1730 McPherson Court , Unit #14 -----------------------------------------------------------------I---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- post office or district,province,postal code Pickering, Ontario L1W 3E6 - ------------------ -- -- ---- - ------- ------- --.._----- ------ - - -- - --------- The Consultant atThomasE_,-____Brown__Architect-__Inc_.___--_ street and number and postal box number if applicable 394 King Street East ---------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- --------I---------------------------------------------- post office or district,province,postal code ' Toronto, Ontario M5A 1K9 ARTICLE A-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT 7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages,it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions,the English language shall prevail. * Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable term. 7.2 This Agreement is drawn in English at the request of the parties hereto. La presente convention est redigee en anglais A la demande des parties. ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION 8.1 The Contract Documents are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the Contract between the parties,and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 5 In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and by the hands of their duly authorized representatives. SIGNED AND DELIVERED in the presence of OWNER The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington name of own --- - - signature WITNESS - ---------------------J-0 ----- tton.t_Maya--------------------------- name and tit! f perso si Wing i ---- - ---- -- ---- - ------ -------- --- -- - --------- ------------------------------------------------------------..................------------------------- .signatu signature - Patti_L_Brr ,._ 1�r. -------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- name and title of person signing name and title of person signing CONTRACTOR f B.W__. .......-_.C.Qnstruot _on-_-Compan-y..--Limited na o contractor ----- - - -- ----------------------------------° --------------- signor WITNESS name and title of person signing _ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------- signature signatu - - - ------------------ .... San-------------------- - ----- name and title of person signing name and title of person signing N.B. Where legal jurisdiction, local practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for: (a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of authority in the.form of a certified copy of a resolution naming the representative(s)authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the corporation or partnership; or (h) the affxing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should he properly sealed. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00502 6 Standard Construction Document-CCDC 2- 1994 DEFINITIONS The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents. 1. Contract The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties. 2. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties. 3. Owner The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does not include the Consultant. 4. Contractor The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. 5. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work, or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work. 6. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked to a special design for the Work. 7. Consultant The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect, the Engineer, or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultant's authorized representative. 8. Project The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 9. Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. 10. Place of the Work The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-1 of the Agreement -THE WORK. 11. Product Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used to prepare,fabricate,convey,or erect the Work,which are referred to as construction machinery and equipment. 12. Provide Provide means to supply and install. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00602 7 13. Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement- CONTRACT PRICE. 14. Contract Time , The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-1 of the Agreement- THE WORK from commencement of the Work to Substantial Performance of the Work. 15. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday,or a holiday which is observed by the construction industry in the area of the Place of the Work. 16. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction,not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, in the form of specifications,drawings,schedules,samples,models or written instructions,consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. 17. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Contractor stating their agreement upon: - a change in the Work; - the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and - the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 18. Change Directive A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents. 19. Substantial Performance of the Work Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such definition, Substantial Performance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so ■ certified by the Consultant. 20. Value Added Taxes Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar tax, the payment or collection of which is by the legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor. r CCDC 2- 1994 File 00602 8 ' Standard Constriction Document-CCDC 2- 1994 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULATED PRICE CONTRACT PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended, however,that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with,not covered by, or ' not properly inferable from the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between: 1 the Owner and a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee,or other person performing any of the Work. i .2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any of the Work. 1.1.3 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. 1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context requires. 1.1.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems, workmanship,and the services necessary for the performance of the Work. 1.1.7 The drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules,and diagrams. 1.1.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade. 1.1.9 If there is a conflict within Contract Documents: 1 the order of priority of documents, from highest to lowest, shall be • the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, • the Definitions, • Supplementary Conditions, • the General Conditions, • Division 1 of the specifications, • Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications, • material and finishing schedules, • drawings. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 9 .2 drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date. .3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govern over dimensions scaled from drawings. .4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type. 1.1.10 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to perform the Work. 1.1.11 Specifications,drawings, models, and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain the Consultant's property, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, which shall belong to each party to the Contract. All specifications,drawings,and models furnished by the Consultant are to be used only with respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. These specifications,drawings, and models are not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant. 1.1.12 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner. GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govern the interpretation of the Contract. GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES , 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents,the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise,imposed or available by law. 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Consultant, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT , 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2. 2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner,the Contractor,and the Consultant. 2.1.3 If the Consultant's employment is terminated, the Owner shall immediately appoint or reappoint a Consultant against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Consultant. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 10 ' GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents during construction until issuance of the final certificate for payment, and subject to GC 2.1 - AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence,from time to time until the completion of any correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 of GC 12.3 - WARRANTY. ' 2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in general conformity with the Contract Documents. 2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree,the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work, one or more project representativesto assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties,responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor. 2.2.4 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates ' for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement-PAYMENT, GC 5.3 -PROGRESS PAYMENT, and GC 5.7 -FINAL PAYMENT. 1 2.2.5 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control, charge,or supervision of construction means,methods, techniques, sequences,or procedures,or for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work in accordancewith the applicable construction safety legislation,other regulations, or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over, charge of, or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,.Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work. t2.2.6 The Consultant will be, in the first instance,the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall make findings as to the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract, except with respect to GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. Interpretations and findings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor. 2.2.7 Claims,disputes,and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to the other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to the parties within a reasonable time. 2.2.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Wheneverthe Consultant considers it necessary or advisable, the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is fabricated,installed,or completed. However,neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consultant to the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons performing any of the Work. ' 2.2.9 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will furnish Supplemental Instructions to the Contractor with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant and the Contractor. 1 2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings, Product data, and samples, as provided in the Contract Documents. CCDC 2-1994 File 00712 11 2.2.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ' ORDER and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as provided in GC 5.4 - SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 2.2.13 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultant's knowledge,information,and , belief. By issuing any certificate,the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete. 2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the Owner's acceptance. GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK 2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide sufficient, safe, and proper facilities at all times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the , inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of the Work are in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress, 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests,inspections,or approvals in the Contract Documents,or by the Consultant's instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities. 2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. 2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests, , inspections,or approvals before such special tests, inspections,or approvals are made,given or completed, the Contractor shall,if so directed,uncover such work,have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed, and make good covering work at the Contractor's expense. 2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confirm that such work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If the work is in accordancewith the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK , 2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether or not the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor workmanship, use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor. 2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors'work destroyed or damaged by such removals or replacements at the Contractor's expense. 2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 12 Documents. If the Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the difference in value, they shall refer the matter to the Consultant for a determination. PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS ' 3.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to other contractors and to perform work with own forces. 3.2.2 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall: t1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contract; ' .2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and construction safety legislation at the Place of the Work; .3 enter into separate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible with the conditions of the Contract; .4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE and co-ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it affects the Work; and .5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces. ' 3.2.3 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Contractor shall: 1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products and use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work; .2 co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents; .3 participatewith other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed 1 to do so; and .4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces,promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to proceeding ' with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. Failure by the Contractor to so CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 13 report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies in the work of other , contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably discoverable. 3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and connection of the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces with the Work,the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.2.5 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt with as provided in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION provided the other contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to arbitrate. GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, STRUCTURES,AND FACILITIES , 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and , removal of temporary supports, structures, and facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the , appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports, structures,and facilities and their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce , safe and satisfactory results. 3.3.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 - CONTROL OF THE WORK,paragraph 3.3.1, and paragraph ' 3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for temporary supports, structures, and facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall,however,be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work. GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW , 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency,or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information,and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from the Consultant. GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE , 3.5.1 The Contractor shall: 1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a t construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be performed in conformity with the Contract Time; CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 14 ' .2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents; and .3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions - CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, ' the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules,regulations,and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation and shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR 3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent supervisor and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid reason. 3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor. GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS ' 3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract,and shall: 1 enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents; ' .2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and .3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors,Suppliers,and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. ' 3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing, at the request of the Owner, those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose bids have been received by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the Contractor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies. 3.8.3 The Owner may,for reasonable cause,at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract, object to the ' use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other subcontract bidders. 1 3.8.4 If the Owner requires the Contractor to change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier,the Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change. ' 3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier, a person or firm to whom the Contractor may reasonably object. ' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 15 3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the percentage of the Subcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment. GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour,Products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, water,heat, light, power, transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. 3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those , specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant. 3.9.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned. GC 3.10 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE 3.10.1 The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of meetings at the Place of the Work, in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS, ' 3.11.1 Shop drawings are drawings,diagrams,illustrations,schedules,performance charts,brochures,Product,and other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work. 3.11.2 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as described in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. 3.11.3 The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor represents by this review that: the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field construction conditions,or will do so;Product requirements;catalogue numbers; and similar data and that , the Contractor has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall confirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp, date, and signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3.11.4 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the Contractor or the Consultant, they jointly shall prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be submitted to such authority by the Contractor for approval. 3.11.5 The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordancewith the schedule agreed upon,or otherwise ' with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings. 3.11.6 Upon the Consultant's request,the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 16 ' Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the resubmission other than those requested by the Consultant. ' GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK 3.12.1 The Contractor shall confrie construction machinery and equipment, storage of Products, and operations ' of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances,permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Work with Products. ' 3.12.2 The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. ' GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK 3.13.1 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come together properly. 3.13.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. t3.13.3 Should the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill- timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.13.4 Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. GC 3.14 CLEANUP 3.14.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other contractors or their employees. 3.14.2 The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees,and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner before attainment of Substantial Performance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery,and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining work. ' 3.14.3 Prior to application for the final certificate for payment, the Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, and waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees. PART 4 ALLOWANCES GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents,which allowances shall be expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant. ' 4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services,Products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 17 i performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances but do not include any Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor. 4.1.3 The Contract Price, and not the cash allowances, includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in , connection with such cash allowances. 4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be ' compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out in the Contract Documents. 4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the actual cost and each cash allowance. 4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. ' 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE , 4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance,if any, stated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 4.2.3 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the , expenditures authorized under paragraph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance. PART 5 PAYMENT GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 5.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor,prior to execution of the Agreement, and/or promptly from time to time thereafter,furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. 5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owner's financial arrangements during the performance of the Contract. GC 5.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement- PAYMENT may be made monthly as the Work progresses. , 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount claimed shall be for the value,proportionate to the amount of the Contract,of work performed and Products delivered to the Place or the Work at that date. 5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least 14 days before the first application for payment, a schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to , facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 18 5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment, unless it is found to be in error. ' 5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. 5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of the Products. GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT ' 5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner,no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment. 5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement- ' PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a certificate for payment issued by the Consultant. ' GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.4.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed, or if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to ' accept separately is substantially performed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. 5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractor's list and application,the Consultant will review the Work to verify the validity of the application,and no later than 7 days after completing the review,will notify the Contractor whether the Work or the designated portion of the Work is substantially performed. 5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or designated portion of the Work in a certificate. ' 5.4.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor, in consultation with the Consultant, will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. ' GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall: 1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount, ' .2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour, subcontracts,Products, construction machinery and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Substantial Performance(?f the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount in dispute. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 19 5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided ' in paragraph 5.5.1, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. 5.5.3 Where the holdback amount has not been placed in a separate holdback account,the Owner shall, 10 days ' prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor. 5.5.4 The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable r on the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply, the holdback amount shall be due and ' payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice, or provisions which may be agreed to between the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or,if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work,other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner. ' GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK 5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where,upon application by the Contractor,the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, , the Owner shall pay the Contractor the holdback amount retained for such subcontract work,or the Products supplied by such Supplier, on the day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. 5.6.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such , certificates,the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not ' performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued. GC 5.7 FINAL PAYMENT 5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed,the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. 5.7.2 The Consultant will, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractor for final payment,review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will,no later than 7 days after reviewing the Work, notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not valid. 5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid, the Consultant will issue a final certificate for payment. 5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 of GC 10.4 - WORKERS' COMPENSATION, and any lien ' legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, the Owner shall, no later than 5 days after the issuance of a final certificate for payment, pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT. GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT 5.8.1 If because of climatic or other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor,there are items ' of work that cannot be performed,payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof,but the Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 20 GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK 5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the ' Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.1 CHANGES 6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive. 6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive. ' GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER ' 6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required, the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the proposed change in the Work to the Contractor. The Contractor shall present, in a form acceptable to the Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, for the proposed change in the Work. 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to the method to be used to determine the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall ' be recorded in a Change Order,signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the result of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment. ' GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE 6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive. 6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive,the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. The adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable to the ' change. If a change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price,an allowance for overhead and profit shall be included. 6.3.3 If a change in the Work results in a net decrease in the Contract Price,the amount of the credit shall be the net cost,without deduction for overhead or profit. When both additions and deletions covering related work or substitutions are involved in a change in the Work, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net increase,if any, with respect to that change in the Work. 6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Consultant may require,an itemized accounting of the cost of expenditures and savings referred to in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all of the following: 1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective ' bargaining agreements,or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor; CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 21 .2 salaries,wages,and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and ' other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of materials or equipment; .3 contributions, assessments, or taxes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance, provincial ' health insurance,workers' compensation,and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, insofar as such cost is based on wages, salaries,or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in , the cost of the work as provided in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .4 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.I and 6.3.4.2; ' .5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof; .6 the cost of materials,supplies, equipment,temporary services and facilities,and hand tools not owned by the workers, including transportation and maintenance thereof,which are consumed;and cost less salvage value on such items used but not consumed, which remain the property of the Contractor; ' .7 rental cost of all tools, machinery, and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from or provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling, removal,transportation and delivery cost thereof, ' .8 deposits lost; .9 the amounts of all subcontracts; ' .10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services; .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work; .12 royalties, patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits , therefor subj ect always to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in paragraph 10.3.1 of GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES; .13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required, by the , Contract Documents, to purchase and maintain; .14 any adiustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable; .15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications, courier services, expressage,and petty cash items incurred; , .16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris; .17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property; ' 6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the work performed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments. 6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method of determining it, the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination. 6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive,the Owner and the Contractor reach agreement on the adjustment to the Contract Price and to the Contract Time,this agreement shall be ' recorded in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 22 ' GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS 6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are: .1 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencement of the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or ' .2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the characterprovided for in the Contract Documents; ' then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions. 6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, shall issue appropriate instructions for a ' change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 6.4.3 If the Consultant finds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no ' change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is,justified, the Consultant shall report the reasons for this finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing. GC 6.5 DELAYS 6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner, ' Consultant,or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly,contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for ' reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work order issued by a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the ' Contractor or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes,strikes,lock-outs(including lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors' association,of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire, unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties, or without limit to any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the Contractor's control,then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay,unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from ' actions by the Owner. 6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later than 10 Working Days after the commencement of delay,providing however,that in the case of a continuing ' cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary. 6.5.5 If no schedule is made under paragraph 2.2.9 of GC 2.2 -ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, no claim for ' delay shall be allowed because of failure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days after demand for such instructions has been made and not then, unless the claim is reasonable. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 23 PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE ' GC 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE ' CONTRACT 7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors ' because of the Contractor's insolvency,or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without ' prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that'the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. ' 7.1.3 If the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified,the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instructions if the Contractor: .1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time, and ' .2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction, and , .3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule. 7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, without , prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, the Owner may: .1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor ' provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor, or .2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and 7.1.4, the Owner shall be entitled to: ' 1 take possession of the Work and Products;utilize the construction machinery and equipment; subject to the rights of third parties,finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient, ' but without undue delay or expense,and .2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued, and .3 charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the ' Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work ' performed by the Contractor that may be required under GC 12.3 -WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference,and ' .4 on expiry of the warranty period, charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Contractor's work under GC 12.3 - WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the , difference. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 24 ' 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the work performed by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination. ' GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Owner's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.2.2 If the Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault ' of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor,the Contractor may,without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have,by giving the Owner notice in writing, terminate the Contract. ' 7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing,with a copy to the Consultant,that the Owner is in default of the Owner's contractual obligations if: 1 the Owner fails to furnish, when so requested by the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract, or ' .2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT, or .3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court, or .4 the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, confirms by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. 7.2.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing,the Contractor ' may,without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have,stop the Work or terminate the Contract. ' 7.2.5 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out above,the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and construction machinery and equipment, and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT ' 8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation,application or administration of the Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for,herein collectively called disputes,which are not resolved in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2 - 1 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION. ' 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under the Contract to make a finding, the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of ' 25 CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 GC 8.2 - NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION, and in GC 8.3 - RETENTION OF , RIGHTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required. 8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant shall give such instructions as in the Consultant's ' opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions, it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that , such instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required, including costs resulting from interruption of the Work. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION,AND ARBITRATION ' 8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes,the parties shall appoint a Project Mediator , .1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded,or .2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period, within 15 days after either party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed. 8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a finding of the Consultant under GC 2.2 -ROLE ' OF THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect of the particular matter dealt with in that finding unless, within 15 Working Days after receipt of that finding, the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant, which ' contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding party shall send a notice in writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days after receipt of the notice of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. ' 8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide,without prejudice,frank,candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts,information,and documents , to facilitate these negotiations. 8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under ' paragraph 8.2.2,the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any unresolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties,the Project Mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties. ' 8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party,not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5, either party may refer the dispute to be finally resolved by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. The ' arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place or the Work. 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days, the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on ' the parties and,if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time,the parties may refer the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution,including arbitration,which they have agreed to use. ' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 26 ' ' 8.2.8 If neither party requires by notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date of notice requesting arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately,all disputes referred to arbitration as provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be ' l held in abeyance until (1) Substantial Performance of the Work, (2) the Contract has been terminated,or ' (3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work, whichever is earlier,and .2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6. GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS ' 8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or recourses, provided the party has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions - ' DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3. 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions -DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to ' limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be construed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of arbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based. PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY ' 9.1.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, and shall be responsible for such damage, except damage which occurs as the result of- 1 errors in the Contract Documents; ' .2 acts or omissions by the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors,their agents and employees. 9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contract damage the Work, the Owner's property, or property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good such damage at the Contractor's expense. 9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as provided in paragraph 9.1.1, the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and, if the Owner so directs,to the Owner's property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY ' 9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner because of any wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone for whom the other party is responsible in law, then that party shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subrogated to the rights of ' the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party. CCDC 2- 1194 File 00712 27 9.2.2 Claims for damage under paragraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time ' after the first observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confirmed by Change Order. Disputed claims shall be resolved as set out in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project,the Contractor agrees ' upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other contractor makes a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained,the Owner shall ' notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall satisfy a final order or judgment against the Owner and pay the costs incurred by the Owner arising from such action. 9.2.4 If the Contractor becomes liable to pay or satisfy a final order,judgment,or award against the Owner,then the Contractor,upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs, shall have the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such final order or judgment to any and all courts of competent , jurisdiction. GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS ' 9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation,the Owner shall be deemed to have control and management of the Place of-the Work with respect to existing conditions. ' 9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work, the Owner shall I take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials are ' present at the Place of the Work, and .2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials. 9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness,or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous , substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise,the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary ' steps, in accordance with legal requirements, to dispose of, store or otherwise render harmless toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.5 If the Contractor ' .1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work, or ' .2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work-, which were not disclosed by the Owner,as required under paragraph 9.3.2,or which were disclosed but have ' not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4, the Contractor shall .3 take all reasonable steps,including stopping the Work,to ensure that no person suffers injury,sickness, ' or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the presence of the substances or materials,and ' .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing. CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 28 ' 9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for ' reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps. 9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 of GC 2.2-ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT,or paragraph 8.1.1 ' of GC 8.1 -AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT, the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and, in that case, the expert shall be deemed to have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them. ' 9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Consultant, their agents and employees, from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages,actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or resulting from exposure to,or the presence of,toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity set out in GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragraph. 9.3.9 GC 9.3-TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS ' GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES ' 10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement- CONTRACT PRICE. ' 10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 10.2 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS,AND FEES ' 10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit,permanent easements,and rights of servitude. The Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses, or certificates necessary for the performance of the Work which were in force at the date of bid closing. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or ' codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety. ' 10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with the applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,or codes relating to the Work. If the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, or if, subsequent to the date of bid closing, changes are made to the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 29 10.2.5 If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in ' paragraph 10.2.4; and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws,ordinances,rules,regulations, or codes;the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof,and shall bear the costs, expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ' ordinances,rules, regulations, or codes. GC 10.3 PATENT FEES 10.3.1 The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract. ' The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims,demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. 10.3.2 The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims,demands,losses,costs,damages,actions,suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an ' infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the Contract, the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents. GC 10.4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION 10.4.1 Prior to commencing the Work,Substantial Performance of the Work,and the issuance of the final certificate , for payment,the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers' compensation legislation at the Place of the Work, including payments due thereunder, 10.4.2 At any time during the term of the Contract,when requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors. PART 11 INSURANCE— BONDS GC 11.1 INSURANCE 11.1.1 Without restricting the generality of GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION, the Contractor shall provide, ' maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE. Unless otherwise stipulated,the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of the final certificate for payment. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal,amendment,or extension of all or any part of the insurance,the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner with confirmation of coverage and,if required,a certified true copy of the policies certified by an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements. ' .1 General Liability Insurance: General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner, and the Consultant, ' with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage deductible not exceeding$2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 2100, or its equivalent replacement,provided that IBC Form 2100 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit, umbrella,or excess liability insurance may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the ' Work,on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following Substantial Performance of the Work. Where the Contractor maintains a single,blanket policy,the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 30 , ' to liability arising out of the Project and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation,and of change or amendment restricting coverage. .2 Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than$2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death,and damage to property, covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Contractor, and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation,change or amendment restricting coverage. Where the policy ' has been issued pursuant to a government-operated automobile insurance system, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with confirmation of automobile insurance coverage for all automobiles registered in the name of the Contractor. ' .3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance: Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work,including use of additional premises,shall be subject to limits of not less than$2,000,000 inclusive per occurrencefor bodily injury,death,and damage to property including loss of use thereof and limits of not less than $2,000,000 for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation,change, or amendment restricting coverage. .4 Property and Boiler and Machinery Insurance: (1) "All risks" property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and ' the Consultant,insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full value,as stated in the Supplementary Conditions,of Products that are specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work,with a deductible not exceeding$2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 4042 or its equivalent replacement,provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. The coverage shall be maintained continuously until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. (2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor,the Owner,and the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of the boilers, pressure vessels, and other insurable objects forming part of the Work. The insurance provided shall not be less than the insurance provided by the"Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form and shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. (3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Work. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy the Owner shall provide,maintain,and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,as in sub-paragraphs(1) and(2), including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. (4) The policies shall provide that,in the case of a loss or damage,payment shall be made to the ' Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of the Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to ' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 31 such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the ' Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. (5) The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due , under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - ' PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. (6) In the case of loss or damage to the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or Owner's own forces,the Owner,in accordance with the Owner's obligations under paragraph 3.2.2.4 of GC 3.2-CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS,shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT. , .5 Contractors' Equipment Insurance: "All risks"contractors'equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the ' Contractor for the performance of the Work,including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels,shall be in a form acceptableto the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice ' in writing in advance of cancellation,change,or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement. ' 11.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC 9.1 -PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. ' 11.1.3 Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price, the Owner may reduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement. 11.1.4 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may ' deduct the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor. 11.1.5 All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the jurisdiction of ' the Place of the Work. GC 11.2 BONDS , 11.2.1 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide to the Owner any surety bonds required by the Contract. 11.2.2 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the ' fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC approved bond forms. r CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 32 ' ' PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION—WAIVER—WARRANTY ' GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION 12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant, their agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings ' (hereinafter called "claims"), by third parties that arise out of, or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the Contract provided such claims are: I attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, and .2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable, and .3 made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as ' set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. ' The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above. 12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractor to indemnify hereunder shall be limited to$2,000,000 per occurrencefrom the commencement of the Work until Substantial Performance of the Work and thereafter to an aggregate limit of$2,000,000. 12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor,the Contractor's agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages,,actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work. ' 12.1.4 GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 -RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. ' GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner As of the date of the fmal certificate for payment,the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following: .1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled; .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3 - WARRANTY; .3 those arising from the provisions of paragraph 9.3.5 of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS and arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing any toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work after the Contractor commences the Work. In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: ' .4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, or within such shorter period as ' CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 33R may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work and , arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor ' is proven responsible. As used herein"substantial defects or deficiencies"means those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is ' unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents. In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 of the Civil Code of Quebec. 12.2.2 Waiver of Claims by Contractor ' As of the date of the final certificate for payment,the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner , from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Owner except: .I those made in writing prior to the Contractor's application for final payment and still unsettled;and ' .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS or GC 10.3 -PATENT FEES. ' 12.2.3 GC 12.2 -WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 -RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 -DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. GC 12.3 WARRANTY ' 12.3.1 The warranty period with regard to the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Performance of ' the Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certainportions of the Work or Products. 12.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design t and Contract Documents permit such performance. 12.3.3 Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2, the Contractor shall correct promptly,at the Contractor's expense,defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during ' the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents. 12.3.4 The Owner,through the Consultant,shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects ' and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period. 12.3.5 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph 12.3.3. , 12.3.6 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one year on behalf of the Owner from the manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturer to the benefit ' of the Owner. 34R CCDC 2- 1994 File 00712 ' uw r 9 E 0 rr Canadian Construction Documents Committee The Canadian Construction Documents Committee is a joint committee composed of public and private owners and representatives appointed by: w The Association of Consulting Engineers of Canada The Canadian Construction Association Construction Specifications Canada do The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Committee policy and procedures are directed and approved by the constituent organizations. This document has been endorsed by each of the above organizations. Enquiries should be directed to: do The Secretary Canadian Construction Documents Committee dr 400-75 Albert Street Ottawa,Ontario K1P 5E7 Tel: (613)236-9455 Fax: (613)236-9526 www.ccdc.org rr .w CCDC Copyright 1998 Wd Must not be copied in whole or in part without the written permission of the CCDC. Ww .W .ar The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex DOCUMENT 00810— SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 1.0 GENERAL .1 The Canadian Standard Construction Document for Stipulated Price, CCDC 2 — 1994, shall be amended as follows: SC 1 Refer to GC 3.7 Supervisor 1 Add the following to the end of the last sentence of paragraph 3.7.1: "which reason shall be delivered in writing to the Owner and to the Consultant at least 5 Working Days prior to the change." SC 2 Refer to GC 5.1 Financing Information Required of the Owner 1 Delete paragraph 5.1.1 in its entirety. SC 3 Refer to GC 5.3 Progress Payment 1 Amend paragraph 5.3.1 as follows: change 10 days" to 10 Working Days." 1 .2 Amend paragraph 5.3.2 as follows: change "5 days" to"30 days." SC 4 Refer to GC 5.4 Substantial Performance of the Work 1 Amend the first line of paragraph 5.4.2 as follows: change "10 days" to "10 Working Days." .2 Amend the second line of paragraph 5.4.2 as follows: change "7 days" to 7 Working Days." SC 5 Refer to GC 5.5 Payment of Holdback upon Substantial Performance of the Work .1 Add new paragraph 5.5.1.3 to read as follows: "Submit a Certificate of Publication, issued by a recognised Construction Trade Newspaper, confirming the date of publication of the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work." .2 Delete paragraph 5.5.3 in its entirety. SC 6 Refer to GC 5.6 Progressive Release of Holdback ' .1 Delete GC 5.6 in its entirety. SC 7 Refer to GC 5.7 Final Payment ' 1 Amend the first line of paragraph 5.7.2 as follows: change "10 days" to 10 Working Days." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00810 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Amend the second line of paragraph 5.7.2 as follows: change '7 ' days" to 7 Working Days." .3 Amend paragraph 5.7.4 as follows: change "5 days" to "10 Working Days." .4 Add new paragraph, to be numbered 5.7.5, to read as follows: "Acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Contractor against the Owner, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the Contract, as amended, and still unsettled. SC 8 Refer to GC 6.2 Change Order ' .1 Add the following to the end of the last sentence of paragraph 6.2.1: "within 10 Working Days of the date of issuance by the Consultant of the notice describing the proposed change in the Work." SC 9 Refer to GC 7.2 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract .1 Amend paragraph 7.2.4 as follows: change "5 Working Days" to "10 Working Days." SC 10 Refer to GC 8.2 Negotiation, Mediation and Arbitration .1 Subsequent to paragraph 8.2.8, add the following new paragraphs: "8.2.9 Within 5 days of receipt of the notice of arbitration by the responding party under paragraph 8.2.6 the Owner and the Contractor shall give the Consultant a written notice containing: ".1 A copy of the notice of arbitration. ".2 A copy of Supplementary Condition SC 11 of the Contract. .3 Any claims or issues which the Contractor or the Owner, as the case may be, wishes to raise in relation to the Consultant arising out of the issues in dispute in the arbitration. "8.2.10 The Owner and the Contractor agree that the ' Consultant may elect, within 10 days of receipt of the notice under paragraph 8.2.9, to become a full party to the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6 if the Consultant ' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' 23 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00810 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 5 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ".1 Hasa vested or contingent financial interest in the outcome of the arbitration; ".2 Gives the notice of election to the Owner and the Contractor before the arbitrator is appointed; ".3 Agrees to be a party to the arbitration within the meaning of the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6; and, "A Agrees to be bound by the arbitral award made in the arbitration. "8.2.11 If the Consultant is not given the written notice required under paragraph 8.2.9, both the Owner and the Contractor are estopped from pursuing an action, counter claim or other proceeding or making an application against the Consultant arising out of the issues in dispute in the arbitration between the Owner and the Contractor under paragraph 8.2.6. "8.2.12 If an election is made under paragraph 8.2.10, the Consultant may participate in the appointment of the arbitrator and, notwithstanding the rules referred to in paragraph 8.2.6, the time period for reaching agreement on the appointment of the arbitrator shall begin to run from the date the Owner issues or receives a copy of the notice of arbitration. "8.2.13 The arbitrator in the arbitration in which the Consultant has elected under paragraph 8.2.10 to become a full party may: ".1 On application of the Owner or the Contractor, determine whether the Consultant has satisfied the requirements of paragraph 8.2.10; and, .2 Make any procedural order considered necessary to facilitate the addition of the Consultant as a party to the arbitration. "8.2.14 The provisions of paragraph 8.2.9 shall apply mutatis mutandis to written notice to be given by the Consultant to any sub-consultant. "8.2.15 In the event of notice of arbitration given by the Consultant to a sub-consultant, the sub-consultant is not entitled to any election with respect to the proceeding as outlined in paragraph 8.2.10, and is deemed to be bound by the arbitration proceeding." ' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00810 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SC 11 Refer to GC 9.3 Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials f 1 Amend the title of this General Condition as follows: change "Toxic and Hazardous Substances and Materials" to "Designated Substances." .2 Amend paragraph 9.3.2.1 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials"to "Designated Substances." .3 Amend paragraph 9.3.2.2 as follows: change "written list of any such substances and materials" to "Designated Substances Report." .4 Amend paragraph 9.3.3 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .5 Amend paragraph 9.3.4 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .6 Amend paragraph 9.3.5.1 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .7 Amend paragraph 9.3.5.2 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .8 Amend paragraph 9.3.5.3 as follows: change "the substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .9 Amend paragraph 9.3.8 as follows: change "toxic or hazardous substances or materials" to "Designated Substances." .10 Amend paragraph 9.3.9 as follows: change `TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS MUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS' to "DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES." .11 All references to"Designated Substances" given above in this Supplementary Condition shall mean Designated Substances as defined under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations. SC 12 Refer to GC 11.1 Insurance .1 Add the following to the end of the first sentence of paragraph 11.1.1: "naming the Owner and the Consultant as Additional Insured, unless otherwise stipulated." .2 Amend paragraph 11.1.1.1 as follows: change 12,000,000" to "$5,000,000." .3 Amend paragraph 11.1.1.2 as follows: change "$2,000,000" to "$5,000,000." SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00810 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Delete paragraph 11.1.1.3 (Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance) in its entirety. END OF SECTION r r r r r SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 23 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00810 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Tender Number: CL-2001-13 DOCUMENT 00901 —ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 1.0 General Instructions .1 Date of Issue: Friday, March 30, 2001. .2 All Bidders are hereby advised that the information contained in the Tender Documents, dated and issued March 23, 2001, for the above captioned project, has been amended to include the information contained within this Document, and such information is to be covered in the Bid submission and shall form part of the Contract. .3 The closing date has not been changed. .4 The location and procedures for submission have not been changed. .5 Bidders are reminded that, in accordance with Paragraph 17.4 of Document 00100 — Instructions to Bidders, receipt of this Addendum must be acknowledged on the Bid Form. .6 Bidders are advised that, Paragraph 17.5 of Document 00100— Instructions to Bidders notwithstanding, a copy of this Addendum does not have to be included with the returned Bid submission. 2.0 Affected Sections of the Project Manual .1 Section 01001 —General Requirements .1 Refer to Paragraph 1.2.1 —Cash Allowances: .1 Add a new sub-paragraph 1.2.1.2.3 as follows: "Include the stipulated sum of$13,000.00 for the supply and installation of a P.A. system to serve Reception and Lobby 02, Aerobics Studio 05, Fitness Gym 09, Men's Locker Room 10, and Women's Locker Room 27. the equipment shall include, but not be limited to, speakers, metal back boxes, amplifier, power supply, audio mixer, digital tuner, CD player, auxiliary preamplifier, equipment cabinet, 70V transformers, 5-band equalizer, and miscellaneous cable, connectors, hardware, and the like." 3.0 Affected Drawings .1 A8=— Section Details .1 Refer to Detail 3— Detailed Section Through Glass Masonry: .1 Add continuous steel plate, 10 mm x 360 mm, at the sills and a painted 20 mm MDF board at the heads of glass masonry ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 30 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00901 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 tThe Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Tender Number: CL-2001-13 openings, as shown on Drawing ADD-01, a copy of which is attached to this Addendum. .2 Refer to Detail 4 — Detailed Plan Through Glass Masonry .1 Add a painted 20 mm MDF board at the jams of the glass masonry openings as shown on Drawing ADD-02, a copy of which is attached to this Addendum. .2 S1 — Foundation Plan 1 The columns on Grid F are now C5a instead of C5. Refer to Drawing ' S115, a copy of which is attached to this Addendum. .2 Drawing S100 details the recess in the block wall and the slab on grade at door openings. A copy of Drawing S100 has been attached to this Addendum. .3 S2 — Roof Framing Plan .1 The section and plan at the entrance by Door 01 has been undated. Refer to Drawing S101, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .2 A detail has been added to work with the bearing plate schedule. Refer to Drawing S102, a copy of which is attached to this Addendum. .3 A reference section has been added to the plan, which has been updated. Refer to Drawing S103, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .4 Section mark 8/S4 on grid line 2 is incorrect and is deleted. .5 Revise plan detail in accordance with Drawing S104, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. Note the wall reinforcing and section reference. .6 Account for snow piling around all the mechanical units in accordance with detail 1/S2. This detail is clarified in Drawing S105, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .7 Allow for standard joist bridging on all roof joists, including bottom chord bridging at the first panel point. .8 A new section has been added between the high and low roof on grid 2, in accordance with section 3/S2, which is shown on Drawing S106, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. Reinforcing to be in accordance with the shear wall schedule. .9 Add tie joists to the midspan of the continuous beam on grid 2. ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 30 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00901 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Tender Number: CL-2001-13 4 S3— Foundation Sections .1 The steel mullions for the glass block wall bear on a continuous steel sill plate, which is depicted on a revised section la/S3, attached to this Addendum as Drawing S107. .2 Vertical shear wall reinforcing is to extend down into the foundation walls and start with a hooked dowel in the footings. Refer to the updated section 2/S3 which has been attached to this Addendum as Drawing S108. .3 A section through the front entrance is now shown as 5/S3. Refer to Drawing S109, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .5 S4— Sections .1 On section 1/S4, the rollover load is 5 kN. .2 Section 2/S4 has bee revised to show a continuous steel plate on the beam and properly reference the vertical steel. Tie joist extensions are also shown. refer to Drawing S110, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .3 Sizes of the HSS and angle are now shown on 8/S4 in accordance with Drawing S111, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .4 A new section 10a/S4 is drawn through the midspan of the glass block walls, and has been attached to this Addendum as Drawing S112. .5 The elevation of the glass block wall has been revised. Refer to Drawing S113, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .6 A new section through the front entrance is shown as 12/S4. Refer to Drawing S114, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. .7 The column schedule has been updated and has bee attached to this Addendum as Drawing S115. .6 E2 — Ground Floor Plan — Power and Systems Layout .1 Add two (2) P.A. speakers on Corridor 17. _.2 Add one (1) P.A. speaker on Corridor 18. .3 A P.A. riser diagram as been added. Refer to Drawing SKE-1, a copy of which has been attached to this Addendum. END OF SECTION ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 30 March, 2001 DOCUMENT 00901 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 BRICK VENEER BANDING / INTERIOR WEEPERS a 800 01r-MAX GAULK 10mm STEEL PLATE LINTEL WELDED TO u/s STEEL BEAM l5 PAINTED 20m MDF BOARD AT HEAD 25 360 PLATE v 0 9 I&= STEEL PLATE JAMB WELDED TO STEEL COLUMN BEYOND I 89x89 HSS GALVANIZED AND PANT FINISHED HORIZONTAL MULLION SEE STR'L DX%S J _ I � Q � I � � 89x89 HSS GALVANIZED AND PANT I FINISHED HORIZONTAL MULLION m SEE 5TR'L DUG5 p► PANTED 201m MDF BOARD INTERIOR JAMB I 190 x 190 x 100 GLAS9-t1ASONRY UNITS REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR PATTERN OF TYPES PLAM ON Kjw PLYWOOD SILL WITH HARDWOOD EDGE TO TOP OF PLATE CAULK 9 PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING zz- AJJL II u WOOD BLOCKING � �rxea xa�c ra moo, OWAAM. M5A 1K9 ADDITION FOR COWICE COMIu X Y COMM Q= 1:5 30 MAR 01 Ph.(416) 364-5710 Fx.(416) 364-4662 80M ME pHK/JLS rwil 1br°"o estor.°° 3/A8 DETAILED SECTION THROUGH � AD" THOMAS E BROWN ARCHTECT INC. GLASS MASONRY �,,,,, HSS JAMB COLUMN - SEE STR'L DWsS 90 68 152 0 90 10mm x 360m STEEL PLATE JAMB FROM CAULK SILL TO u/s LINTEL PLATE h P CAULK- TYPICAL K 0 15 50 98 1p 712 PAINTED 20m MDF BOARD INTERIOR JAMB 0 PLAIN ON I%M PLYWOOD SILL FIXED TO TOP OF MASONRY BELOW WITH CONCEALED FASTNERS 235 89x89 HSS GALVANIZED AND PAINT CAULK FINISHED VERTICAL MULLION DOWN TO TYR a+ TOP OF FOLNDATION SEE STR'L DW36 `D N PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING SILL a OVER SPLIT FACE LEDGE BLOCK VENEER BELOW 0 w 6_ w cn 89x89 HSS - SAME AS ABOVE m 190 x 190 x100 GLASS MASONRY WITS REFER TO ELEVATIOt46 FOR PATTERN OF TYPES 0 K � TYP. PAINTED 20mm MDF BOARD INTERIOR JAMB Q CAULK IN />r I TYP. f_STRUT mw■,.w .owc uaE ONTO, 1N TARIO. UM 1X9 ADD(T10N FOR COURME COQItII�IWN COidPM ow 1:5 30 MAR O1 (416)364-5710(416) 364-4662 arc wit DHK/JLS »l mro"n0iI w.c° 4/A8 DETAILED PLAN THROUGH ,� AM-02 0"E W M ARMWT INC. GLASS MASONRY I I (�rr== I _ � N (/) SLAB TO INSIDE OF I E21 WALL ON THIS SIDE I ( DROP WALL 1 COURSE _--- -- _ & EXTEND SLAB OVER_S.C__ i Swl 2 C3) READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S1 FRANK AOCi�& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR ms Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNftY CENTRE 1 CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN 30 IES1 BEAVER CWEK U1111 17 RiCN 0 -W owuwu EBB x1 1 O O TEL:(�)�_4yl° rI:(9ft)W-7644 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. I MrIP.//f11�.AHIEV.CW E-YC•l' Iq. AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c a°.ia: HA2000\00154\SK100.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 2 � N C7 Q x !yX ACCUM. SNOW LOAD 4.44kPo THIS AREA x Di A� N �p C 150x 12 TYP. -06' x N _N x �Q OX X X O - - L2 200x -- A +6mm BOTT. L. + mm OTC L. W I P6 I IWP6 WP ( J L FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 M nres& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OClat¢s Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL •CML PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 30 NEST BEAVER CREEK.UNIT 17 RICHMOND HILL,ONIARI°UB 88 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S 1 O 1 TEL.: (905)882-x3x0 FAX: (905)882-76x! HTTF.1/M'N.AmREp.CON E-NA1LmoiIftwp.COm AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210,297 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 PLATE LENGTH SPEC. BY 40 JOIST — DESIGNER A.BOLT Ln J Q JOIST BEARING PLATE GROUT II II JOIST SHOE 1 OWSJ DETAIL 'A' - PLAN VIEW ' NOTES: 1. JOIST ERECTION DRAWING TO SHOW LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALL PLATES, TO ALLOW ACCURATE SETTING BY MASON/G.C. 2. INCREASE LENGTH OF PLATE TO SUIT FINAL JOIST SIZE. ALLOW PLACING TOLERANCE OF 25mm EITHER DIRECTION PARALLEL TO WALL. 3. SET ANCHOR BOLTS WITH 125mm MAX. 100mm MIN. PROJECTION ABOVE SPECIFIED TOP OF WALL ELEVATION AT EA. LOCATION BASED ON 25mm GROUT DEPTH UNDER PLATE. FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 /Mn m p.& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR Otiatet Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL JOIST BEARING DETAIL 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO L+e 3K, DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. C O TEL: (905)882-/340 FAX: (905)882-76s� J HTTP://WWW,ANRERCOM E-MAL OftO ep.,m AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 t i 1 ACCUM. SNOW LOAD 4.44kPo THIS AREA +1— 5M VERT�CAL S4 150 12 C150X12 U.D. \ - - - •138.60 N \ C150X12 ° o I / CONTIN. PERIMETER Cl ANGLE L-76x7 6x6 8300 WP5\N 150X 12 SEE TD 4.2 C TYP � �j +1115M REINFORCE WALL VER�fICAL 15MQ1600 c/c 1 �tti D II K SLOP FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 nrep & PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OClates Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 30 NEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO(Lab 381 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S 1 O3 TEL: (905)882-t}W FAX: (905)882-78u J HTTP://NNN.ANREP,S)11 E-MAIL: OiIO M.CCm AG N.T.S. MAR 29, O1 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 1 I ' I s A _ W360�39 - - — x —— L3 o N N N wP6 0 `n o 0 0 WP6 to v u u D1 REIN ORCE WALL 15M @1600o.c. ACCUM. SNOW LAD WP5 4.44kPo THIS AR-A \ Ln 2 3 i FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 Mnrep.& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE AMMON FOR OC17tes Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 30 NEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 ' RICHMOND MILL ONTARIO 05)381 S 10 4 TEL.: (905) OND mi 4340 L FAX: (905)882-7644 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT ND. HTiP://www.ANREP.COM E-NAIL mo70oMep.com AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 --�/ TOP MOUNT HANGER ONTO OWSJ MIN. SIZE L-152x152x11 x200 LONG (MAX. 40 GAP TO SUPPORT) _ 0_W_SJ _ ' u OPENING THROUGH DECK, p SEE MECH DWG'S o C150x12 U Y X X CV V 00 M o c� SEE TD5.6 OR o p SMALL INTE NAL J OPENINGS Y w -- Lo _ C150x12 3000 Y AD ITIONAL SNOW PILING OWSJ p AL AROUND —TYPICAL rl FRAMING AROUND S2 HVAC UNITS —TYPICAL N.T.S. READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 FRANK MnrW.& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OCidtes Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL DETAIL JO WEST BEAVER CREEK UNIT 17 RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO U8 58 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT NO. C O TEL.: (905)882-l3l0 FA,L: (905}882-T6!! J HTTP://WWN.ANREP.COM E-MAIL•m0i0mrep.cdn AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 GRID r � 7 r ' HIGH ROOF T.O.S. 7 SEE SHEAR WALL SCHEDULE \,J 190 WP3 —SEE PLAN 38mm METAL DECK ' LOW ROOF T.O.S. • • — OWSJ 1 r � - 29°� K�3 ' S2 1 : 20 1 1 ' FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S2 Arep & PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR Otlltet Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 RICHMOND 4340 ONTARIO UB U DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S O V TEL.: (905)882-tSW iAC: (905)U2-7S44 HTTP:/=l ll ANREP.COM E-MAIL-oiI4Wep.com AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 FO 0154c 210,287 H:\2000\00154\SK101.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 i GRID ' DOOR JAMB BEYOND HSS 89x89 POST (90+80+240) —SEE ELEVATION 410 12mmo A.BOLT @ 800o.c. x150 LONG. PLUG WELD TO POST TO I I PLATE AND GRIND FLUSH CONT. SILL I I PLATE 5 1 1 TOP COURSE SPECIAL 1 SOLID BLOCK—SEE ARCH. U/S SILL VARIES, I i SEE ARCH • SOLID GROUTED 11 ,,-15M@1000 c/c x600 LONG VERT. DOWELS 90 BLOCK PIER BELOW GLASS TYPICAL. x400 LONG @ EA, ' — — VERT. HSS MULLION _ GRID. FL. DATUM — — FIN. GRADE, SEE ARCH. o+ — v ' ,:I 1=11 IJ 11= 0 =1 11—I N—!{I L� —I 1=1 11= a 390 U Cl. Ar z BLOCK FDN., SEE :2 SECT. 1/S4 0 0 N D N 600 TYPICAL EXTERIOR WALL FOOTING i BELOW GLASS MASONRY rl A S3 READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S3 FRANK =rep.& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OCIateS Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL-ELECTRICAL•CIVIL FOUNDATION SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK UNIT 17 ' RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO L413 381 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S 1 O TEL: (905)887-•3.0 fA1C: (905)882-78•• NTTP://www.ANREP.COY E-YMUmOiftneD.com AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK107.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 GRID (90+80+190) 360 ' SEE SECT. 1/S3 FOR ALL SHEAR WALLS (SEE SCHEDULE) EXTEND ' VERTICAL BARS TO FOOTING WITH DOWELS GRID. FL. DATUM FIN. GRADE, SEE ARCH. •♦ • v ° °POCQ° -Ti-I I r_ITi —ITi=1 11= 0 340 J BLOCK FDN. REINF. a GROUT ETC., SEE y SECT. 1/S3 SIM. z ' o 0 N s ♦ 0 . • • 0 D N 540 EXTERIOR WALL FOOTING 1 2 � S3 FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S3 / nrW & PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OCiat¢s Ud., COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL FOUNDATION SECTION 30'NEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 RICHMOND MILL,ONTARIO 05)381 S 1 0 8 TEL.: (BOS)882-KS- FAX: (9L48 882 7644 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT NO. K"P://MAw.AWEP.COM E—MAIL moiOwrtp.com AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 710,297 H:\2000\00154\SK107.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 ' CONC. SLAB —SEE PLAN I OTYPET1 RIGID LAYERS) INSULATION UNDER SLAB ' PIER BEYOND —SEE ARCH'L FOR FINISHES THERMAL BREAK WITH RIGID FINISH TROWEL ALL INSULATION 0 DOOR ' EXPOSED EDGES SLOPE GIRD. FL. DATUM o ° p d 9 O°O° ° POUR TOP LINTEL COURSE ° _ ° _ MONOLITHIC WITH FLOOR • I • o• =III=11111= I —Ilf-1{f�IVf SLAB +2-15M IN LINTEL I ,=III=III= COURSE I 4 I SLIP SHEET —V —2 LAYERS OF POLY ' LOOSE SAND BACKFILL INSIDE ENCLOSED AREA PIER BEYOND SLAB ® ENTRANCE 1 5 S3 FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S3 Mn MP.& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OClate: Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL •CIVIL FOUNDATION SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK UNIT 17 1 Q rWau°NO Hill.ONTARIO 5)381 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S I O J TEL: (905)882-13W FAX: (905)882-7644 HrTP:�/00W.ANREP.0011 E-YAILm040WOP.cw AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK107.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 GRID ROOF DETAILS, SEE SECT. 1/S4. T.O. PARAPET @ 140.10 BRG. PL. +ANCHORS ' SEE ARCH. FOR ROOF SLOPES ' CDOWEL ABOVE SOLID GROUT @BRG. PL. LOCATIONS c/c EXTEND LINTEL COURSE WITH 2-15M CONTINUOUS AND LAP WITH WELD DOWEL (GRADE 400 W ROD) p L BEAM BELOW. 15Mx600 LG 01200 c/c TYP. L A ' L75 x75x6 CONT ALL AROUND 38mm METAL DECK WELD TO ANGLE 0600 m Em CM M OWSJ, SEE PLAN pw ' TYPICAL. 6mm CONT, TOP PLATE T.O. COLUMN ' I I OWSJ, SEE PLAN OwSJ, I I TYPICAL. I I TIE JOIST —SEE PLAN I I ' 10mm STIFF. B/S BEAM I I STEEL COLUMN +CAP PLATE I WELD BEAM TO CAP PLATE OR 2 I I PROVIDE 4-20mmo THREADED STUDS. Sq. 145 45 FACE OF 190 BLOCK WALL ABOVE COLUMN, BEAM Sc MASONRY BELOW ' FR N K READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S4 /Mnep;,& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDIMON FOR OC1ates Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK UNIT 17 905)W2 HILL.ONTARIO(UB U DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. silo TEL.: (RICH OND HILL NTA (905)882-7644 NTTP:(/wWW.ANREP.COM E-VAIL:.v10w.tP.tom AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 210.297 H:\2000\00154\SK110.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 1 ' ROOF DETAILS, SEE SECT. 1/S4 TOP OF STEEL COL. BEYOND @ U/S JOIST SHOE ELEVATION U/S STEEL DECK @ 139.65 240 ' CONTINUOUS HSS 89x89x6 +L-76x76x6 (GALV.) TO SUPPORT BRICK + STEEL DECK ' LOWSJ, SEE PLAN TYPICAL. 15M THREADED REBAR @1200 @ CONNECT TO COUPLER NUT WELDED TO BEAM ' W530 ' BOTTOM PLATE TO CARRY BLOCK 8 S4 FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S4 M nr ep,& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR ociateS Ud. COUR110E COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK UNIT 17 9151081°HILL 340 FAX:10 05)Al DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S 1 1 1 TEL: (9°3)882-t}t0 FAX: (9°5)887-%tt HTTP:(/NNN.ANREP.C81 E-YAiumoi0m+ep.com AG N.T,S, MAR 29, 01 F00154c 710.287 H:\2000\00154\SK1IO.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 GRID I i 240 I t ROOF DETAILS, ' SEE SECT. 1/S4 U/S STEEL DECK @ 139.65 ' 15M @600 IN GROUTED CORE THREADED REBAR ATTACHED TO COUPLER ON TOP OF BEAM ' T.O. GALV. PLATE _ LO SEE PLAN TYPICAL. HOT DIP GALV. E V.S.C. ON OP OF HSS 89x89 POST ' HOT DIP. GALV. EXT. HSS HSS 89x69 HORIZ. GIRT SIMILAR TO ' SECTION 10/S4 U.N.O. 10a .OS. INN S4 FRANK READ THIS DWG IN CONDUCTION WITH DWG. S4 nrep & PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OCi lee Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ' CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL•CIVIL SECTION 30 WEST BEAVER CREEK,UNIT 17 ' Po@1MONO HILL ONTARIO(Lae 3111 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. S 1 12 1E1.:{905)882-a3a0 iAx.� (905)881-78aa HTTP://TiWW.ANREP.C°M E-MAIL'moi.ovep.com AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c 21W97 H:\2000\00154\SK110.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 d NOTE: PROVIDE VERTICALLY N SLOTTED CONNECTION @ TOP H2 COORD. WITH FINAL ARCH. DETAILS G' G' G G' C,. CGl y G J�H JC H 1 J� JH 1 J� JH H H2 2 H N2 2 H H2 2 H H H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H2 H N N N N N N N CJ S 2 U U 2 = U 6 = CJ U S PROVIDE 10mm THICK CONT. C1-203x152x8 HSS SET BASE PLATE ON 25mm MIN, PLATE, WIDTH TO MATCH PLATE H2-89x89x6 HSS 50mm MAX. GROUT, TOP OF PLATE ON WINDOW JAMB, c/w 16mm0 FLUSH WITH TOP OF WALL. EXTEND ®600 o.c. x 150 LONG H i—203x 152x8 HSS SILL PLATE OVER & WELD TO JAMB ANCHORS WITH 50 HOOK + 8mm THICK BOTT. PL. PLATE ON FACE OF COLUMN WELDED TO PLATE, SET ON TOP OF SOLID GROUTED BLOCK. (TYPICAL) S4 READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S4 Aocia RANK nil�ac PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR t�i Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL •CINAL PARTIAL NORTH ELEVATION ]°KSI BEAVER CREEK.UMT IT mCHwaNO HILL.ONTARIO UB 7K1 S 1 13 rtE.: (RIO W Hs.o NTAR L48 8e2-7644 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. HIiP:/=0 ANREP.C°M E-MAK:maAOmxep.ean AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 1 F00154c 210,797 H:\2000\00154\SK110.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 x>q I HIGH ROOF T.O.S. ———————————————————————————— A CONTINUOUS HSS B9xB9x6 • +L-76x76x6 (GALV.) TO SUPPORT BRICK + STEEL DECK CONT L-76x76x6 U/S STEEL DECK r7l E3 I C150 -SEE PLAN SIMILAR M WP5 AT CHANNEL SECTION 15M THREADED REBAR @1200 7/S4 U.N.O. o.c. & CONNECT TO COUPLER NUT WELDED TO BEAM ............................................................................................................. W200 w/ 6mm BOTT. PLATE LINTEL -SEE PLAN STIFFENER PLATE 8mm THICK AS PER ARCH. DETAILS EXPOSED STEEL -SEE SPEC'S U/S ELEV. +2620 1 2 S4 READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S4 RANK (�:xj mp 0& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR r &ociates Ltd. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS, DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL •CIVIL SECTION 0 ENTRANCE 30 K51 BEAVER CREEK.t"' RICHMOND ONTARIO 148 3K' TEL: 802-4340 FAX:(905)8112-7644 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT NO. HIM1=011 OREP.C(M E-MAk:.o*§wW.cw- AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 1 F00154c S1141 H:\2000\00154\SK11O.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:20 COLUMN SCHEDULE WALL MARK C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 / C5A CIS C7 DATA HIGH ROOF DATUM i LOW ROOF DATUM _ _ — 00 co ao 00 OR o x cn 4 t a v W � x n n n n `x p x ^ N N N N ^ X O n w x w fx 3 w x N W N ^ p N p N O N p N V) V) m m m L) °0>5 = N = o o N o® � �® o �laln Lo SERVICE LOAD _80k 220 kN 64 kN CIRCULAR x 16mm BASE PLATE 200x2Ox38O 250x2Ox3OO 250x2Ox3OO l80x20x35O 180x20x350 300x2Ox3OO THICK +8-20mm a x t x b TYPE A TYPE A TYPE A TYPE A TYPE A TYPE C DIA. x400 A.B. —SEE ARCH. DETAIL CAP PLATE 240x12x220 15000050 15000050 SEE DET. A/S3 SEE DET. B/S3 280x20x280 SEE ARCH. DETAIL SEE SECTION 10/S4 SEE SECT. 11/S6 READ THIS DWG IN CONJUCTION WITH DWG. S5 FRANK nrep,& PROJECT NAME FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION FOR OcIate: Ud. COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE CONSULTING ENGINEERS DRAWING TITLE DRAWING N°. STRUCTURAL•MECHANICAL•ELECTRICAL •CIVIL COLUMN SCHEDULE 30 HEST BEAVER CREEK.UlMT 17 TEL:(.5)e1Y0N0_73. ONTARIO AX,1(9%)488.2-7w4 DRAWN BY SCALE DATE PROJECT N°. C HT1P://WWW.AHREP.COM E-MA .p . J AG N.T.S. MAR 29, 01 F00154c :10.727 H:\2000\00154\SK115.DWG PLOT SCALE: 1:100 i E WMED AT MMS 2-1014 CONDUIT To MW awe 3-4001 COMM UMXff=IMO 1Hf91 LDCAGTED N YoN10R ROOY�13fl UP TO d1111C"BOX ON THE cam SM=vfR TD TB6D1ENf AREA J B frX ,,,,11C noN BMX N TIE cum(FTmm +�DOATION To BE ESD RSO ON SM CONDLU aw CGIM 7014 CONDUIT 2M Comw S S S S S S S S AID S S S S S S LOW S S S S S CDwin S LIL LIL S S S Im P.A. RISER DIAGRAM NDTEs 11-1111 COMM 9*1 BE 2N4 OREM NOTED Z ALL CMWM AND BACK BOXES SNALL K S MED MO NSDILLED BV DAASON IS THIS SKETCH TO BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH DWG. E-2 AND ADDENDUM #E-1. DRAWN DATE DETAIL No. E N N E R I ltd. D.A. MAR.29.01 consulting engineers - mechanical & electrical SCALE CHECKED 1170 sheppord ave. west, unit 1, toronto, ontario M3K 7A3 tel: (416)635-7838 fax: (416)635-0514 N.T.S. DA S K E— 1 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION TO REVISED PROJECT NUMBER COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX DA 00-59 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Tender Number: CL-2001-13 DOCUMENT 00902—ADDENDUM NUMBER 02 1.0 General Instructions .1 Date of Issue: Monday, April 2, 2001. .2 All Bidders are hereby advised that the information contained in the Tender Documents, dated and issued March 23, 2001, for the above captioned project, has been amended to include the information contained within this Document, and such information is to be covered in the Bid submission and shall form part of the Contract. .3 The closing date has not been changed. .4 The location and procedures for submission have not been changed. .5 Bidders are reminded that, in accordance with Paragraph 17.4 of Document 00100— Instructions to Bidders, receipt of this Addendum must be acknowledged on the Bid Form. .6 Bidders are advised that, Paragraph 17.5 of Document 00100— Instructions to Bidders notwithstanding, a copy of this Addendum does not have to be included with the returned Bid submission. 2.0 Affected Sections of the Project Manual .1 Section 07510— Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing .1 Under Paragraph 2.6 Roofing Insulation, reduce the thickness of the specified material from 100 mm to 87.3 mm. .2 Add new Paragraph, to be numbered 2.12, titled "Insulating Fibreboard" to read as follows: "12.7 mm thick, asphalt coated standard fibreboard meeting CAN/CSA A-247-M86. Acceptable material: Vanguard Fibreboard Insulation." .3 Fibreboard insulation panels are to be installed in accordance with Paragraph 3.7 Insulation Installation: Fully Adhered, Bitumen Application, to comprise the uppermost layer (immediately below the roof membrane application). Care must be taken to stagger the edges of the fibreboard with those of the polyisocyan u rate boards such that they do not coincide. 3.0 Affected Drawings .1 This Addendum does not affect any of the drawings. END OF SECTION ADDENDUM NUMBER 01 02 April, 2001 DOCUMENT 00902 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PACE 1 OF 1 SPECIFICATION OF WORK AND MATERIALS FOR: TENDER NUMBER CL-2001-13 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX i COURTICE, ONTARIO FOR THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON PREPARED BY: THOMAS E. BROWN ARCHITECT INC. (Consultant/Architect) 394 King Street East Toronto, Ontario M5A 1 K9 Tel. 416-364-5710 Fax 416-364-4662 FRANK ANREP & ASSOCIATES LTD. (Structural Engineer) 30 West Beaver Creek, Unit 17 Richmond Hill, Ontario L4B 3K1 Tel. 905-882-4340 Fax 905-882-7644 VENNERI LTD. (Mechanical & Electrical Engineer) 1170 Sheppard Avenue West, Unit 1 Toronto, Ontario M3K 2A3 Tel. 416-635-7838 Fax 416-635-0514 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 01001 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1 .1 Summary .1 Section Includes: .1 Summary .2 Allowances .3 References, Standards and Regulations .4 Permits, Deposits and Responsibilities .5 Project Coordination and Responsibility .6 Project Cleanliness .7 Cutting and Patching .8 Setting Out the Work and Field Engineering .9 Project Meetings .10 Submittals .11 Schedules .12 Quality Control .13 Protection and Damages of Property and Work .14 Fires .15 Construction Facilities and Temporary Facilities .16 Materials and Equipment .17 Project Closeout .2 The Articles in this Section shall apply to all Divisions and Sections of the 1 Specifications. The General Contractor shall ensure that all Subcontractors have read these instructions and the requirements of the Tender. .3 General Description of the Work .1 To provide all the items, articles, materials, operations, methods listed and/or indicated on schedules and/or Contract Documents, including all labour, materials and incidentals necessary for the complete and satisfactory construction of an expansion of the Courtice Community Complex to accommodate the addition of a new Fitness Centre and related renovations to the existing Complex for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 The contract method is to be Stipulated Price Contract, Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 - 1994, as amended by Document 00810 Supplementary Conditions bound herein. .3 Owner's anticipated occupancy: January, 2002. .2 Allowances .1 Cash Allowances .1 Refer to GC 4.1. .2 The amount of each Cash Allowance shall be as follows: .1 Include the stipulated sum of $10,000.00 for the purchase of Independent Inspection and Testing Services. .2 Include the stipulated sum of $10,000.00 for the purchase of all items as specified under Section 08710— Door Hardware, and those items as noted under Section 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware. .3 Where Cash Allowances are noted for purchase only, the , installation shall be part of the Work of this contract. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions. .4 The Contractor is required to notify the Consultant in writing at such time as when 75% of a Cash Allowance has been expended. .5 On completion of the Contract, the Contract Amount will be reduced by any unused portion of each Cash Allowance. .6 Cash Allowances do not include the GST. The Contractor will be responsible for payment of the GST in addition to the total amount of the Cash Allowances. .2 Contingency Allowance .1 Refer to GC 4.2. .2 Include in Contract Price a stipulated sum contingency allowance of $60,000.00 .3 Do not include in Contract Price, additional sums for products, installation, overhead or profit. .4 Expenditures against the Contingency Allowance will only be authorized in accordance with procedures provided in GC 6.1 - Changes, GC 6.2 - Change Order, and GC 6.3 - Change Directive. .5 The Contingency Allowance includes all applicable taxes. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 References, Standards and Regulations 1 It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to give the required notices and comply with the laws/by-laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes and orders of all authorities having jurisdiction, which are or become in force during the performance of the Work, and which relate to: the Work; the preservation of the public health; environmental protection; and/or, construction safety. .2 The General Contractor shall perform all work, and shall ensure that all work of the Subcontractors is performed, in strict accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations (including WHMIS Regulations), the Environmental Protection Act and Regulations, the Highway Traffic Act and Regulations, the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and Regulations, and all other applicable Federal, Provincial, Regional and Municipal legislation, as well as the regulations and/or legislation of any other authorities having jurisdiction over any or all parts of the Work. Violations of any such legislation may result in the Contractor being removed from the project. ' .3 Without limiting the foregoing, wherever By-Laws, Codes or Official Standards are quoted in the Specifications, they shall be taken to mean the latest edition, including all revisions or amendments, at the time of Contract, regardless of which edition is listed in the specification. If more than one By-Law, Code or Official Standard is quoted for a given product, material or method, the latest edition of the most stringent shall govern. .4 Wherever reference is made to Manufacturer's Instructions or Manufacturer's Recommendations, it shall mean rip nted instructions or recommendations, received directly from the referenced manufacturer. It shall also be taken to mean the latest edition of such instructions or recommendations. .5 The Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the progress of the work due to a violation of any legislated requirements, and shall take the necessary steps to avoid delay in the final completion of the work without additional cost to the Owner. .4 Permits, Deposits and Responsibilities .1 The Owner will apply for and pay for the Building Permit. The Contractor will obtain the Building Permit from the issuing department of the Municipality. .2 - Further to Item 1.4.1 above, all permits, licences, certificates, et cetera, other than the Building Permit, where required for work in the Contract, shall be applied for and paid for by the Contractor. .3 The Contractor shall pay any deposit for clean-up of mud-tracking onto the roadway, and for the repair of any damage to the roadway adjacent to the site as may be required by the governing authorities. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Project Coordination and Responsibility .1 The General Contractor shall Coordinate progress of the Work, mobilization areas of the site, progress schedules, submittals, access to and use of site and facilities, temporary utilities and facilities, construction facilities and controls, reports and records, and any other processes, events, work, approvals, inspections and testing as may be required for the complete, proper and seamless execution of the Work. .2 The General Contractor shall carefully coordinate the progress, scheduling, and execution of the Work with the Owner and the Owner's Representatives responsible for the operation of the existing Complex such that: .1 There is minimal disruption of the normal operations of the Complex; .2 There is minimal intrusion of any dust, debris, fumes, or any other by-products of the execution of the Work into the existing Complex; .3 There is a minimal impact of the Work on the existing utilities and services; and, .4 The safety of all persons using the existing Complex is ensured throughout the duration of the Work. .3 As a result of Item 5.2, above, the Construction Schedule described under Item 1.11, below, shall be subject to on-going review by the Owner and the Owner's Representatives responsible for the operation of the existing Complex for the purposes of coordination. .4 The General Contractor is required to provide a full-time Superintendent on the project site at all times throughout the progress of the work. .5 The responsibility as to which Subcontractor or Trade provides the required materials or articles, and/or builds-in articles, rests solely with the General Contractor unless otherwise explicitly stated in the Specifications, or directed by the Consultant. .6 Subcontractors shall give the General Contractor, in writing, instructions and information regarding their requirements as related to other parts of the Work. .7 - There shall be cooperation at all times between Subcontractors as required for the proper execution of the Work. Subcontractors shall supply others with the necessary accessories for building-in where required. .8 There shall be cooperation at all times with the Inspection and Testing Company representatives during the performance of their duties. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 20 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Each Subcontractor shall report to the Consultant and the General Contractor, in writing, any defects of surface or work, prepared by other Subcontractors, that adversely affects the work of their trade. 1 Commencement of work shall imply acceptance of the prepared work otherwise. .10 Each Subcontractor, upon completion of their work, shall remove any equipment, surplus materials and debris resulting from their work. Each Subcontractor shall also, and at their own expense, make good any damage done to the work of another Subcontractor as a result of their own work. The definition of what constitutes "damage" shall be at the sole discretion of the Consultant. .6 Project Cleanliness .1 Maintain the Work in tidy condition, free from accumulation of waste products and debris. .2 As a minimum requirement, any waste material and debris intruding into ' the existing Complex will be cleaned and/or removed at the end of each day's work. .3 Soiling of and waste or construction debris in the existing Complex will not be tolerated under any circumstances, and will be made good immediately to the satisfaction of the Consultant and/or the Owner. .4 Remove waste material and debris from site at end of each working day. .5 Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. .7 Cutting and Patching 1 Approvals .1 Submit written request to the Consultant in advance of cutting or alteration which may affect: .1 Structural integrity of any element of Project. .2 Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. .3 Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. .4 Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. .5 Work of Owner or separate contractor. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Inspection .1 Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. .2 After uncovering, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. , .3 Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. .3 Execution .1 Perform cutting, fitting, and patching to complete the Work. .2 Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work. .3 Provide openings in non-structural elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. .4 Perform work to avoid damage to other work. , .5 Prepare proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. .6 Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for weather-exposed and moisture-resistant elements, and sight- exposed surfaces. .7 Cut rigid materials using power saw or core drill. Pneumatic or impact tools not allowed. .8 Restore work with new products in accordance with Contract Documents. .9 Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits, and other penetrations through surfaces. .10 At penetration of fire-rated wall, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire-rated material, full thickness of construction element. .11 Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes; for continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. .4 If a Subcontractor does field cutting not in accordance with the above, he shall be held responsible for any failure or distress from such cutting. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 Setting Out the Work and Field Engineering .1 The setting out of the Work shall rest solely with the General Contractor, who will be responsible for same. .2 Verify all grades, lines, levels and dimensions as indicated and report errors or inconsistencies to the Consultant before commencing work, or as soon as discovered. .3 Upon completion of foundation work, provide an accurate survey showing the location of the foundations on the site, the foundation wall dimensions and the gross floor area of the Foundation Plan. The survey is to be prepared by a surveyor who is a Registered Ontario Land Surveyor acceptable to the Owner. .4 Surveys and Survey Requirements .1 Qualifications of Surveyor .1 Ontario Land Surveyor, acceptable to Owner and Consultant. .2 Locate, confirm and protect control points prior to starting site work. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. .2 Survey Requirements .1 Establish two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established bench marks by survey control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data in Project Record Documents. .2 Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation. .5 Records .1 General Contractor to provide all Subcontractors with, and be responsible for, all levels and dimensions they require. Notify all Subcontractors that such levels and dimensions must be obtained from the General Contractor only. .2 Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. .3 On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of Work. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 As work progresses, the General Contractor shall be responsible for laying-out the exact locations of walls as a guide to the Subcontractors. .7 Ensure that all pipes, service lines and ducts are concealed. Any exceptions to this should be noted on the drawings. Advise the Consultant in advance of installation or fabrication of conditions where such services will be exposed. j .9 Project Meetings .1 Site meetings between all parties concerned, will be scheduled by the Consultant, and shall be at regular intervals and as deemed necessary for the Work. .2 Written notice of each meeting shall, in general, appear at the conclusion of the minutes of the preceding meeting or, else, shall be issued by the Consultant, via memorandum, no less than 24 hours prior to said meeting. .3 The General Contractor is to provide physical space for meetings at the project site, generally to be the site office (refer to Item 1.15.2 Site Office for complete requirements of the Site Office). .4 The Consultant shall keep and record minutes of all project meetings and shall distribute copies of same to all who were present. Copies shall be distributed within one week of meeting date. .5 Any exceptions taken to, or clarification/correction required of, the various items recorded in the minutes shall be furnished in writing and copied to all parties listed on the distribution list of the captioned minutes. .10 Submittals .1 Administrative .1 Submit to Consultant all submittals listed for review. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence in order not to cause delay in the Work. .2 Work affected by submittal shall not proceed until review is r complete. .3 Each submittal shall be stamped and signed by the General Contractor in confirmation that he has reviewed the information contained therein prior to submission to the Consultant. This review represents that the necessary requirements have been determined and verified, and that each submittal has been checked and coordinated with requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. Submittals that clearly have not been reviewed by the General Contractor will be returned for same before being accepted for processing by the Consultant. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 8 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Verify field measurements and affected adjacent Work are coordinated. .2 Certificates and Payments .1 Refer to GC 5.1 to 5.9. .2 Prior to the Signing of the Contract, submit to the Consultant: .1 Bonds as specified in Document 00100 Instructions to Bidders. .2 Insurance Certificates as required by the Contract. .3 Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. t .4 A Contract Price Breakdown for Progress Payments, noting the following: .1 The form and contents, or breakdown of categories, of this submission must be reviewed and found acceptable by the Consultant. .2 The categorical breakdown is to include a separate price for the addition and/or deletion of one (1) ' sprinkler head of each type specified under Section 1500 General Mechanical Specifications. .3 Prior to the First Progress Claim, submit to the Consultant for review: .1 A Schedule of Shop Drawings (refer to Item 1.11 Schedules for complete requirements of this schedule). .2 A Construction Schedule (refer to Item 1.11 Schedules for complete requirements of this schedule). .4 To accompany the second and subsequent Progress Claims, submit to the Consultant: .1 An original copy of the Statutory Declaration Form, complete with Schedule `A', as bound into this Project Manual under Standard Forms. .2 An original copy of the Certificate of Clearance from the rWorkplace Safety and Insurance Board. .5 Subcontractors shall notify the Consultant in writing if the General Contractor fails to make payments when due. The Consultant GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 9 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex shall consider payments to have been duly made if no such , written notice is given. .3 Shop Drawings and Product Data .1 Refer to GC 3.11. .2 Submit at least 3 copies of each Shop Drawing for review by the Consultant. The Consultant shall require 1 copy of each Shop Drawing for his records, 1 copy of each for the records of the reviewer, and 1 copy to return to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is to ensure that additional copies are submitted in sufficient quantity for distribution to the subcontractors affected by the work indicated therein. All submitted copies, other than the 2 for the records of the Consultant and the reviewer, shall be returned to the Contractor once the review is complete. .3 Indicate materials, methods of construction and attachment or anchorage, erection diagrams, connection, explanatory notes, dimensions and other information necessary for completion of Work. .4 The Shop Drawings shall clearly define the division of responsibility. No items or equipment, or description of work, shall be indicated to be supplied, or work to be done, "By Others" or"By Purchaser". It shall also be understood that any items, equipment or description of work shown on the Shop Drawings shall form part of the Contract unless specifically noted to the contrary. .5 Where the work covered by a Shop Drawing attaches, and/or where there are external connections, to other equipment, coordination must be indicated clearly. .6 The Consultant shall require a minimum of 10 working days from receipt for processing of Shop Drawings. The General Contractor shall make allowances in his scheduling of the work of this period of time for each submission, and shall, also, make allowances in his scheduling for the following potentialities: .1 If, upon review, adjustments are made on the Shop Drawings by the Consultant and they are returned to the General Contractor marked "Revise and Resubmit," the Shop Drawing shall be revised as indicated and clean copies resubmitted to the Consultant for an additional , review. The Consultant shall, for each resubmission, require a minimum of 10 working days from receipt for processing of Shop Drawings. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 10 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 No change to either the Contract Price or the Contract Time shall be considered as a result of any of the following: ' .1 The time taken for processing Shop Drawings by the Consultant. .2 The time taken by the General Contractor for revision and resubmission of same. ' .3 Any adjustments made on the Shop Drawings by the Consultant. .7 Submit at least 3 copies of product data sheets or brochures for requirements requested in specification Sections and as Consultant may reasonably request where shop drawings will not be prepared due to a standardized manufacture of product. .8 Copies of all reviewed Shop Drawings and/or product data sheets are to be maintained in new condition in the Site Office, and are to be available for inspection by Subcontractors and the Consultant at all times. t .4 Samples .1 Submit for review, samples as requested in respective specification Sections. .2 Deliver samples prepaid to Consultant's business address unless 1 otherwise directed by the Consultant or the respective Section of the Specification. .5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals .1 Two weeks prior to Application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, submit to the Consultant 3 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. .2 Manuals to contain operational information on equipment, cleaning and lubrication schedules, filters, overhaul and adjustment schedules and similar maintenance information. .3 GC 1.1.9.1 notwithstanding, the requirements of Divisions 15 and 16 as related to the required contents of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall take priority over the requirements stated here insofar as the work of those Divisions is concerned. .4 Bind contents in a three-ring, hard covered, plastic jacketed binder. Organize contents into applicable categories of work, parallel to the Sections of the Specifications. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 11 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Maintenance Equipment and Replacement Parts i .1 At the time of submittal of Operation and Maintenance Manuals, or earlier if acceptable to the Consultant, submit maintenance equipment for the various items, pieces of equipment, systems, or accessories as may be specified in the various sections of this specification. .2 At the time of submittal of Operation and Maintenance Manuals, or earlier if acceptable to the Consultant, submit extra materials for the various items, pieces of equipment, systems, or accessories as may be specified in the various sections of this specification. .7 As-Built Drawings .1 After award of Contract, the Consultant will provide a set of drawings for the purpose of recording changes to the Contract Drawings as well as the actual locations of concealed services. .2 Accurately and neatly record deviations from Contract Documents ' caused by site conditions and changes ordered by Consultant as the work progresses. .3 Identify drawings as "As-Built Copy". Maintain in new condition and make available for inspection on site by Consultant. .4 On completion of Work and two weeks prior to final inspection, submit As-Built Drawings and all required record documents to the Consultant. .5 Mechanical and Electrical records shall be kept by the respective Subcontractors (who shall receive extra copies of the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings for this purpose from the General Contractor) and delivered to the General Contractor who shall transfer the information to the As-Built Drawings. .11 Schedules .1 Schedules Required. .1 Construction Progress Schedule. With reference to Item 5 of this Section, the Construction Schedule shall be subject to review by the Owner and the Owner's representatives responsible for the operation of the existing Complex for the purposes of coordination with the operations of the existing facility. .2 Submittal Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. .3 Cash Allowance Schedule for purchasing products. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 12 OF 20 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Format .1 Prepare schedule in form of horizontal bar chart. .2 Provide separate bar for each trade or operation. .3 Provide horizontal time scale identifying first work day of each week. .4 Format for listings: Chronological order of start of each item of work. .3 Submission .1 Submit initial schedules within 10 working days after award of Contract, and before commencing the work. .2 Submit 2 copies to the Consultant, who shall retain 1 for his records. .3 Consultant will review schedule and return reviewed copy within 10 working days after receipt. .4 Resubmit finalized schedule within 5 working days after return of reviewed copy. .12 Quality Control .1 Independent Inspection Agencies .1 Independent Inspection/Testing Agencies will be engaged by Owner for purpose of inspecting and/or testing portions of Work. Costs shall be allocated as set out under Item 1.2.1 in this Section. .2 Provide equipment required for executing inspection and testing by appointed agencies. .2 Reports .1 Submit 4 copies of inspection and test reports promptly to Consultant. .2 Provide copies to Subcontractor of work being inspected/tested and/or manufacturer/fabricator of material being inspected/tested. ' .13 Protection and Damages of Property and Work .1 Provide adequate protection of materials and work from damage and staining. Protect adjacent materials and work of other trades to prevent GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 13 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex damage. Any party responsible for damage to the work of another, shall ' make good such damage to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .2 All damage to existing sidewalks, fences, structures, curbs, services, , roadways, parking areas, grounds, sodding, or other items on, or adjacent to, the project site, including mud tracks, deemed by the Consultant as being damaged due to the performance of the Contract, shall be made good by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Consultant at no additional cost to the Contract. .3 Abide by Municipal and/or Regional requirements for maintaining sidewalks and roads in proper condition throughout the course of the Work. Provide a flag-person as required for the safe entry and egress of vehicles to and from the site. .4 Floors and/or roofs shall not be over-loaded by accumulated materials. Place proper supports and braces as required to safely distribute any temporary loading. .14 Fires and Smoking .1 Fires are not permitted on the site. .2 Smoking shall not be permitted at the interior of the existing building, nor i shall it be permitted at the interior of the new construction once it has been closed-in and the connections to the existing building completed. Smoking shall also be prohibited in areas where volatile fumes or liquids are being used. Post "No Smoking" signs accordingly. .3 Precautions shall be taken to avoid fire by spontaneous combustion. Remove combustible and non-combustible waste at regular intervals and/or when directed. .15 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls .1 Installation/Removal .1 Provide construction facilities and temporary controls in order to execute work expeditiously. , .2 Remove from site all such work after use. .2 Site Office .1 Provide a weathertight, lockable office for the use of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Consultant, Engineers, and Owner's ' Representatives when at the site, and for the purposes of site meetings. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 14 OF 20 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .2 The office shall have heat, light and ventilation from sources as outlined later in Item 15 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls. .3 Provide a meeting table, shelving, file cabinets, et cetera, for the storage and review of Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Supplementary Instructions, and all other Record Documents as required under this Specification and the other Contract Requirements. .4 The office shall not be used for the storage of construction materials or equipment. ' .3 Hoarding .1 Erect and maintain hoarding and barricades as and where required by Authorities having Jurisdiction or required to protect public, workers, and public and private property from injury or damage. ' .4 Weather Enclosures .1 Provide weathertight closures to unfinished door and window ' openings, tops of shafts and other openings in floors and roofs, including all openings created in existing building as a result of the work of this project. .2 Close off floor areas where walls are not finished; seal off other openings; enclose building interior work area for temporary heat. .5 Dust Tight Screens ' .1 Provide dust tight screens or partitions to localize dust generating activities, and for protection of workers, finished areas of Work and public. .2 Maintain and relocate protection until such Work is complete. .6 Dewatering .1 Provide temporary drainage and pumping facilities to keep excavations and site free from standing water. ' .7 Sanitary Facilities .1 Provide sufficient sanitary facilities for workers in accordance with local health authorities. .2 Maintain in clean condition and properly screened from public ' view. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 15 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Use of the sanitary facilities of the existing Complex by workers , on this project shall not be permitted. .8 Water Supply ' .1 Provide a continuous supply of potable water for construction use. .2 The hose bibb on the exterior of the existing Complex may be used for this purpose. .9 Temporary Heating .1 Provide temporary heating required during construction period, including attendance, maintenance and fuel. ' .2 Construction heaters used inside buildings must be vented to outside or be flameless type. Solid fuel salamanders not permitted. .3 Maintain temperatures of minimum 10 °C in areas where , construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. .4 Ventilate heated areas and keep building free of exhaust or ' combustion gases. .5 Heat shall be uniformly distributed to avoid hot or cold areas or excessive drying. .6 Make good any damage caused by inadequate or excessive heat. .10 Temporary Power and Lighting .1 Arrange for temporary power required during construction for the , proper execution of the Work and the safe and proper operating of power tools. Maintain in good working order. .2 The existing Complex's service may be used for this purpose. Refer to Division 16 Electrical and the Electrical Drawings in this , regard. .3 Abide by the rules of the Canadian Electrical Code. 11 Temporary Telephone ' .1 Provide and pay for a temporary telephone in the site office and , available to the Owner, Consultant and all Subcontractors. .2 General Contractor shall pay all service and local use charges for the telephone, including installation and removal on completion of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 16 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' the work. Long distance use charges shall be paid to the General Contractor by the person or company making the call. ' .12 Equipment/Tool/Materials Storage .1 Provide and maintain, in clean and orderly condition, lockable ' weatherproof sheds for storage of tools, equipment and materials. .2 Locate materials not required to be stored in weatherproof sheds on site in manner to cause least interference with work activities. ' .13 Si 9E on ' .1 A painted, plywood Project Sign, 1,200 mm x 2,400 mm, will be supplied to the Contractor by the Owner for installation at the site during the construction period. The Contractor will supply and install nominal 100 mm x 100 mm wood posts and framing, and will fix the sign to the framing. No other signs, other than for safety, caution or instruction, will be permitted. ' .14 Siltation Control .1 Erect and maintain a siltation control fence as detailed on the Drawings. .2 Provide siltation control at all catch basins by means of a double wrap of geotextile. .3 In both instances, geotextile shall be as specified under Section ' 02072 Geotextiles. .16 Material and Equipment ' .1 Product Availability .1 Materials, appliances, equipment and other products are ' sometimes specified by reference to brand names, proprietary names, trade marks or catalogue number, or catalogue designation or symbols. In such cases, the name of a ' manufacturer, distributor, supplier or a dealer is sometimes given to assist the Contractor in finding a source of supply. The naming of a source of supply does not relieve the Contractor ' from his responsibility for finding his own source of supply, even if the source named no longer supplies the product specified. If the Contractor is unable to obtain the specified product, he shall supply a substitute product equal to, or better than, the specified product, as acceptable to the Consultant and following the procedures for product substitution described in ' Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures, with no extra compensation. Should the Contractor be unable to obtain a substitute product equal to, or superior to, the specified product, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 17 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex and the Owner accepts an inferior product, the Contract Price , shall be adjusted accordingly, to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .2 Storage Handling and Protection of Materials , .1 Handle and store products in manner to prevent damage, adulteration, deterioration and soiling and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions when applicable. .2 Store packaged or bundled products in original and undamaged condition with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. .3 Store products subject to damage from weather in weatherproof , enclosures. .3 Manufacturer's Instructions .1 Unless otherwise indicated in specifications, install or erect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not rely on labels or enclosures provided with Products. Obtain written instructions directly from manufacturers. .2 Notify Consultant, in writing, of conflicts between specifications ' and/or Drawings and manufacturer's instructions so that Consultant may establish course of action. .3 Improper installation or erection of products, due to failure in complying with these requirements, authorizes Consultant to require removal and reinstallation at no increase in Contract Price. .4 Workmanship ' .1 Workmanship shall be best quality, executed by workers , experienced and skilled in the respective duties for which they are employed. Immediately notify Consultant if required Work is such as to make it impractical to produce required results. .2 Do not employ any unfit person or anyone unskilled in their required duties. , .3 Decisions as to quality or fitness of workmanship in cases of dispute rest solely with Consultant, whose decision is final. _.5 Concealment ' .1 In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts and wiring in floors, walls , and ceilings, except where indicated otherwise. .2 Before installation, inform Consultant if there is a contradictory ' situation. Install as directed by Consultant. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 18 OF 20 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .17 Project Closeout .1 Final Cleaninq .1 Refer to GC 3.14. .2 Leave work broom clean before inspection process commences. .3 Clean and polish all interior and exterior glass, mirrors, hardware, wall tile, stainless steel, aluminum, chrome, porcelain enamel, ' baked enamel, plastic laminate, mechanical and electrical fixtures. Replace broken, scratched or disfigured glass and/or mirrors, at Contractor's expense, and in compliance with the relevant ' section(s) of the Specifications. .4 Remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorative work, ' electrical and mechanical fixtures, furniture fitments and walls to the satisfaction of Consultant ' .5 Vacuum clean and dust building interiors, behind grilles, louvres and screens to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .6 Wax, seal, shampoo or prepare floor finishes, as recommended ' by manufacturer to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .7 Broom clean and wash exterior walks, steps and surfaces to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .8 Remove dirt and other disfigurations from exterior surfaces to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .9 Remove surplus mortar, caulking compound, etcetera, from all interior and exterior surfaces of the building to the satisfaction of the Consultant. ' .2 Systems Demonstration .1 On completion of the building, the Contractor shall ensure that the services, apparati, and equipment are installed and complete, have been inspected, tested and adjusted, and are all in perfect operating condition. ' .2 Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Owner and Consultant. ' .3 Instruct personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems, using provided operation and maintenance data as basis for instruction. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 19 OF 20 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Documents , 1 Collect reviewed submittals and assemble documents executed by Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. ' .2 Submit material to the Consultant prior to final Application for Payment. , .3 Submit operation and maintenance data and as-built drawings to the Consultant. , .4 Provide warranties and bonds fully executed and notarized. .5 Execute transition of Performance and Labour and Materials , Payment Bond to warranty period requirements. .6 Submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted ' Contract Price, previous payments, and monies remaining due. .7 Consultant may issue a final Change Order reflecting approved , adjustments to Contract Price not previously made. .4 Inspection/Takeover Procedures ' .1 Prior to application for Certificate of Substantial Performance, carefully inspect the Work and ensure it is complete, that major and minor construction deficiencies are complete, defects are corrected and building is clean and in condition for occupancy. Notify Consultant in writing, of satisfactory completion of the Work and request an inspection. ' .2 Subsequent to the Consultant inspection, and if necessary, a list of deficiencies and defects will be tabulated by the Consultant and , issued to the Contractor for correction of same. .3 When Consultant considers deficiencies and defects have been ' corrected and it appears that the requirements of Contract have been performed, the Contractor shall make application for certificate of Substantial Performance. Refer to the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions for specifics regarding application. 2.0 PRODUCTS (not applicable) , 3.0 EXECUTION (not applicable) END OF SECTION ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01001 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 20 OF 20 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 01630— PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Base the Work of this Contract and the Contract Price upon using the new materials and products specified. ' .3 Where materials and products are specified only by reference to standards, provide any material product that meets the standard. ' .4 Materials and products are specified by their proprietary names or catalogue number shall form the basis for the Work. No substitutes for these may be used without the Consultant's prior written authorization. .5 Where a material or product is specified by naming two or more acceptable materials or proprietary products, provide any one of the specified materials or ' products. If compliance with a referenced standard is also specified, the material or product selected shall meet the standard. ' .6 Substitutions will be considered only when submitted in sufficient time to permit proper investigation by the Consultant, and under the conditions specified herein. .7 Requests for substitutions prior to date set for receipt of bids may not be accepted. .8 There is no obligation on the part of the Consultant or the Owner to review or ' accept proposed substitutions. .9 Materials and products specified without the `or approved equal" clause, or ' similar wording, following the name of the specified material or product, shall be provided without request for substitution. ' .10 Where the Specifications include the `or approved equal" clause, or similar wording, substitutions proposed with bid submission or after award of Contract, will be considered under the following conditions: ' .1 If the materials and products specified are not available. .2 If the proposed substitute materials and products, having been brought to the attention of, and considered by, the Consultant as equivalent to those specified, will result in a credit to the Contract Price. .3 If the proposed substitute materials and products, having been brought to the attention of, and considered by, the Consultant as equivalent to those specified, will not increase the Contract Price. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01630 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 If a material or product is specified together with a requirement for , performance and it can be shown by the Contractor that the specified material or product will not achieve the specified performance. ' .5 When a substitution is otherwise advantageous to the Owner or to the execution of the Work as determined by the Consultant. .11 When proposing substitutions, the Contractor shall submit with each application, ' the material and product names and complete specifications substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with the requirements of the Contract ' Documents, including: .1 Product Identification. ' .2 Detailed, item by item comparison between the properties and characteristics of the specified material or product, and the proposed ' substitution. .3 Manufacturer's name, address and telephone number. .4 Manufacturer's material or product literature. , .5 Performance, technical and test data. , .6 Reference standards. .7 Product limitations. ' .8 Samples. .9 List of existing installations. ' .10 Changes to Contract Time, if any. , .11 Changes to Contract Price, if any. .12 Should the proposed substitution be accepted, either in part or in whole, the ' Contractor assumes full responsibility when the substitution affects any other part of the Work. , .13 Ensure that substitutions are accommodated by space allotted for the specified materials, products, methods or processes. :14 Be responsible for the cost of changes in the work of all trades necessitated by the-use of proposed substitutions. .15 Substitutions, which have not been accepted through the process described in this Section and are shown on Shop Drawings, will be rejected, whether or not the Shop Drawings have been reviewed. ' PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01630 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .16 Ensure that proposed substitutions for materials, products, methods and processes meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. ' .17 Costs Arising from Substitutions .1 Credits arising from accepted substitutions will be credited to the Contract by way of a Change Order in such sums as may be agreed upon between the Owner and the Contractor after having been assessed by the Consultant. The Contract Price will be adjusted accordingly. .2 Extra costs arising from accepted substitutions will be charged against the Contingency Allowance by way of a Change Order in such sums as ' may be agreed upon between the Owner and the Contractor after having been assessed by the Consultant. ' .3 No substitutions will be permitted without the prior written approval of the Consultant. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS (not applicable) 3.0 EXECUTION (not applicable) ' END OF SECTION PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 01630 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 02072 - GEOTEXTILES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Delivery and Storage .1 During delivery and storage, protect geotextiles from direct sunlight, ' ultraviolet rays, excessive heat, mud, dirt, dust, debris and rodents. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Materials .1 Geotextile: Terra-Fix 270R, non-woven synthetic fibre fabric filter cloth, ' supplied in rolls. .1 Width: 3.5 m minimum, Length: 150 m minimum. ' 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 Installation .1 Place geotextile material by unrolling onto graded surface in orientation, ' manner and locations indicated and retain in position as directed by Consultant. .2 Place geotextile material smooth and free of tension stress, folds, ' wrinkles and creases. .3 Place geotextile material on sloping surfaces in one continuous length ' from toe of slope to upper extent of geotextile. .4 Overlap each successive strip of geotextile 600 mm over previously laid strip. .7 Protect installed geotextile material from displacement, damage or deterioration before, during and after placement of material layers. -.8 After installation, cover with overlying layer within 4 h of placement. ' .9 Replace damaged or deteriorated geotextile to approval of Consultant. .2 Protection .1 No vehicles permitted directly on geotextile. END OF SECTION ' GEOTEXTILES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02072 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 1 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 02222 — DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 References .1 CSA S350-M1980, Code of Practice for Safety in Demolition of Structures. ' .3 Existing Conditions ' .1 Structures to be demolished to be based on their condition on date that tender is accepted. ' .4 Demolition Permits .1 Where required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit for approval drawings, diagrams or details showing sequence of demolition work and ' supporting structures and underpinning. .2 Submit drawings stamped and signed by qualified professional engineer ' registered or licensed in Province of Ontario, Canada. .5 Protection .1 Prevent movement, settlement or damage of adjacent parts of existing building to remain. Provide bracing, shoring as required. Repair damage caused by demolition as directed by Consultant. .2 Support affected structures and, if safety of structure being demolished or adjacent structures or services appear to be endangered, cease ' operations and notify Consultant. .3 Prevent debris from blocking surface drainage system, and mechanical ' and electrical systems which must remain in operation. .4 Close off floor areas where walls or roofs are not finished or are penetrated as a result of the work of this section, and seal off any other openings made, in order to maintain the weatherproofing integrity of the existing building's envelope. ' .6 Coordination .1 Carefully coordinate all demolition work with the Owner and the Owner's Representatives responsible for the operation of the existing Complex before beginning any demolition work. ' DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02222 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Ensure that the owner's Representatives are fully informed and aware of ' the Construction Schedule and of the impact any demolition work may have on the operation of the existing Complex. 2.0 PRODUCTS (not applicable) ' 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Preparation 1 Disconnect and re-route electrical and telephone service lines in areas to be demolished. Post warning signs on electrical lines and equipment which must remain energized to serve other areas during period of ' demolition. .2 Disconnect and cap designated mechanical services. ' .1 Natural gas supply lines: modify in accordance with gas company requirements where required. .2 Sewer and water lines: remove, move, extend or install as required or indicated on the drawings. .3 Do not disrupt active or energized utilities except as required for the work. ' .2 Safety Code ' .1 Do demolition work in accordance with CSA S350-M1980. .2 Blasting operations are not permitted during demolition. ' .3 Demolition 1 Demolish partitions and finishes as required and indicated on the drawings. .2 Remove existing equipment, services, and obstacles where required for t refinishing or making good of existing surfaces, and replace as work progresses. , .3 At end of each day's work, leave work in safe and stable condition. .4 Demolish to minimize dusting. ' .5 - Demolish masonry and concrete walls and/or flooring in pieces suitable for removal as specified. ' .6 Remove and dispose of demolished materials except where noted otherwise and in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. ' DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL t 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02222 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1 .4 Removal of Sidewalks .1 In removal of sidewalks, curbs and gutters: 1 .1 Square up adjacent surfaces to remain in place by saw cutting or another method if approved by Consultant. 1 .2 Protect adjacent joints and load transfer devices. .3 Protect underlying and adjacent granular materials as applicable. 1 .2 Backfill as required in accordance with Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work. .5 Project Cleanliness .1 As a minimum requirement, any waste material and debris intruding into the existing Complex will be cleaned and/or removed at the end of each day's work. 1 .2 Soiling of and waste or construction debris in the existing Complex will not be tolerated under any circumstances, and will be made good immediately to the satisfaction of the Consultant and/or the Owner. 1 END OF SECTION i 1 1 1 1 1 1 DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02222 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 2300 — EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 02072 Geotextiles .2 Section 02701 Aggregates: General .3 Regulations ' .1 Shore and brace excavations, protect slopes and banks and perform all work in accordance with Provincial and Municipal regulations, whichever is more stringent. .4 Tests and Inspections .1 All procedures, equipment and materials shall be approved by the Soils Consultant/inspection Company who shall be engaged to provide Supervision of this portion of the work. The cost of the Soils Consultant/Inspection Company shall be covered by a Cash Allowance as specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Testing of materials and compaction of backfill and fill will be carried out by the Soils Consultant/Inspection Company as designated by Consultant. ' .3 Not later than one week before backfilling or filling, provide to designated testing agency, 23 kg sample of material proposed for use. .4 Do not begin backfilling or filling operations until material has been approved for use by Soils Consultant/[nspection Company. ' .5 Not later than 48 h before backfilling or filling with approved material, notify Soils Consultant/Inspection Company and the Consultant so that compaction tests can be carried out by designated testing agency. _.6 Before commencing work, conduct, with Consultant, condition survey of any existing structures, trees and other plants, lawns, fencing, service poles, wires, rail tracks and paving, survey bench marks and monuments which may be affected by work. EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .1 Crushed rock. .2 Gravel and crushed gravel composed of naturally formed particles of stone. .3 Light weight aggregate, including slag and expanded shale. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Preparation .1 Handling .1 Handle and transport aggregates to avoid segregation, contamination and degradation. .2 Stockpilinq .1 Stockpile aggregates on site in locations as directed by the Soils Consultant. Do not stockpile on completed pavement surfaces. .2 Stockpile aggregates in sufficient quantities to meet project schedules. .3 Stockpiling sites to be level, well drained, and of adequate bearing capacity and stability to support stockpiled materials and handling equipment. .4 Except where stockpiled on acceptably stabilized areas, provide compacted sand base not less than 300 mm in depth to prevent contamination of aggregate. Stockpile aggregates on ground but do not incorporate bottom 300 mm of pile into work. .5 Separate different aggregates by strong, full depth bulkheads, or stockpile far enough apart to prevent intermixing. .6 Do not use intermixed or contaminated materials. Remove and dispose of rejected materials within 48 h of rejection. .7 Stockpile materials in uniform layers of thickness as follows: 1 .1 Max 1.5 m for coarse aggregate and base course materials. .2 Max 1.5 m for fine aggregate and sub-base materials. .3 Max 1.5 m for other materials. .8 Uniformly spot-dump aggregates delivered to stockpile in trucks and build up stockpile as specified. AGGREGATES: GENERAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02701 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1 SECTION 2300— EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 02072 Geotextiles .2 Section 02701 Aggregates: General .3 Regulations .1 Shore and brace excavations, protect slopes and banks and perform all work in accordance with Provincial and Municipal regulations, whichever is more stringent. .4 Tests and Inspections .1 All procedures, equipment and materials shall be approved by the Soils Consultant/Inspection Company who shall be engaged to provide Supervision of this portion of the work. The cost of the Soils Consultant/Inspection Company shall be covered by a Cash Allowance as specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Testing of materials and compaction of backfill and fill will be carried out by the Soils Consultant/Inspection Company as designated by Consultant. .3 Not later than one week before backfilling or filling, provide to designated testing agency, 23 kg sample of material proposed for use. .4 Do not begin backfilling or filling operations until material has been approved for use by Soils Consultant/inspection Company. .5 Not later than 48 h before backfilling or filling with approved material, notify Soils Consultant/Inspection Company and the Consultant so that compaction tests can be carried out by designated testing agency. .6 Before commencing work, conduct, with Consultant, condition survey of any existing structures, trees and other plants, lawns, fencing, service poles, wires, rail tracks and paving, surrey bench marks and monuments which may be affected by work. 1 EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Buried Services .1 Before commencing work establish the location of any buried services on and adjacent to the site. .2 Arrange with appropriate authority for relocation of any buried services that interfere with execution of work. Pay costs of relocating services. .3 Remove any obsolete buried services within 2 m of foundations. Cap cut- offs. .6 Protection .1 Protect excavations from freezing. .2 Keep excavations clean and free of loose soil. .3 Provide sufficient sumps, appliances and stand-by equipment to keep excavations clear of water and be solely responsible for adequacy of all pumping requirements and water control during construction. Take precautions to ensure water pumped out does not carry soil in suspension in sufficient quantities to cause settlement of adjacent earth. .4 Where soil is subject to significant volume change due to change in moisture content, cover and protect to Consultant's approval. .5 Protect natural and man-made features required to remain undisturbed. Unless otherwise indicated or located in an area to be occupied by new construction, protect existing trees from damage. .6 Do not disturb soil within branch spread of trees or shrubs to remain. .7 Protect buried services that are required to remain undisturbed. .7 Examination .1 Visit and examine the site and note all characteristics and features j affecting the work of this section. No allowances will be made for difficulties encountered, or expenses incurred, as a result of conditions known, knowable or visible before construction. 2.0 PRODUCTS :1 . Materials .1 Granular A, Granular B and sub-base to OPSS 1010. .2 Sand to OPSS 1004. .3 Backfill used to satisfy underfloor slab requirements, in footings and service trenches, et cetera, is to be compactible fill, i.e. inorganic soil with EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex its moisture content close to its optimum moisture content determined in the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density Test. The majority of the excavated material will consist of surficial silty fine sand, fine sand and silty fine sand, clayey silt till, and silty clay. Some moisture content adjustments may be required for efficient compaction depending upon weather conditions at the time of construction. .4 Any organic or excessively wet or otherwise deleterious material is not to be used for backfilling purposes. Any shortfall of suitable on-site excavated material may be made-up with imported granular material, tOPSS Granular B or equivalent. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Clearing and Grubbing .1 Remove any trees, stumps, logs, brush, shrubs, bushes, vines, undergrowth, rotten wood, dead plant material, exposed boulders and debris within the area of the site. .2 Remove any stumps and tree roots below footings, slabs, and paving, and to 600 mm below finished grade elsewhere. .3 Dispose of cleared and grubbed material from the site to disposal areas acceptable to authority having jurisdiction. .2 Excavation .1 Strip topsoil over areas to be covered by new construction, over areas where grade changes are required, and so that excavated material may be stockpiled without covering topsoil. .2 Remove and stockpile topsoil on site. Remove and dispose of all existing organic material and fill down to natural undisturbed sub-grade as follows: .1 Refer to the Foundation Plan for the depth of foundations. .2 Width: The width of the excavations will be as required for the ' specified foundation design, including allowances for the stability of the soil at the sides of the excavation. .3 Prior to slab-on-grade construction, all existing fill and other obviously unsuitable material is to be removed from the underfloor area. Following rough grading, the exposed subgrade is to be proofrolled with a heavy vibratory roller under the supervision of the Soils Consultant/ Inspection Company. Any soft spots detected are to be sub-excavated and replaced with approved material compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Maximum 1 Dry Density. EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Excavate as required to carry out work, in all materials met. Do not disturb soil or rock below bearing surfaces. Notify Consultant and Soils Consultant/inspection Company when excavations are complete. If bearings are unsatisfactory, additional excavation will be authorized in writing and paid for as additional work. Excavation taken below depths shown without Consultant's written authorization is to be filled back to the specified level with concrete of same strength as for footings at Contractor's expense. .5 Excavate trenches for service pipes to provide uniform continuous bearing and support for 150 mm thickness of bedding material on solid and undisturbed ground. Trench widths below a point 150 mm above pipe not to exceed diameter of pipe plus 600 mm. .6 Excavate for slabs and paving to subgrade levels. In addition, remove all topsoil, organic matter, debris and other loose and harmful matter encountered at subgrade level. Excavation for asphalt paving is to conform to slopes and drainage patterns for finished paving. .3 Backfilling .1 The Contractor shall inform the Consultant and the Soils Consultant/ Inspection Company not less than 48 h prior to commencement of any filling operation. .2 Inspection: do not commence backfilling until fill material and areas to be filled have been inspected and approved by Consultant. .3 Remove snow, ice, construction debris, organic soil and standing water from areas to be filled. .4 Lateral support: avoid damage to, or displacement of, walls, waterlines, drains, cables, et cetera. Where eccentric earth pressures are liable to develop in the walls before floor slabs are placed, provide and place the necessary shoring and bracing to counteract the eccentricity. Leave these members in place until removal is approved by Consultant. Make good any damage due to inadequate bracing at own expense. .5 Compaction of subgrade: compact existing subgrade under walks, paving, and slabs on grade, to same compaction as specified for fill. Fill excavated areas with selected subgrade material compacted with a smooth drum roller so as to achieve a uniformity of subgrade conditions. -.6 Placing: .1 Prior to placing fill over existing ground, scarify surface to a depth of 300 mm. Maintain fill and existing surface at approximately the same moisture content to facilitate bonding. EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1 .2 Place backfill, fill and basecourse material in 200 mm loose layers each compacted as specified below. Add water as required to achieve specified density. .3 The site should be brought to within 150 mm of the underside of the floor slabs using OPSS Granular B material uniformly compacted to at least 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. .7 Compaction: .1 Compact each layer of material to at least 98% of its Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density, unless specified otherwise. .2 Consolidate each layer by mechanical smooth drum roller. .3 Compact areas inaccessible to consolidation by mechanical rollers and areas within 1000 mm of exterior walls by vibrating plate compactors operated so as to avoid damage to completed work. .8 The lavers immediately below the slabs-on-grade shall be: 150 mm of OPSS Granular A material compacted to at least 100% Standard Proctor ' Maximum Dry Density. .9 Under concrete sidewalks: 150 mm of 19 mm clear crushed-run limestone, compacted to minimum 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. .10 At catchbasins and manholes: sand backfill around catchbasins and manholes. The top 1.0 m below asphalt sub-grade to be compacted to 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. Below 1.0 m, a 98% Standard Proctor Compaction is acceptable. .11 In trenches: .1 Up to 300 mm above pipe or conduit: sand placed by hand. .2 Over 300 mm above pipe or conduit: native material approved by the Soils Consultant. .12 Under sodded areas: use site excavated material to bottom of topsoil except in trenches and within 600 mm of foundations. 13 Against foundations (except as applicable to trenches and under slabs ' and paving): excavated material or imported material with no stones larger than 200 mm diameter within 600 mm of structures. EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 6 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Culvert ' .1 Supply and install a 250 mm diameter corrugated galvanized steel culvert below the concrete walk in location as indicated. .2 Place 19 mm clear crushed-run limestone over culvert as required prior to installation of concrete walk. .5 Grading .1 Rough grade to level, profiles, and contours allowing for surface , treatment as indicated. Allow for spillage of fill outside property lines where finished grades are higher than adjacent properties. .2 Rough grade to 100 mm below finish grades as shown on the Site Plan, ready for installation of topsoil. .3 Grade so that water will drain away from buildings, walls and paved areas, to catch basins and other disposal areas approved by the Consultant. Grade to be gradual between finished spot elevations shown on drawings, slopes where specified are to be minimum 1:50. .6 Shortage and Surplus .1 Supply all necessary fill to meet backfilling and grading requirements. .2 Dispose of surplus material off site. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK AND RELATED WORK 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 02701 — AGGREGATES. GENERAL 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work .2 Section 02770 Concrete Walks and Curbs .3 Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete .3 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with the requirements of the Soils Consultant. .2 Allow continual sampling by the Soils Consultant during production. .3 Pay cost of sampling and testing of aggregates which fail to meet specified requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Aggregate quality: sound, hard, durable material free from soft, thin, elongated or laminated particles, organic material, clay lumps or minerals, or other substances that would act in deleterious manner for use intended. .2 Flat and elongated particles of coarse aggregate: to ASTM D4791. Greatest dimension not to exceed five times least dimension. .3 Fine aggregates satisfying requirements of applicable section to be one, or blend, of following: .1 Natural sand. .2 Manufactured sand. .3 Screenings produced in crushing of quarried rock, boulders, gravel or slag. .4 Coarse aggregates satisfying requirements of applicable section to be one, or blend, of following: AGGREGATES: GENERAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02701 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .1 Crushed rock. 1 .2 Gravel and crushed gravel composed of naturally formed particles of stone. .3 Light weight aggregate, including slag and expanded shale. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Preparation .1 Handling .1 Handle and transport aggregates to avoid segregation, , contamination and degradation. .2 Stockpiling .1 Stockpile aggregates on site in locations as directed by the Soils Consultant. Do not stockpile on completed pavement surfaces. .2 Stockpile aggregates in sufficient quantities to meet project schedules. .3 Stockpiling sites to be level, well drained, and of adequate bearing capacity and stability to support stockpiled materials and handling equipment. .4 Except where stockpiled on acceptably stabilized areas, provide compacted sand base not less than 300 mm in depth to prevent contamination of aggregate. Stockpile aggregates on ground but do not incorporate bottom 300 mm of pile into work. .5 Separate different aggregates by strong, full depth bulkheads, or stockpile far enough apart to prevent intermixing. .6 Do not use intermixed or contaminated materials. Remove and dispose of rejected materials within 48 h of rejection. .7 Stockpile materials in uniform layers of thickness as follows: ' .1 Max 1.5 m for coarse aggregate and base course materials. .2 Max 1.5 m for fine aggregate and sub-base materials. .3 Max 1.5 m for other materials. .8 Uniformly spot-dump aggregates delivered to stockpile in trucks and build up stockpile as specified. AGGREGATES: GENERAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02701 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Do not cone piles or spill material over edges of piles. .10 Do not use conveying stackers. .11 During winter operations, prevent ice and snow from becoming mixed into stockpile or in material being removed from stockpile. .2 Cleaning .1 Leave aggregate stockpile site in tidy, well drained condition, free of ' standing surface water and landscaped as indicated on the drawings. .2 Remove any unused aggregates from the site. rEND OF SECTION 1 r r r 1 1 1 r r r r AGGREGATES: GENERAL 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02701 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 02770—CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work. .2 Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Concrete mixes and materials: as specified under Section 03300 Cast-In- Place Concrete. .2 Reinforcing steel: as indicated on Structural Drawings. .3 Joint filler and Curing Compound: as indicated on Structural Drawings. .4 Granular base: to Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work. .5 Non-staining mineral type form release agent: chemically active release agents containing compounds that react with free lime to provide water soluble soap. .6 Reinforcing welded wire mesh 150 x 150 x MW 13.3. .7 Fill material: to Section 02300 - Earthwork and Related Work. .8 Boiled linseed oil: to CAN/CGSB-1.2. .9 Kerosene: to CAN/CGSB-3.3. .2 Installations t .1 Cast-in-Place Concrete Curbs: Construct to dimensions and in locations as shown on the drawings and as specified under Section 03300 Cast-In- ' Place Concrete. .2 Entrance Column Base: to be cast-in-place concrete, as detailed, with exposed formwork to be Classica 610R breakaway form as supplied by ' ArtFORMS International Inc., tel: 905-642-3225. CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02770 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Concrete Splash Pads: Provide 600 mm x 600 mm standard concrete , paving units as splash pads at each downspout location as indicated on the drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Grade Preparation .1 Do grade preparation work in accordance with 02300— Earthwork and Related Work. ' .2 Granular Base .1 Obtain Consultant's and Inspection Company's approval of subgrade before placing granular base. .2 Place granular base material to lines, widths, and depths as indicated on ' the drawings and in accordance with Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work. .3 Compact granular base to at least 100% of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density, ASTM D698. .3 Concrete .1 Obtain Consultant's and Inspection Company's approval of granular base and reinforcing steel prior to placing concrete. .2 Do concrete work in accordance with Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete. .3 Slope sidewalks away from building. ' .4 Sidewalks shall be a minimum of 100 mm thick slab, reinforced with welded wire mesh. Finished surface to be true and level with a wood float surface finish. .5 Immediately after floating, give sidewalk surface uniform broom finish to , produce regular corrugations not exceeding 2 mm deep, by drawing broom in direction normal to centre line. , .6 Score out false joints as indicated on the drawings. .7 Provide edging with 10 mm radius edging tool. .8 - Slip-form pavers equipped with string line system for line and grade control may be used if quality of work acceptable to Consultant can be demonstrated. Hand finish surfaces when directed by Consultant. .4 Tolerances , .1 Finish surfaces with no irregularities greater than 3 mm over a 3000 mm CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02770 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' straight edge. .5 Expansion and Contraction Joints ' .1 Install tooled transverse contraction joints after floating, when concrete is stiff, but still plastic, at intervals as indicated on the site plan and in ' accordance with Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete. .2 Install expansion joints, 12.7 mm thick, at a maximum of 5000 mm oc for sidewalks, 3600 mm oc maximum for cast-in-place curbs. .3 Install expansion joints around manholes and catch basins and along length adjacent to concrete curbs, catch basins, buildings, or permanent ' structure. .4 When sidewalk is adjacent to curb, make joints of curb, gutters and sidewalk coincide. .5 Place impregnated asphaltic expansion strips in expansion joints. ' .6 Curing .1 Cure concrete by adding moisture continuously in accordance with ' CAN/CSA-A23.1 and in accordance with Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete. .7 Backfill .1 Allow concrete to cure for 7 days prior to backfilling. ' .2 Backf ill to designated elevations in accordance with Section 02300— Earthwork and Related Work. Compact and shape to required contours as indicated or as directed by Consultant. .8 Linseed Oil Treatment .1 After concrete has cured for specified curing time and when surface of concrete is clean and dry, apply two coats of linseed oil mixture uniformly to surfaces of curbs, walks and gutters. .2 Linseed oil mixture to consist of 50% boiled linseed oil and 50% mineral spirits by volume. ' .3 Apply treatment when air temperature above 10°C. .4 Apply first coat at 135 mUm2. .5 Apply second coat at 90 mUm2 when first coat has dried. ' END OF SECTION ' CONCRETE WALKS, CURBS AND MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02770 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 02911 —TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Sections .1 Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work ' .3 Source Quality Control .1 Advise Consultant of sources of topsoil to be utilized 7 days in advance of ' starting work. .2 Contractor is responsible for Horticultural Soiltest and requirements for ' amendments to topsoil as specified. .4 Horticultural Soiltest ' .1 A Horticultural Soiltest shall be undertaken on samples from at least three (3) representative locations. The results shall indicate: ' .1 Permeability .2 Porosity .3 pH value .4 Soluble salt content .5 Organic content ' .6 Soil mixture fertility requirements .2 Test samples shall be made by a recognized horticultural testing laboratory (such as the University of Guelph) at no additional cost to the Contract. ' .3 Submit, in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements, 2 copies of the test results to the Consultant for review. The test results shall indicate that the topsoil meets the requirements as outlined herein. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Topsoil .1 Topsoil to be used for planting shall be a fertile, friable loam, containing a TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex mixture of mineral particulates, micro organisms and organic matter ' which provides suitable medium for supporting intended plant growth and meeting the following requirements: .1 Soil texture: based on The Canadian System of Soil Classification, ' to consist of30% sand, 45% silt, 20% clay and contain no less than 5% organic matter by weight. .2 Fertility: major soil nutrients present in following ratios: .1 Nitrogen (N): 20 to 40 micrograms of available N per gram ' of topsoil. .2 Phosphorus (P): 10 to 20 micrograms of phosphate per gram of topsoil. .3 Potassium (K): 80 to 120 micrograms of potash per gram ' of topsoil. .4 Calcium, magnesium, sulfur and micro-nutrients present in , balanced ratios to support germination and/or establishment of intended vegetation. .3 Ph value: 6.0 to 7.0 ' .4 Contain no toxic elements or growth inhibiting materials. .5 Free from: .1 Debris and stones over 50 mm diameter. .2 Course vegetative material, 10 mm diameter and 100 mm length, occupying more than 2% of soil volume. .3 Any admixture of subsoil or clay lumps. .6 Consistence: friable when moist. i .7 Permeability: to permit the passage of water at not less than 12 mm per hour, and not more than 40 mm per hour. ' .8 Porosity: to contain a minimum total pore space of 33%, non- capillary pore space of 12-18% and capillary pore space of 15- ' 21%. .9 Planting mixture for the plant beds and pits shall be a well blended , mixture of four (4) parts topsoil, one (1) part peatmoss, with bonemeal and fertilizer amendments as required by the Horticultural Soiltest. , TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 5 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .10 Topsoil to be used for planting may be available on site. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to move soil from the stockpiles on, or adjacent to, the work site, provide horticultural soiltests to ensure compliance with the specifications, and to provide all necessary admixtures required to make the soil suitable for the planting as indicated on the drawings and ' described in the specifications. Topsoil shall be spread evenly over the areas indicated and as specified herein. .11 In the event that the quality/quantity of existing topsoil available on ' site is not sufficient to complete the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide additional, hauled to site, tested and placed at its sole expense. All supplied topsoil shall conform to ' the specifications as noted. .2 Soil Amendments ' .1 Peatmoss: ' .1 Derived from partially decomposed species of Sphagnum Mosses. .2 Elastic and homogeneous, brown in colour. ' .3 Free of wood and deleterious material which could prohibit growth. ' .4 Shredded particle minimum size: 6 mm. .5 pH value of not less than 4.5 and not greater than 6.0. .2 Sand: washed course silica sand, medium to course textured. ' .3 Limestone: .1 Ground agricultural limestone containing minimum calcium carbonate equivalent of 85%. .2 Gradation requirements: percentage passing by weight, 90% passing 1.0 mm sieve, 50% passing 0.125 mm sieve. ' .4 Fertilizer: .1 Complete, commercial, slow release with 35% soluble nitrogen and 50% of the elements derived from organic sources. .5 Bonemeal: .1 Raw bonemeal, finely ground with a minimum analysis of 4% nitrogen, 20% phosphoric acid. TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 Stripping of Topsoil .1 Do not handle topsoil while in wet or frozen condition or in any manner in which soil structure is adversely affected. .2 Commence topsoil stripping of areas indicated after brush, weeds and , grasses have been cleared and removed from site. .3 Strip topsoil to depths as indicated and as directed by Consultant. Avoid , mixing topsoil with subsoil. .4 Stockpile in locations as directed by Consultant. Stockpile height not to ' exceed 2 m. .5 Dispose of unused topsoil off site. ' .6 Protect stockpiles from contamination and compaction. .2 Preparation of Existing Grade ' .1 Prior to placing topsoil, undertake the following with regard to the subsoil or subgrade: .1 Verify that grades are correct. If discrepancies occur, notify Consultant and do not commence work until instructed so to do by Consultant. .2 Grade soil, eliminating uneven areas and low spots, ensuring positive drainage. .3 Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in excess of 50 mm ' diameter and other deleterious materials. Remove soil contaminated with calcium chloride, toxic materials and petroleum products. Remove debris which protrudes more than 75 mm ' above surface. Dispose of removed material off site. .4 Course cultivate entire area which is to receive topsoil: the , subsoil/existing grade shall be disced or rototilled to depth of 100 mm. Cross cultivate those areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading has compacted soil. .3 -Placing and Spreading of Topsoil /Planting Soil ' .1 Place topsoil after Consultant has accepted subgrade. , .2 Spread topsoil in uniform layers not less than 100 mm and not exceeding 150 mm, over unfrozen subgrade free of standing water. Areas defined on the drawings as planting beds shall have a minimum depth of 300 mm. TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 5 i ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .3 For sodded areas keep topsoil 15 mm below finished grade. .4 Spread topsoil to following minimum depths after settlement and a minimum compaction of 90 MPD: .1 150 mm for seeded areas ' .2 135 mm for sodded areas .3 300 mm for flower beds ' .4 500 mm for shrub beds ' .5 Manually spread topsoil/planting soil around trees, shrubs and obstacles. .4 Finish Grading ' .1 Grade to eliminate rough spots and low areas and ensure positive drainage. Prepare loose friable bed by means of cultivation and ' subsequent raking. .2 Consolidate topsoil to required bulk density using equipment approved by Consultant. Leave surfaces smooth, uniform and firm against deep footprinting. .3 Unless otherwise indicated, no slope shall be greater than 1:3. All areas ' shall be given a uniform slope between finished grades indicated or established grades. All edges of slopes shall be evenly rounded to create a natural transition between adjacent levels. Blend topsoil levels smoothly between sodded and seeded areas. .5 Acceptance ' .1 Contractor will arrange for a recognized horticultural testing laboratory to test topsoil in place to determine acceptability of material, depth of topsoil and finish grading. Approval of topsoil material subject to soil testing and ' analysis. .7 Restoration of Stockpile Sites .1 Restore stockpile sites to a state acceptable to Consultant. ' .8 Surplus Material 1 Dispose of materials not required off site. END OF SECTION ' TOPSOIL AND FINISH GRADING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 02911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 5 i ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 1. GENERAL .1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' .1 Conform to the General Requirements and Special Conditions contained in Division 1. .2 Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code Act, and the ' Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects. .3 Keep a copy of the Ontario Building Code and the Occupational Health and ' Safety Act handbook in the project field office. .2 COORDINATION .1 Be responsible for the supply of all material and labour required to the completion of the Contract. Breakdown of work into units by trade is for guidance only and is not necessarily complete. .2 Section Includes: .1 Formwork excluding steel deck. .2 Underpinning and shoring. ' .3 Grout under base plates. .4 Expansion joint material. ' .5 Work within existing building. .6 Plain and reinforced concrete, including curing and finishing. .7 Reinforcement and accessories. ' .8 Light weight concrete fill. .9 Rigid insulation at foundations,foundation walls and slabs on grade. .10 Drilling and grouting of new dowels in existing work. .11 Splicing new reinforcing bars to existing bars. ' .3 Products Fumished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1 Concrete and reinforcing to Masonry Trade. ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 1 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: ' .1 Anchor bolts. .2 Anchorage assemblies and weldments for other structural trades. , .3 Members, inserts, sleeves, boxes and embedded items required to be built into, anchored to, or passing through concrete work and ' which is specified for supply in the work of other sections. .4 Shelf angles and wall plates connected to concrete. .5 Related Sections: ' .1 Geotechnical report: Section 00200 .2 Earthwork and related work: Section 02300 ' .3 Concrete walks, curbs and miscellaneous , Concrete items: Section 02770 .4 Concrete slab-on-grade: Section 03315 .5 Steel deck forms: Section 05300 , .6 Waterproofing-sheet vapour barrier Section 07160 .7 Dampproofing and through wall membrane Section 07531 , .8 Concrete work specified under Mechanical and Electrical Trades: Divisions 15 and 16 .3 ALLOWANCES ' .1 Cash allowance to cover the cost of specified independent inspection and testing is specified in Division 1. .4 REFERENCE STANDARDS .1 Do concrete formwork in accordance with CAN/CSA-S269.3-M92, except ' where specified otherwise. .2 Do falsework in accordance with S269.1-1975 (R1998), except where ' specked otherwise. .3- Do reinforcing work in accordance with CSA A23.1-94/A23.2-94/A23.3-94. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 2 OF 34 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Fabricate reinforcing to Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice"by ' Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada. .5 Weld reinforcing steel in accordance with CSA W186-1990(R1998),except ' where specified otherwise. .6 Do cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with CSA A23.3-94, except where specified otherwise. .7 Do cast-in-place architectural concrete work in accordance with ACI 303.1- 97 "Guide to Cast-In-Place Architectural Concrete Practice". .8 Use only current editions of all reference standards, as amended at date of issue of Contract Documents. .9 Keep a copy of all reference standards in the project field office. .5 DESIGN OF FORMWORK AND FALSEWORK ' .1 Design formwork, and falsework, to support construction loads and fluid pressures without overstressing the material and without excessive deflection. Design formwork and falsework for architectural concrete such ' that deflection is limited to not more than 11400th of the span of any element. Provide positive means of adjustmentto permit realignment or readjustment. ' .6 SHOP DRAWINGS - REINFORCING STEEL .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 1. ' .2 Include plans, elevations, sections and bar lists necessary to show all reinforcing and to facilitate checking. Show location of construction joints and detail reinforcement at joints. Draw elevations of walls. Prepare large ' scale details of areas of congested reinforcement to illustrate fully the meshing and placing sequence. Show bar sizes and spacing directly on the diagrams.Dimension band lines forflat slabs and flat plates. Draw diagrams ' to a suitable scale with a minimum of 1:50 for plans and a larger scale for the remainder. See Drawings and Typical Details for concrete cover for reinforcing steel. Show specified cover on placing diagrams. Transparencies or copies made from the Structural Drawings will not be ' accepted. .3 Review of shop drawings by the Consultant is a precaution against oversight or error. It is not a detailed check and must not be construed as relieving the ' Contractor of responsibility for making the work accurate and in conformity with the Contract Documents. Design of items for which the Contractor is responsible under the Contract will not be reviewed. Work done prior to receipt of the reviewed drawings will be at the risk of the Contractor. Review comments are not authorization for changes to the Contract price. ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 3 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Provide the office preparing shop drawings with a complete set of Contract ' Drawings and Specifications plus all addenda and revisions. .5 Conform to CSAA23.3-94 and RSIC Manual of Standard Practice unless the Contract Documents contain a more stringent requirement,inwhich case the ' latter shall govern. Provide accessories as required by the Manual. .6 Do not release shop drawings for reinforcing bars whose length may be ' affected by field conditions,such as the final elevation of footings, until such time as the governing field dimensions have been ascertained, and affected reinforcing bar lengths are revised. .7 Make corrections required by previous review before resubmitting drawings. r Do not add new details to drawings which have been reviewed. .8 After review shop drawings will be returned stamped to show one of the ' following levels of acceptance: Reviewed - No comments , Noted - Make corrections noted. Submit final record print. Not Reviewed, Resubmit - Correct and resubmit for review. ' Conform to the requirements of each authority that has reviewed the drawings. ' .9 Allow a reasonable length of time for drawing review when preparing the project schedule. Coordinate with Consultant. ' .10 Keep on site at all times a set of shop drawings bearing the review stamps of the Consultant. Use only these drawings and the Structural Drawings to set reinforcing steel. Neatly mark on the Structural Drawings revisions ' issued during the course of construction as soon as they are received. .11 Check shop drawings against the complete set of project documents as soon as available,even if after contract drawings have been issued for this Trade, in order to determine if additions or revisions are required to complete the work. Report results of check to the Consultant. .7 SHOP DRAWINGS -FORMWORK AND FALSEWORK .1 Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Division 1. ' - .2- Submit to the Consultant for review before the start of work five (5) copies - of formwork drawings. Check and sign before submission. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE , 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 4 OF 34 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Review of shop drawings by the Consultant is a precaution against oversight or error. It is not a detailed check and must not be construed as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for making the work accurate and in conformity with the Contract Documents. Design of items for which the Contractor is responsible under the Contract will not be reviewed. Work done prior to receipt of the reviewed drawings will be at the risk of the Contractor. Review comments are not authorization for changes to the Contract price. ' .4 Show on formwork drawings complete construction details for the following: - Shoring, scaffolding and bracing. Reshoring sequences. Rate of concreting for which formwork is designed. - Material specifications and loadings. - Cambers and method of form alignment. ' - Typical sections of each type of architectural concrete construction showing form tie locations, arrases, chamfer, reveals, etc. - Control,construction and expansion joints,showing all joint locations. - Panel jointing, caulking and taping. ' - Reglets and inserts. .5 Provide the office preparing shop drawings with a complete set of Contract Drawings and Specifications plus all addenda and revisions. ' .6 Comply with Clause 3 of S269.1-1975(R1998)for falsework shop drawings. ' .7 Submit shop drawings bearing the seal and signature of Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario. ' .8 SAMPLES 1 Materials: Submit one sample for each type of the following items to be used for architectural concrete in accordance with Section 01001 - General Requirements: ' .1 Contact sheathing. .2 Each size of rough-sawn board sheathing. .3 Form tie. ' .4 Support accessories for reinforcement. .5 Tape for use over joints in sheathing. .6 Form joint sealer for use at construction joints. ' .7 Tie hole plug. ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 5 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS ' .1 Proposed concrete mixes are to be reviewed by the independent inspection & testing company, retained for this purpose, who will prepare a report of their findings. The cost of these services is covered under the Cash Allowance specified in Section 01001 -General Requirements. Do not place concrete before the related mix design has been reviewed by the Consultant. .2 Contractor is to submit copies of the reports prepared by the independent , inspection &testing company to the Consultant in accordance with Section 01001 -General Requirements. .3 Supply the Consultant with mill test reports properly correlated to the ' reinforcement,both bars and steel fibres,in accordance with Section 01001 - General Requirements. .10 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND RECORDS .1 Maintain a set of record drawings on site on which the progress of the work ' can be recorded,in accordance with Section 01001 -General Requirements, supplemented as follows: .1 Record the time and casting date for each section of concrete and ' the date or removal of each section of formwork. .2 When heat curing is required, record maximum and minimum daily ' temperatures outside the enclosure and the average temperature within each enclosure, for a period of 3 days after placing the concrete. ' .3 Record all modifications to the foundations and superstructure on a set of prints in a neat and legible manner. Use the information to make as-built drawings at the completion of the work. Dimension all ' changes. Record location and dimensions of buried mechanical and electrical services which pass through areas designated for future extensions. .11 QUALIFICATIONS 1 Welding shall be undertaken by a firm certified by the Canadian Welding , Bureau under the requirements of the applicable CSA Standard. Reinforcing Bars - W186-1990 (R1998) ' Structural Steel - W47.1-92 (R1998) .2 Welding inspection will be performed by a firm certified by the Canadian ' Welding Bureau under the requirements of CSA Standard W178.1-96. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 6 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Floor finishing shall be undertaken by a Contractor with at least 5 years of ' specialized experience in this type of work. Submit substantiating references if asked. ' .12 STORAGE .1 Store materials as follows: .1 Concrete materials: to CSA A23.1-00/A23.2-00. .2 Concrete admixtures: in accordance with manufacturer's directions. .3 Formwork: not in contact with the ground and protected from water, oil, dirt or other contamination. Support so as to prevent warping or ' distortion. .4 Reinforcement: on racks or skids so that it is protected from dirt and maintained in its fabricated form. .13 SITE CONDITIONS .1 Visit site to determine available access, storage and working areas. Determine any interference from existing services. .14 FOUNDATION CONDITIONS .1 Foundation design is based upon a soils report prepared for the project by ' Golder and Associates. It is included in the Bid Documents. In addition to Bid Document 02200, the following requirements are to be met. .2 The soils report is furnished in good faith for the information of the Contractor ' but the possibility of deviation from reported conditions must be recognized. The Owner, Consultant assume no responsibility for any interpretation or deduction that the Contractor may make from the data and he shall establish the nature of observable conditions to his own satisfaction. .3 Notify the Consultant in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions of the Contract if during the execution of the work subsurface ' conditions are found to differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or soils report. .4 If foundation elevations or dimensions are revised by the Consultant ' because of differences between reported and actual subsoil conditions discovered at the time of excavation, the Contract Price will be adjusted. Extras will not be paid because of overexcavation or other conditions within ' the control of the Contractor. ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 7 OF 34 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 The Owner will retain a Soils Consultant to examine and report on the ' sub-soil at founding elevations at the time of excavation. Notify the Consultant as to when such examination will be required. Do not proceed with construction of foundations until the Soils Consultant has reported. .6 Keep construction traffic and loads on the subgrade to a minimum. ' .7 Set footings on undisturbed soil capable of safely supporting the allowable ' bearing pressures noted on the Drawings. Founding elevations shown are based upon the soil investigation and are set at a level where it is presumed that the specified bearing pressures can be safely supported. After excavation determine if these conditions are fulled. If they are not met notify the Consultant so that footing elevations may be adjusted accordingly. 1 If field conditions result in a lower bearing elevation than was anticipated, a revision will have to be made to the column length or ' the footing dimensions. The Consultant will decide which alternative will be adopted after the bearing area is inspected. .8 Provide a 50mm, 20 MPa concrete shim coat on the base of approved , excavation required to support foundations. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 8 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2. PRODUCTS .1 CEMENT .1 Portland cement: Normal (Type 10)to CSA A5-98. .2 For Architectural concrete, use only cement from one supplier. .3 Do not use High Early Strength cement(Type 30)unless approved in writing by Consultant. .4 Cementitious hydraulic slag shall conform to CAN/CSA A363-98. .5 Fly Ash is not permitted. .2 WATER .1 Mixing water: clear and free from deleterious substances to CSA A23.1-00, A23.2-00. If not taken from the municipal supply, arrange for testing by an independent agency and report results to the Consultant. .2 Curing water: Clear and free from deleterious substances to CSA A23.1-00, A23.2-00. .3 AGGREGATES .1 Fine aggregate: natural sand to CSA A23.1-00, A23.2-00. .2 Coarse aggregate for normal density concrete: crushed stone or gravel to CSA A23.1-00, A23.2-00 and suitable for OBC type N concrete. Nominal size 20 mm. .3 Coarse aggregate for concrete which is to be bush hammered: crushed stone of a type which will cut and chip without fracturing. .4 Obtain coarse and fine aggregates for exposed concrete from the same sources. .4 ADMIXTURES .1 Obtain air-entraining admixtures and other admixtures from the same manufacturer when using 2 or more admixtures in the same concrete mix. - Dispense admixtures separately into the mix. .2 Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for use of admixtures. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 9 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Air Entraining Admixtures: to CAN3-A266.1-M78. Use one of the listed products: Daravair 1400 - W.R. Grace& Co. Darex - Grace Canada Inc. Micro-Air - Master Builders Technologies Ltd. Airextra - Euclio .4 Water Reducing Agent, Non-retarding: to CAN3-A266.2-M78,ASTM C494, Type A- Mid Range Water Reducing. Use one of the listed products: MIRA 70 - W.R. Grace & Co. Eucon WR - Euclio Pozzolith N - Master Builders Technologies Ltd. (122- N when steel trowelled) Polyheed 997 - Master Builders Technologies Ltd. , .5 Water Reducing Agent, Mild Retarding: to CAN3 A226.2-M78, Type WR., ASTM C494, Type 'D'. Use one of the listed products: Daratard 17 - W.R. Grace &Co. Polyheed RI - Master Builders Technologies Ltd. .6 Surface Set Retarder: Use "Rugasol S" by Sika Canada Inc. or approved alternative. .7 Integral Waterproofer: Use "Anti-Hydro"-R by Anti-Hydro Canada Inc. or approved alternative. .8 Super Plasticing Admixtures: to CAN3-A266.6-M85 Rheebuild - Master Builders Technologies Ltd. ADVA 100 - W.R. Grace &Co. .9 Calcium Chloride or chloride based admixtures should not be used. .5 GROUT .1 Dry packed concrete: 1:3 cement-sand and minimum water to dampen mixture. Minimum strength 30 MPa at 28 days. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE i 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 10 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Premixed cementitious non-shrink general purpose grout: Minimum strength 45 MPa at 28 days. Use one of the listed products. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. CPD Construction Grout _ CDP Services Masterflow 713 Master Builders Technologies Ltd. Sealtight CG-86 Construction Grout - W.R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. Unisorb Premium Non-Shrink Grout - Wilrep Ltd. Sika Grout 212 _ Sika Canada Inc. M-Bed Superflow Sika Canada Inc. Sure Grip Utility Grout - Dayton Superior Corporation CPD Construction Grout _ CPD Services Sealtight CG-86 Grout W.R. Meadows of Canada .3 Grout for bonding post-tensioning tendons: to CSA A23.1-00. .4 Epoxy Grout: Sikadur 42 - Sika Canada CPD Epoxy Grout _ CPD Services Sealtight ReziWeld 3/2 Grout W.R. Meadows of Canada .6 ACCESSORIES .1 Install in accordance with manufacturers' directions. .2 P.V.C. Waterstops: Construction joints: Use "Greenstreak Style 951" or approved alternative. Weld all splices to ASTM D412-87. .3 Hydrophiliic Waterstops: Hydrotite CJ-0725 by MME Multiurethanes. .4 Adjustable wedge action insert,malleable iron: Use"Peerless Wedge Insert' by Acrow-Richmond or"Wedge Insert" by Dayton Superior Canada Ltd. .5 Dovetail anchor slots: Minimum 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel with insulation-filled slots. .6 Asphalt Impregnated Preformed Joint fillers: Use one of the listed products: Sealtight Fibre Expansion Joint Filler - W.R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. .7 Closed-cell Preformed Joint fillers(not asphalt based): Use one ofthe listed products: Ceramar Flexible Foam _ W.R. Meadows of Canada Konobord Goodco Ltd. CAST4N-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 11 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 Expansion joint sealant: Use grey"Duoflex-Non-Sag"by Stemson Ltd. or "Sikaflex 1 C-SL" by Sika Canada Inc. .9 Saw Cut Joint Fillers/Construction Joint Sealant:In industrial floor use areas, and areas subject to high wheel loads such as forklifts, use grey, flexible epoxy pourable sealer, acceptable type: Sealtight Rezi-Weld Flex B - W.R. Meadows of Canada Loadflex - Sika Canada Inc. In other areas not subject to high point loading, use: Sikaflex 1 CSL - Sika Canada Inc. .10 Closed cell insulation (non-load-bearing): Use "Styrofoam SM" by Dow Chemical Canada Inc. .11 Vapour barrier under slabs on grade: .15 mm polyethylene. .12 Non-slip inserts: Fine carborundum strips 6 mm wide x 10 mm deep. .13 Bonding Agent: to be used to bond concrete toppings and patching over existing prepared concrete base, acceptable products: Surfacrete Concentrate - Sika Canada Inc. Sealtight Intralok - W.R. Meadows of Canada .14 Other materials or products which are not listed herein shall comply with the latest CSA, ASTM, C.G.S.B. or A.C.I. Standards appropriate to those materials. .7 REINFORCEMENT 1 Reinforcing steel: New deformed bars to CAN/CSA-G30.18-M92 (R1998) from Canadian or American mills. Grade as indicated on Drawings, Grade 40OR unless otherwise noted. .2 Welded steel wire fabric: to CSA G30.5-M1983 (R1998)from Canadian or American mills. Supply fabric in flat sheets. .3 Steel Fibres: Steel fibres to be supplied are to meet the dosage requirement , shown on the drawings. The fibre to be manufactured from cold drawn wire and meeting ASTM A-820,Type 1,Standard specification for steel fibres for fibre reinforced concrete. The fibres must be deformed with hooked ends with a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 850 MPa, minimum length of 60 mm, a minimum aspect (length/diameter) of 57. Mill test reports shall be furnished by the fibre manufacturer for each shipment of fibres per ASTM A- 820 or as directed by the Consultant. Refer also to Section 03315. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23,March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 112 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Acceptable Supplier: TrefilARBED or Bekaert Corporation. .5 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to requirements of the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada, Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice". Use plastic, precast concrete or plastic protected steel bar supports for exposed concrete surfaces. .6 Galvanizing of non-prestressed reinforcement and bar supports: to CAN/CSA-G164-M92 (R1998). .7 Mechanical splices: Cadweld or Lenton splices by Erico Products Inc.,which develop the ultimate strength of the bar. Use for all splices in bars larger than 35M and elsewhere as noted. .8 Tie wire: 1.6 mm black annealed wire. Use non-corrosive tie-wire for galvanized reinforcing steel. .8 CURING -SEALING COMPOUNDS ■ .1 Curing-Sealing Compound: Clear liquid to ASTM C309-89,Type 1. Apply as directed by the manufacturer. It shall not darken or discolour concrete surface and shall be compatible with, and not impair bond of, any material laid over it. Use curing - sealing compounds that are compatible with floor surface hardeners, where hardeners are specified. .9 FORMWORK MATERIALS .1 Formwork lumber: Plywood and wood formwork materials to CSA S269.1- 1975 and CSA A23.1-00. Use new materials throughout except for concrete in unexposed locations such as foundations where used material is acceptable. .2 Plywood panels: to CSA Standard 0121-M1978 and carry COFI exterior grade stamp. No inserted patches allowed on contact face for exposed locations. Use one of the listed products: Crown 44: - Fletcher Challenge Canada Ltd. Pour Form- 107: -Ainsworth Products Company Ltd. .3 Circular Sections: Use spirally-constructed laminated fibre forms"Sonotube" by Sonoco Limited, or approved alternative. .1 Exposed: Regular"A" coated .2 Not exposed: Regular"W'coated .3 Seamless: Premium Grade, coated .4 Circular Void Forms: Use "Sonovoids" by Sonoco Ltd. or"Permavoid" by Perma Tubes Ltd. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 13 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Lining for Board Formed Surfaces: Use Air dry Spruce or White Pine, random widths, random thickness, rough sawn. Dress edges for close fit. Use galvanized nails only. Seal with "Pre-Form" by Nox-crete, Inc. .6 Grooves, reglets, chamfers and rustication strips: Use White Pine selected for straightness and accurately dressed to size. Provide I to 3 draw unless otherwise shown. Provide continuous saw-cut at back of strip. .7 Form Ties: .1 Internal form ties shall be adjustable metal galvanized after fabrication and designed to act as spreaders at a minimum working strength of 1360 kg. When removed no remaining metal shall be closer than 25 mm to concrete surface Use galvanized ties for architectural concrete. .2 Snap ties shall snap cleanly at least 25 mm from concrete surface without damage to concrete. .3 Ties for exposed concrete shall be threaded, internal disconnecting type such as "Tyscrus" by Acrow-Richmond, fitted with plastic cones. .4 Plugs for holes left by disconnecting type ties: precast concrete with i 6 mm set back. .8 Joint tape for sealing panel joints: Use "Procan" joint tape supplied by Acrow-Richmond or approved altemative. .9 Caulking for joints between panels: Use"Sikaflex 1-a"by Sika Canada Inc., or approved altemative. .10 Prefabricated tongue and groove slab joint filler: Use one of the listed products: Serviced Joint - Goodco Ltd. Sealtight Tongue and Groove Keyed Joint Filler - W.R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. .11 Form coating and release agent: Use one of the listed products: Rich-Cote - Acrow-Richmond Nox-Crete - Nox-Crete, Inc. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 114 OF 34 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .10 PROPORTIONING AND CONCRETE MIXES .1 Design mixes to produce concrete of the strengths designated; workability consistent with placing conditions and methods; durability consistent with j service conditions; and, in the case of floor surfaces, finishability; to CSA A23.1-00, Section 14. For floors with exposed concrete surfaces use concrete with a cement content of not less than 285 kg/m3. For unprotected exposed elements such as exterior walls, decks, ramps, and for parking garage elements and fibre reinforced floors unless otherwise noted use concrete with a water-cement ratio not exceeding 0.55 where the surface is vertical and 0.45 with a cement content of not less than 320 kg/m3 where horizontal. For elements which are to be bush hammered, keep the sand content to a minimum. .2 Provide concrete with compressive strength as indicated on the Drawings and provide tests to CSA A23.1-00, Clause 17.6, except that no individual strength test shall be more than 2.0 MPa below the specified strength. .3 Use water reducing agent, non-retarding, in all concrete mixes. .4 Provide air entraining agents to give total air content according to CSA A23.1-00,Table 10 for each class of exposure for concrete subject to cycles of freezing and thawing. For exposure classes refer to Table 11. .5 Obtain Consultant's approval before using any admixtures other than those specified. .6 Provide concrete with workability according to CSA A23.1-00, Clause 14.2. .7 Adjust the concrete mix proportions as necessary to maintain the quality of the concrete to the satisfaction of the Consultant,without additional costs to the Owner. .8 Use of calcium chloride not permitted. .11 PRODUCTION .1 Use ready-mixed concrete, produced in accordance with CSA A23.1-00, Clause 18. .2 Heat concrete and deliver at a temperature conforming to CSA A23.1-00,Cl 18.4.4, whenever outdoor temperature is less than +5 degrees C. .3 Delivery will be accepted directly from the ready-mixed supply trucks. .12 REINFORCING STEEL FABRICATION 1 Fabricate reinforcement to CSA A23.1-00. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 15 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Welding of reinforcement to CSA W186-M1990 (R1998). .3 Fabrication tolerance for reinforcing steel to Reinforcing Steel institute of Canada, "Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice". .4 Do not release for fabrication reinforcing bars whose length may be affected by field conditions, such as the final elevation of footings, until such time as the governing field dimensions have been ascertained. .5 Obtain Consultant's approval for location of reinforcement splices other than shown on the drawings. .6 Ship bundles of bar reinforcement clearly identified in accordance with the reviewed bar lists. .7 Fabricate, handle and ship epoxy-coated reinforcing steel to ASTM-A775M- 88a or O.P.S.S. Form 905. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 16 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Ciarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3. EXECUTION .1 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING WORK .1 Do not begin operations before making a thorough examination of existing conditions and the work of related trades. Report inconsistencies to the Consultant immediately. .2 Determine that granular fill beneath slabs on grade is compacted and approved before casting concrete on it. .2 CO-OPERATION .1 Give the Consultant at least 24 hours advance notice of the time when completed reinforcement will be ready for review. .2 Provide casual labour to the independent inspection and testing agency's field personnel for the purpose of obtaining and handling sample materials. Provide free access to all portions of work and co-operate with the Testing Agency. .3 Cooperate with all engaged on the work. Exchange with related trades shop drawings and other data required to coordinate and schedule the work. Notify other trades as to when items which are to be installed by them are to 1 be set and protect items after installation. .4 Set sleeves,ties,anchor bolts,pipe hangers and other inserts,openings and sleeves in concrete floors and walls, as required by other Trades. Sleeves, openings, etc., greater than 100 mm x 100 mm not indicated on Structural Drawings must be approved by the Consultant. .5 Supply and install grout for base and bearing plates. Coordinate installation with the Structural Steel Trade. Grout shall completely fill space between plate and support. .6 Supply and install galvanized dovetail anchor slots and adjustable inserts for anchorage of masonry or attachment of lintels as necessary. Vertical dovetail anchor slots are required at 600 mm centres wherever masonry and concrete abut and where masonry veneer is applied to concrete surfaces. .7 Co-ordinate with Division 4 for the construction of concrete columns cast into permanent masonry forms. Provide formwork for sides not formed in masonry. .8 Do not install sleeves, ducts, pipes or other openings through joists, beams, or columns, except where expressly detailed on Structural Drawings or approved by the Consultant. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 17 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Ciarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Do not eliminate or displace reinforcement to accommodate hardware. If inserts cannot be located as specified, obtain approval of all modifications from the Consultant before placing concrete. .10 Check locations and sizes of sleeves, openings, etc., shown on structural drawings with architectural, mechanical and electrical drawings. .11 No trade shall cut holes through existing concrete unless approved by the Consultant. .12 Do not embed in slabs and walls any conduit or pipe whose outside diameter is greater than one quarter the concrete thickness. Do not space less than 6 diameters on centre. Locate so as not to impair the required strength of the member. Do not install conduit in columns which displaces more than 3 percent of the cross-section. No conduits are permitted in any elements of the parking garage, ramps, or elements exposed to the exterior. Place embedded conduits between top and bottom reinforcement. At all locations, including crossovers, maintain a minimum concrete cover to conduits not less than one third the stab thickness. Adjacent to columns maintain a minimum distance of twice the slab thickness from any column face to the nearest conduit. .13 Cooperate with other trades to ensure that concrete surfaces are compatible with finishes and to obtain a surface which will ensure adequate bond. Form all chases required for continuity of waterproofing. .14 Provide waterstops and keys around temporary openings in exteriorwalls for shoring rakers or similar purposes. .15 Provide dowels from concrete to all masonry walls reinforced with bars, as indicated on the Drawings. .3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE 1 Take precautions necessary to protect the existing structure from damage. Be responsible for damage or claims for damage. .2 Protect exposed faces of excavation. Keep areas adjacent to existing foundations from freezing. .4 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURE 1 Undertake cutting, repairs, patching and removal of existing concrete. -.2_ Provide connections between new and existing construction. Make cuts with - the proper saws and bits when a clean line is required. .3 Install all temporary supports which may be required. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 18 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Supply and install formwork, concrete, reinforcing and accessories. .5 UNDERPINNING .1 Undertake underpinning of adjacent structures as indicated on the Drawings. .2 The Drawings indicate only the approximate extent to which underpinning is required. Extent will be dependent upon existing conditions encountered. .3 Alternative methods of procedure require approval of the Consultant before work commences. .6 FORMWORK AND FALSEWORK CONSTRUCTION .1 Construct formwork so as to achieve the class of concrete surface specified. Form sides of footings unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. Construct falsework to CSA S269.1-1975 (R1998). .2 Dimensions of completed elements shall not exceed specified tolerances. .3 Make forms tight and flush faced to prevent the leakage of mortar and the creation of unspecified fins or panel outlines. Caulk joints neatly between panels used for architectural concrete. .4 Place 16 mm chamfer strips at the exposed comers of members unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. .5 Construct all formwork so that it can be removed without damage or shock. to the concrete or spalling of edges. Provide temporary openings at the base of column and wall forms and at other places where necessary to facilitate cleaning or inspection. Construct formwork for beams to allow removal of side forms without removing the shores. .6 Provide mud sills of suitable size, bedded in sand or stone beneath shores when they would otherwise bear on soil. Adequately prepare the sub-grade so that settlement will not occur during or after concreting. Do not set mud sills on frozen ground. .7 Apply a form coating and release agent, in a uniform coating,to the contact surface of formwork panels before reuse and before reinforcement,anchors, accessories, and other built-in items are installed. .8 Seal all lumber in forms for architectural concrete prior to use. - .9- Obtain approval from Consultant before reusing formwork for architectural concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 19 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .10 Inspect all forms before each use to ensure that they are not warped or damaged. Do not reuse forms if there is any evidence of surface damage or wear which would impair the quality of the concrete surface. .11 Before reusing formwork remove all adhering matter and nails. Do not clean forms for exposed concrete with scrapers or wire brushes. Fill nail holes in exposed concrete forms with approved filler. Construct formwork using the original tie holes. .12 Use internal form ties. For architectural concrete use threaded internal disconnecting type form ties,fitted with plastic cone. Locate ties in a uniform pattern acceptable to the Consultant. .7 JOINTS 1 Construction Joints: .1 Provide construction joints as specified unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. Locate joints so as not to impair the strength of the structure. Joints are subject to the approval of the Consultant. .2 Maximum distances between construction joints are as follows: Walls -9 m, or 18 m alternating with control joints at same spacing. Slabs on grade-9 m, or 18 m with sawcut joints at 6 m centres. Structural slabs more than 88 mm thick and superstructure beams and girders-23 m. Structural slabs up to 88 mm thick-27 m with sawcut joints at 10 m centres. Retaining walls 6 m. .3 Provide a continuous bulkhead at all construction joints. Provide a continuous keyway at least 38 mm deep to bulkhead except for slabs equal to or less than 88 mm thick. .4 Extend reinforcing through construction joints. Add dowels, if necessary to make total steel passing through bulkhead at least the equivalent of 15M @ 400 mm centres each face. Embed dowels at least 600 mm each side of joint. .5 Remove all dirt, loose aggregate and laitance from face of existing concrete before placing new concrete. Saturate contact surface with clean water and leave damp. Remove free water from surface. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 20 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Allow a minimum of 24 hours between placing adjacent slab sections separated by construction joints. Allow a minimum of 8 hours after placing concrete in columns and walls, before placing concrete in slabs. .7 Premoulded tongue and groove construction joints, painted with a curing compound, may be used between adjacent panels of slab on grade to allow a maximum of three adjacent panels to be cast at one time. .2 Isolation Joints: .1 Provide premoulded joint filler of the same depth as the thickness of the concrete,where slabs on grade abut foundation walls and piers, unless slab is chased or dowelled into wall. .2 Provide premoulded joint fillers of the same depth as the thickness of the concrete at columns through or abutting slabs on grade. .3 Saw-Cut Joints: .1 Make saw-cut joints, to the size indicated on the Drawings, as soon as the concrete can be cleanly cut and before shrinkage cracks can form. Fill all saw-cuts, not less than 90 days after casting,with saw- cut joint filler. Ensure that joints are clean and dry before filling. Prime joints priorto filling in accordance with jointfiller manufacturers recommendations. .4 Expansion Joints: .1 Supply and install waterstops,fillers and caulking in expansion joints for full length of vertical joints in foundation walls below grade and floor slab joints. .2 Install closed cell preformed joint filler and joint sealant in expansion joints at exposed locations. Install joint filler in expansion joints at unexposed locations. .5 Waterstops: 1 Supply and install waterstops in all expansion and construction joints ' in exterior walls, basement walls, slabs supporting earth and other locations as indicated on the Drawings. Weld joints in waterstops to make continuous. .2 Splice all sections of waterstops for continuity over the full length of joint. Use prefabricated splice sections where two joints intersect. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 21 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Securely wire waterstops to reinforcing bars at 900 mm maximum centres to prevent them from being pushed out of alignment when concrete is placed. .4 Use hydrophillic type waterstop where specified on drawings. .8 PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT .1 Use only approved shop drawings and the Structural Drawings for placing of reinforcement. Report discrepancies to the Consultant before proceeding. .2 Do not field bend reinforcing steel except where indicated or as approved by , the Consultant. .3 Before placing,remove all loose scale,dirt,oil or other coatings which would destroy or reduce bond. Place reinforcement within the specified tolerances and secure in position by the use of chairs, spacers and hangers. Tie reinforcement securely together using 16 ga. annealed wire to prevent displacement during concrete placing and vibrating. Turn the ends of all ties towards the interior of the concrete. .4 Position reinforcing for exposed concrete using snap-on plastic positioners and plastic chairs of the same colour as the concrete. Use concrete chairs for slabs on grade. .5 No splicing of reinforcement is permitted unless indicated on the Drawings. Do not cut reinforcement to permit placing of embedded items. .6 Lap end cross wires of welded wire fabric but make lap at least 200 mm. .7 Provide additional reinforcement around all openings in concrete members as detailed on Drawings. CONCRETE .9 PLACEMENT OF C O .1 Place concrete to CSA A23.1-00. .2 Remove water from excavations before placing concrete. .3 Clean all forms of debris and deleterious materials before placing concrete. Remove all contaminants which lessen bond of concrete to reinforcement prior to placing concrete. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 22 OF 34 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the separation or loss of materials. Time for this operation shall not exceed 30 minutes. Deposit concrete as close as possible to its final position. Placing once started shall proceed as a continuous operation until the full section planned for concreting has been completed. Place concrete in layers of such thickness that no concrete will deposit on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause planes of weakness or cold joints. .5 Do not allow the free fall of concrete to exceed 1500 mm. Use properly designed chutes or elephant trunks for vertical elements. .6 Select equipment for transporting concrete so that a continuous flow of material will be maintained at the delivery end without separation of materials. Aluminum pipe shall not be used. Keep equipment clean and free from hardened concrete. .7 Consolidate concrete by suitable means during placing operations. Work thoroughly around reinforcement and embedded items and into comers of forms eliminating all air and stone pockets. Ensure that sufficient workmen are on hand for this operation. .8 Adjust reinforcement immediately before concrete is placed to ensure that all bars are secured in their correct positions. Arrange to have a crew of reinforcing setters on hand as concrete is placed in order to make any last minute adjustments that are required. .9 Provide sufficient numbers of internal electrical vibrators,with a speed range and diameter to CSA A23.1-00 and shaft of sufficient length to suit the field conditions, to compact the concrete at the rate it is being placed. Keep the internal vibrators in continuous operation by each crew during the placing of concrete. Engage experienced workmen to operate the vibrators. Do not use vibrators to move concrete from one place in the form to another. Commence vibration of each lift as soon as its depth reaches 300 mm. ' .10 Use form vibrators for columns and otherthin sections where roding,spading or the use of internal vibrators is impractical. Attach vibrators firmly to the forms and so spaced that the complete lift of concrete is visibly affected. .11 Platform and screed type vibrators may be used to ensure a dense top surface where this cannot be obtained by the use of internal equipment. Obtain approval from the Consultant before using platform or screed type vibrators. .12 Do not place concrete in the rain. Protect exposed surfaces from rain or other adverse weather conditions until final set occurs. .13 The maximum average time from charging the mixer to final deposit is 60 - minutes, the maximum individual time from charging the mixer to final 1 deposit is 90 minutes. Do not add water to the mix without the expressed approval of the Consultant. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 23 OF 34 i 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .10 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE , .1 Architectural concrete is concrete which will be permanently exposed to view in interior finished areas and on the exterior of the structure. The exposed surface shall be a smooth rubbed finish except where a sandblasted finish is designated. .2 Final appearance is as important a factor as the engineering properties of the concrete. As-cast concrete,which fails to meet the required standard of appearance will be rejected. .3 This specification enumerates minimum standards of workmanship only. Increase these requirements as necessary to achieve the specified quality. .4 Produce exposed surfaces which are dense, even and uniform in colour, texture and distribution of exposed aggregate. They shall be free from defects such as honeycombing, voids, loss of fines, visible flow lines and cold joints. Defects of this nature shall be cause of rejection of the work. .5 Ensure that concrete members have sharp accurate definition of comers, reglets, arrases etc. and are free from chips and spalls. .6 Protect finished work from damage and staining during the construction period. Pay special attention to projecting reinforcing at construction joints. .11 CURING AND PROTECTION .1 Provide curing and protection for concrete to CSAA23.1-00,Clause 21. See also specification section 03315. .2 Minimize moisture loss from surfaces placed against wooden forms, or, plastic and metal forms exposed to heating by the sun,by keeping the forms wet until they can be safely removed. If forms are removed in less than 7 days, curing shall continue by one of the methods specified for surfaces not in contact with forms. .3 Curing methods based upon keeping surfaces wet shall continue for at least 7 days. Cure concrete surfaces not in contact with forms by one of the following methods: .1 Ponding or continuous sprinkling. .2 Application of absorptive covering kept continuously wet. .3 Application of fog spray followed by a covering of curing paper r lapped 150 mm and held down at all edges. .4 Application of a curing-sealing compound immediately after CAST-(N-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 24 OF 34 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex disappearance of a surface water sheen except coloured concrete ' surfaces to receive bonded toppings, or mortar beds or membrane waterproofing. Use wet curing methods only whenever the temperature exceeds +27 degrees C. .4 Do not pile, store or transport materials over slabs until concrete has been in place for at least 7 days. .5 Refer to Section 03315 for floor finishing and curing. .12 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK .1 Be responsible for the safety of the structure before and after forms are removed. In no case shall forms and supporting shores be removed until members can support their own weight and superimposed construction loads without excessive deflection or distortion. Formwork,exclusive of shoring, shall not be removed prior to the concrete reaching 75 percent of its specified 28 day strength. However, as a minimum requirement,wall forms shall remain in place for at least 3 days,and forms for suspended structures and columns 5 days. Curing and shoring shall be co-ordinated with stripping procedures. .13 SURFACE FINISHING .1 Honeycomb: Repair honeycomb as directed by the Consultant. Cut out affected areas and patch with cement mortar of the same materials as the concrete. Incorporate a liquid latex bonding agent in the mix. Apply in layers not exceeding 25 mm in thickness. .2 Patching: Patch exposed concrete as directed by the Consultant. Do not patch concrete without prior approval of the Consultant. Patch concrete such that 1 the repaired area is not discernable from the surrounding finish when the concrete is dry. Determine patching mixes by trial batches. Incorporate a liquid latex bonding agent in the mix. Apply a liquid latex bonding agent to the existing concrete immediately before applying the patch material. Cure patches by keeping continuously moist for seven days. .3 Form Ties: 1 .1 Break snap ties 38 mm from surface. Fill voids with a sand-cement grout which, in the case of exposed concrete, shall match surface in texture and colour. Incorporate a latex bonding agent in the grout. .2 Disconnect threaded ties. Plug holes with precast plugs set 6 mm CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 25 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex from concrete face with a latex bonding agent. .4 Rough form finish, unexposed concrete: Patch defects and remove fins exceeding 6 mm in height. .5 Smooth Rubbed Finish: Produce finish on concrete no later than 6 hours after forms are removed. Wet surface and rub with carborundum brick until uniform colour and texture are produced. Do not use a cement paste. .6 Sand Blasting: Finish surface as required for smooth rubbed finish. Obtain Consultant's approval before sand blasting. After concrete is at least 21 days old and ' thoroughly cured,sand blast using a hard sharp sand until coarse aggregate is in uniform relief and a desired texture is achieved. .7 Bush Hammering: Obtain Consultant's approval of as-cast concrete surfaces before starting work. Bush hammering shall result in a coarse but uniform texture which exposes the broken face of the coarse aggregate to a depth of 3 mm. Do not commence hammering until concrete is at least 21 days old and thoroughly cured. .8 Acid Etching: Finish surface as required for smooth rubbed finish. Obtain Consultant's approval before etching. Do not commence etching until concrete is at least 14 days old. Achieve etching by scrubbing the surface with a weak solution of hydrochloric acid whose strength shall be adjusted as required to achieve the desired effect. Treat sample panel initially with 1:6 acid:water solution. Immediately after the cement paste has been removed wash the concrete surface thoroughly with water to remove remaining acid and to stop further chemical action. Workmen shall be equipped with gloves, goggles and protective clothing. .9 Slabs: (Refer also to specification Section 03315) ' .1 Do concrete floor finishing to CSA A23.1-00, Clause 22. I .2 Finish slabs according to Table 19,Class A,unless otherwise noted. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 26 OF 34 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Place stabs with a top surface that is level or sloping as indicated on ' the Drawings. Set top of slab below finished floor level as required by the type of applied finish. .4 Consolidation and finishing shall be done by workmen experienced in each stage of such work. Ambient temperature shall not be less than 16 degrees C. Do not start any finishing operation while there is excess moisture or bleed water on the surface. .5 Provide final finish in accordance with proposed use. Refer to Room Finish Schedule: Skim coats, pits: Screeded and bull floated Base slab for terrazzo, the or bonded topping: Screeded, bull floated and scored with wire brush Slabs which receive a membrane [including roofing]: Powered float finish to satisfaction of Membrane Applicator Floors which receive resilient flooring, carpet or paint, wood flooring, fluid and trowel applied flooring, sheet flooring, future floors: Powered steel trowel finish Interior exposed slabs: Powered steel trowel to a smooth even finish Exterior exposed slabs: Wood float finish with brooming Parking area slabs: Wood float finish ' .6 Steel trowel exposed interior concrete floors at least twice. .10 Stairs: Provide a slip resistant steel trowel finish to exposed concrete stair treads and landings. Install carborundum strips at edges of treads and landings if shown on the Drawings. .11 Preparation for applied finishes: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 27 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex When concrete surface is to receive a waterproofing or other surface applied treatment, clean and prepare as necessary to receive the treatment. Acid etch the surface if necessary to provide the required degree of roughness for proper bond, to the satisfaction of the applicator. .14 BONDED TOPPINGS 1 Not more than 24 hours prior to applying concrete toppings,clean base slab of dirt, laitance, loose material and grease. Scrub with 10 percent solution of muriatic acid and rinse clean. Four to six hours before laying topping, saturate surface with clean water. Surface shall have reached a damp condition at the time the new concrete is placed. Apply a slurry coat of cement and water to the surface and immediately follow with the topping. .2 Do not allow the temperature difference between base slab and new concrete to exceed 6 degrees C when concrete is placed. .3 Make mix consistency as stiff as can be worked with a sawing motion of the strike-off board. Consolidate concrete by rolling and tamping. Float with a power floating machine weighing at least 90 kg. Finish and cure as specified for floors. .4 Locate joints in top course directly over joints in base course. .5 Minimum thickness of topping over cambered base slab shall be 38 mm at high point. , .6 Remove any concrete which seeps through joints of precast units and clean surface before concrete sets. .15 SUMPS, PITS, BASES 1 Construct all concrete sumps, pits, trenches and machinery bases forming part of floor slab construction which are required within the building by or for the Mechanical Trades. .2 Provide isolation joints between machinery bases and slabs. , .16 SIDEWALKS, CURBS .1 Construct street sidewalks and curbs to the requirements of the municipality if more stringent than the requirements of this Specification. , .2 Compact subgrade to 90 percent Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. Obtain Consultant's approval of the subgrade before proceeding with the CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 28 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' work. .3 Provide a minimum layer of 100 mm granular base, to O.P.S.S.form 1010, Granular "B" compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. .4 Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 25 MPa according to the material requirements of this specification. .5 Reinforce sidewalks with 152 x 152-MW18.7/MW18.7 welded wire fabric. Lap ends 150 mm minimum. .6 Reinforce curbs with 1-15M bar top and bottom unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. .7 See Architectural Drawings for details of jointing, edging, and surface pattern. .8 Provide expansion joints at 4.5 m centres, intermediate false joints at 1.5 m centres,one way broom finished surfaces,and,round edges and joints to 12 mm radius, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. .9 Install 12 mm preformed joint filler in expansion joints and between sidewalks and curbs and adjacent structures. .10 Cure with curing-sealing compound. .11 After curing, give surfaces two coats of a suitable cure and seal product. Submit manufacturer's specification. .12 Construct a sample panel of sidewalk for the Consultant's approval. .17 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING .1 Provide on site and ready for operation between at least October 15th and April 30th,temporary plant and equipment for heating materials and forms and for maintaining the proper temperature and humidity of the concrete during curing. Consult CSA A23.1-00 and comply with its requirements. .2 Ensure that any surface against which concrete is to be placed,including soil but excluding surfaces which receive finished slabs, is at a temperature of at least+5 degrees C. Ensure that the surface on which finished slabs and toppings are placed is at a temperature of between 16 degrees C and 32 ' degrees C. .3 Ensure that the temperature of concrete when deposited is between 16 degrees C and 32 degrees C whenever the air temperature is below +5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 29 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex degrees C. ' .4 Ensure that before concreting commences in any part of the work, it is protected in such a manner that all sections of the concrete and the surrounding air will remain continuously at a temperature of not less than 10 , degrees C for 5 days, or 21 degrees C for 3 days, after placing. Gradually reduce the temperature at the end of the period of protection, at a rate not greater than 10 degrees C per day until the outside air temperature is ' reached. Humidify the air within enclosures so that proper conditions for curing are maintained. Exhaust gas-fired or oil heaters directly to the outside of the enclosure. Keep coverings clear of the tops of slabs to allow for the free circulation of warm air. .18 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING 1 Comply with the requirement of CSA A23.1-00. Take the necessary precautions whenever the air temperature exceeds +26 degrees C or the rate of evaporation approaches 0.5 kg. per m2 per hour. Make preparations in advance of placing concrete. .2 Sprinkle all formwork,steel deck,reinforcing,subgrade and the general area around the work with cool water just before placing concrete to reduce ' temperatures and increase humidity. Place concrete as quickly as possible. Do not place concrete whose temperature exceeds +32 degrees C. .3 Shelter exposed surfaces from direct sun and wind by erecting appropriate sun shades and/or wind breaks. Apply fog sprays as soon as possible after placing in order to guard against plastic shrinkage cracks. .19 TOLERANCES .1 Conform to CSA A23.1-00. .2 Reinforcement 1 Variation in fabrication Sheared length, location of bends: 25 mm Overall dimensions of stirrups, ties (and spirals): 12 mm .2 Variation in placing from specified positions. Clear distance to formed surface: 6 mm Top bars in beams and slabs: 200 mm deep or less: 6 mm CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP&ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 30 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 200-600 mm deep: 9 mm ' over 600 mm deep: 12 mm .3 Crosswise of members: Spaced evenly within 50 mm. Lengthwise: ' 50 mm except 12 mm at discontinous ends. .3 Tolerances in location of reinforcement are not cumulative with concrete tolerances. .4 Interfacing materials If more stringent tolerances are specified elsewhere to suite interfacing materials, these will take precedence over those specified herein. .20 GENERAL REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION .1 General review during construction by the Consultant and the services of the independent inspection and testing agencies appointed by the Owner are ' undertaken so that the Owner may be informed in writing as to the quality of the Contractor's performance and for the protection of the Owner. They will be carried out by examination of representative samples of the work. ' .2 The Contractor will receive copies of the construction review reports and the results of material tests. He will thereby be informed of deficiencies found together with recommendations for their correction. The provision of this information does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the Contract and he shall implement his own supervisory and quality control procedures. .3 The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Consultant any deficiencies in the Work which may occur during construction. The Consultant will decide upon corrective action and state his recommendations in writing. .21 WORKMANSHIP ' .1 Proper workmanship is the most important element in the achievement of quality concrete. Minimum requirements are conformity with CSAA23.1-00 but the Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to achieve the specific requirements of the Contract. .22 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING ' .1 The Owner will retain an independent inspection and testing agency to undertake testing of concrete and concrete materials and to inspect formwork, and, placing and compaction of Architectural Concrete. .2 The cost of testing will be paid from the Cash Allowance as specified under ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 31 OF 34 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Section 01001 - General Requirements. .3 Payment for additional testing (including testing of the structure and its performance, and load testing) required by changes of materials or mix design requested by the Contractor, and failure of completed work to meet specified requirements and testing, shall be made at the Contractors expense. .4 Notify the agency as to the concreting schedule. Provide samples and ' standard test cylinders. .5 Laboratory curing and testing of samples will be carried out in accordance with CSAA23.1-00/A23.2-00. Results will be reported to the Consultant with copies to the Consulting Engineer, the Contractor and the Authority having jurisdiction. Reports will be made on form conforming to CSA A23.2-00, Appendix B, stating the location of concrete to which tests relate and with comments on abnormal results and conditions. .6 Provide a group of three test cylinders for each standard strength test. One , cylinder will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. .7 Provide one additional test cylinder,cured at the site under conditions similar to the concrete it represents, for testing at 7 days when concrete is placed , under cold weather conditions. .8 Take samples at the discharge end of the pipe when concrete is pumped. .9 The percentage of entrained air will be determined and reported for concrete requiring an air entraining agent. .10 In cold weather conditions, where concrete is exposed to temperatures below+5 degrees C,carry out non-destructive testing to CSA Standard CSA A23.2-00,Appendix A and related ASTM Standards to determine concrete strength prior to stripping formwork. Report results to the Consultant. , .11 The inspection and testing agency will inspect formwork for Architectural concrete before each section is cast to ensure that all features affecting the appearance of the finished concrete surfaces have been properly considered. .23 QUALITY CONTROL ON-SITE 1 Make all required field measurements. .2 Employ a competent surveyor to establish and maintain all required lines and ' levels. Report any field dimension which does not agree with the Drawings to the Consultant immediately. .3 Formwork: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE e 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 32 OF 34 i ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .1 Do not close deep forms until reinforcement has been reviewed. ' .2 Check elevations,camber and plumbness of formwork continuously during concreting and after until initial set occurs using pre-installed tell-tale devices. Appropriate adjustments shall be promptly made where necessary. Report all adjustments made after initial set to the Consultant. .4 Reinforcement: 1 Ensure that reinforcement is kept free from dirt, grease, loose mill ' scale and rust. .2 Ensure that reinforcement is complete, adequately supported, tied and properly positioned for cover in advance of the time scheduled ' for casting concrete. .5 Concrete tests: 1 One standard strength test is required for each 40 m' of concrete placed, but not less than one test for each mix design of concrete placed each day. Store cylinders in metal lined curing boxes maintained at a temperature of not less than 10 degrees C until shipped to the testing laboratory. Store additional cylinder required for cold weather conditions adjacent to work for 7 days. Take specimens in accordance with CSA Standard A23.2-00 Test Method ' A23.2-3c. Report form to include items as per A23.2-00,Appendix .2 One standard air entrainment test is required for each 40 m' of ' air-entrained concrete or portion thereof placed each day. Test specimens in accordance with CSA Standard A23.2-00,Test Method A23.2-4c. ' .3 Make slump tests in accordance with CSA Standard CANS A23.2-00, Test Method A23.2-5C, with each standard strength test and when so directed by the Consultant. ' .4 Store samples for autogenous curing in the special containers which is part of the test equipment. .5 Ship test cylinders with completed shipping tag attached. Provide identification and sufficient information to correlate the cylinder to the information taken by the testing agency,to complete the report form as per Test Method A23.2-9c. .6 The Contractor shall install thermometers for recording temperatures when concrete is placed under cold weather or hot weather conditions. .7 Ensure that supervisory personnel are on hand when concrete is being cast 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 33 OF 34 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex so that the placing and curing procedures of the specification will be properly , observed. .24 REJECTED WORK .1 Do not deliver to the site materials which are known not to meet the requirements of the specification. If rejected after delivery they shall be removed immediately. .2 The Consultant shall have the right to require strengthening or replacement of materials and work of substandard quality. .25 RESTORATION .1 Restore areas of existing concrete work affected by the Contract. , .26 CLEAN-UP 1 Remove rubbish and surplus materials leaving the work ready for the Trades that follow. , .27 TYPICAL DETAILS .1 G.C.1.1.9.1 notwithstanding,conform to the requirement of Structural Typical , Detail Sheets included on the Structural Drawings or attached to the end of this section, unless the conditions are shown otherwise on the Structural Drawings, in which case the latter shall govern. ' END OF SECTION ' CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 34 OF 34 r ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 1. GENERAL .1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ' .1 Conform to the General Requirements and Special Conditions contained in the base project specifications, Division 1. .2 Comply with the local Building Code Requirements and Regulations for Construction Projects. Make available such documents in the construction office at all times. .2 RELATED WORK ' 1 Section 02200: Excavation and Backfill .2 Section 03300: Concrete Formwork .3 Section 03300: Cast-In-Place Concrete .4 Section 00200: Geotechnical Report ' .3 REFERENCE STANDARDS .1 Use only current editions of all reference standards, as amended at date of issue of Contract Documents. American Concrete Institute(ACI)standards ' are also referenced where applicable. . .2 Keep a copy of all reference standards in the project field office. .3 Do concrete and reinforcing work in accordance with the following Standards: CAN/CSA-A23.1-00 Concrete Materials & Methods of Construction CAN/CSA-A23.2-00 Methods of Tests for Concrete CAN/CSA-A23.3-00 Design of Concrete Structures for Buildings CSA-A3000-98 Cementitious Materials Compendium ' .4 Fabricate reinforcing to 'Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice' by Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada or an approved equivalent. .5 Conform to ASTM C1116-90, 'Standard Specification for Type 1 Fibre Reinforced Concrete '. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 1 OF 24 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Cement shall meet the requirements of CSA-A3000, 'Portland i Cement/Masonry CementBlended Hydraulic Cement'. .7 Admixtures and their use shall conform to: CAN3-A266.1 Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete CAN3 A266.2 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete CAN3-A266.4 Guidelines for the Use of Admixtures in Concrete CAN3-A266.5 Guidelines for the Use of Superplasticizing Admixtures CAN3-A266.6 Superplasticizing Admixtures for Concrete ' .8 In the event of conflict between referenced standards, codes, drawings and specifications, the Contractor shall request clarification by the Consultant. i The Consultant's decision as to which requirements govern shall be final and binding. Generally the more stringent provision shall govern. No extras to the contract will be approved due to such clarification. ' .4 SOURCE QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 Refer also to QUALITY CONTROL Article in this Section. i .2 It is the intent of this Section to establish a single competent source to be , responsible for providing complete, durable concrete slabs-on-grade as specified herein, including provision of formwork and sub-base, reinforcing, concrete materials and placing, and finishing, as specked herein. .3 Work of this Section shall be performed by contractors experienced in this type of work of similar size and with a minimum of 5 years of experience. ' Written references may be requested. .4 Pre-Construction Meetings: , .1 Prior to start of work, arrange for a project meeting of all parties associated with work of this Section. Presided by the Consultant,the , meeting shall include the Owner's representative, the Structural Engineer, Floor Slab Contractor, General Contractor's Representative, Representative of the Excavation, Backfilling & , Compaction Contractor, Testing Company's Representative, Steel Fibre Supplier's Representative,Concrete Supplier's Representative, and the Soil Consultant's Representative. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 2 OF 24 1 i ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .2 The meeting shall review Specifications for work included under this Section and determine a complete understanding of requirements and responsibilities relative to work included, storage and handling ' of materials, materials to be used,installation of materials,sequence and quality control, project staffing, restrictions on areas of pours, and other matters affecting the construction, so as to permit ' compliance with the intent of this Section. .5 Submittals: Brand names, and when requested, manufacturers'data sheets,of all items which are proposed for use in the concrete mix, are to be submitted for ' review, in accordance with Section 01001 -General Requirements. These shall include but not be limited to: ' .1 Proposed concrete mix designs for each exposure class and strength of concrete including "pump-mix" designs and the name of the ' concrete supplier. These designs are also to be submitted to the Inspection and Testing Company. Refer also to the QUALITY CONTROL article in this Section. ' .2 Brand names, and if requested, manufacturer's data sheets of all admixtures and surface hardeners to be incorporated in the mix ' designs. .3 When Cementitious Slag is used in mix designs, submit full details. The minimum cement content specified in Part 2 Products, under ' proportioning and concrete mixes, refers to the required minimum Portland cement content including a maximum of 10% of Cementitious Slag. ' .4 Pre-moulded joint filler. .5 Joint sealant and primer. .6 Submit details of proposed method of bulkheads, formwork, control ' and expansion joint locations, etc. .7 Submit details of proposed placement equipment. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 3 OF 24 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 Submit schedule of events and casting plan regarding placement i operations, and records of concrete pours. .9 Submit certification from steel fibre supplier confirming compliance i to Specification. .10 Submit written certification from ready mix concrete supplier i substantiating conformance of supplied concrete to specification. .11 Submit reinforcing steel placing drawings, complete with bar lists i detailing all custom bent bars as applicable. .6 Warranty: i Provide a warranty, in accordance with G.C.12.3 but for a period of 24 months, stating that if the concrete floor finish becomes- defective and i spalling and/or cracking occurs, affected work shall be replaced/repaired at no cost to the Owner, and at a suitable time to the Owner's production schedule. Contractor's warranty to be backed by a bond or other security , suitable to the Owner. Provide such backing to the Owner prior to commencing any work. 1 1 1 CONCRETE SLABS-0N-GRADE , 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 4 OF 24 1 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2. PRODUCTS .1 MATERIALS r .1 Granular Base: ' .1 The granular material directly below the slab,of a minimum thickness of 150 mm unless otherwise specified or directed by the geotechnical engineer,shall consist of crushed rock composed of hard,uncoated, ' fractured fragments, produced from rock formations or boulders of uniform quality, or a mixture of crushed gravel, sand and fines composed of hard, durable, uncoated particles, produced from ' naturally formed deposits. .2 Gradation requirements shall meet or exceed those of the following chart, referred to as "Granular A" Sieve Size Percent of Material Passing Sieve ' (by mass) 26.5 mm 100 19 mm 85-100 ' 13.2 mm 65-90 9.5 mm 50-73 4.75 mm 35-55 ' 1.18 mm 15-40 0.3 mm 5-22 0.075 mm 2-8 ' .3 A pit run granular mixture which varies from the Granular 'A' gradation as noted above, may be considered acceptable upon proper documentation and independent confirmation of gradation. Stones up to 75 mm in diameter may be acceptable in a well graded mix, with no more than 6% passing the 0.075 mm sieve size. Also the percentage of stones between 26 mm and 75 mm is not to ' exceed 5% of the total mix volume. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 6 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Ready Mix Concrete: ' .1 Unless otherwise specified, concrete shall be premixed, quality controlled and shall conform to the Standards stated in Section 1.3, Reference Standards',with minimum 28 day compressive strengths as noted on design chart in this specification. See section on Proportioning and Concrete Mixes. ' .2 Cement shall be Portland Cement: Normal(Type 10)to CSA A5-98. .1 Supplementary Cementing Materials shall conform to ' CAN/CSA-A23.5-98 .2 Cementitious hydraulic slag shall conform to CAN/CSA- A363-98. Fly Ash shall not be permitted. , .3 For concrete which is exposed to view, cement and supplementary cementing materials shall be consistent and from the same source. Varying pigmentations in exposed finished concrete surfaces WILL NOT be acceptable. ' .3 Aggregates shall be clean, uncoated sand and coarse aggregates from approved sources conforming to CAN/CSA-A23.1-00. Nominal ' size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed 20 mm for slab thicknesses up to 200 mm,and 40 mm for slabs thicker than 200 mm unless otherwise stated on the structural drawings or specifications. , .4 Water shall be potable from a municipal supply, or pre-tested by an independent inspection agency, and mixing shall conform to CAN3- ' A23.1-00,. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 6 OF 24 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtiice Community Complex .3 Chemical Admixtures,where permitted shall conform to the Standards stated in section 1.3, 'Reference Standards'. When using two or more admixtures in the same mix, the products should be from the same manufacturer, who can confirm compatibility of the mixed products. Dispense admixtures separately into the mix. Follow manufacturer's directions for use. ' 1 Where approved for use, provide an approved water-reducing agent in concrete, one of the listed products or equal. ' ASTM C 494 Type A: Mid Range Water Reducing MIRA 70 W.R. Grace& Co. ' Pozzolith 122 N Master Builders Inc. Polyheed 997 Master Builders Inc ' ASTM 0494 Type D: Water Reducing and retarding: Daratard 17 W.R. Grace & Co. Polyheed RI Master Builders Inc. .2 Where specified for use, where freeze-thaw protection is required, provide an approved air-entraining agent,one of the listed products or equal. Micro-Air Master Builders Inc. ' Daravair 1400 W.R. Grace &Co. .3 Where specified for use, provide an approved superplasticizing ' agent, (high range water reducing) one of the listed products or equal. ' Rheobuild Master Builders Inc. ADVA 100 W.R. Grace & Co. ' .4 Calcium chloride or chloride based admixtures SHALL NOT be used. .5 Admixtures shall be used in strict accordance with the ' manufacturer's instructions. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 7 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Grout: ' .1 Premixed cementitious non shrink general purpose grout: Minimum strength at 28 days to be 45 MPa. Use one of the following products ' or approved equal: Sika grout 212 Sika Canada Inc ' M-Bed Superflow Sika Canada Inc Sure Grip Utility Grout Dayton Superior Corporation CPD Construction Grout CPD Services , Sealtight CG-86 Grout W.R. Meadows of Canada .2 Epoxy grouts: Sealtight Rezi Weld 3/2 Grout W.R. Meadows of Canada CPD Epoxy Grout CPD Services ' .5 Shake on Floor Hardeners: .1 Follow the manufacturers directions for application instructions. ' Shake on non-metallic hardeners consist of pre-packaged pre-mixed blend of cement and natural high quality mineral aggregate. Special application precautions may be required when air temperatures exceed 30°C. .2 See slab design chart at the end of Part 2 of this specification, for ' minimum application rates. .3 Acceptable products as listed or approved equivalent: t Traprock Sika Canada Inc ' Quartz Tuff Dayton Superior Corporation .6 Reinforcing Steel, Dowels. Chairs and Spacers ' .1 Reinforcing steel: New deformed bars to CSA Standard G30.18-M92 from Canadian or American mills. Grade 400R. ' _ .2 Welded steel wire fabric: to CSA Standard G30.5-M1983 from Canadian or American mills. Supply fabric in flat sheets only. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP S ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 8 OF 24 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .3 Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: to requirements of the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada, "Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice". Use plastic, precast concrete or plastic ' protected steel bar supports for exposed concrete surfaces. .4 Galvanizing of non-prestressed reinforcement and bar supports: to CSA Standard G164-M1992. .5 Dowels at slab joints for shear load transfer to be smooth round bars, ' steel grade to CSA G40.21M grade 300W. .7 Steel Fibres for Concrete Reinforcement ' 1 Steel fibres for reinforcing of slabs-on-grade are to be supplied to meet the dosage requirements as per the specified design chart found under Part 3 or as noted on the drawings. The fibre is to be ' manufactured from cold drawn wire and meeting ASTM A-820 Type 1, Standard Specification for Steel Fibres for Fibre Reinforced Concrete. The fibres must be crimped along their full length or ' smooth with hooked ends;a minimum ultimate tensile strength of 850 MPa, minimum length of 50 mm, a minimum aspect ratio (length to diameter) of 55. Mill test reports shall be furnished by the fibre ' manufacturer for each shipment of fibres, or as directed by the Consultant. .2 Acceptable Products: .1 Tabix 1/50 or HE 1/50 by TrefilARBED ' .2 Supply and mix the specified steel fibres,for slab locations as designated on the structural drawings, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A representative of the fibre supplier shall be present on site during this operation to review and advise of mixing times and procedures. .3 Minimum fibre dosage not less than 20 kg/m3. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 9 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 Curing Sealing and/or Curing/Sealing Compound for exterior applications ' only when clearly demonstrated that water wet cure is not possible, shall conform to ASTM Standard C309-89. Acceptable types as follows: Florseal Stemson Construction Products ' Masterkure CR Master Builders Inc. Sealtight VOCOMP 20 W.R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. ' .9 Saw Cut Joint Fillers: In industrial floor use areas, and areas subject to high wheel loads such as forklifts, use grey, flexible epoxy pourable sealer, , acceptable type: Sealtight Rezi-Weld Flex B W.R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. , Loadflex Sika Canada Inc. In other areas not subject to high point loading, use: ' Sikaflex 1 CSL Sika Canada Inc. .10 Expansion Joint Sealant: Use grey, pourable flexible and durable sealant ' with backer rod, acceptable type: Sikaflex IC SL Sika Canada Inc. , .11 Bonding Agent: To be used to bond concrete toppings and patching over existing prepared concrete base, acceptable products: ' Surfacrete Concentrate Sika Canada Ltd ' Sealtight Intralok W.R. Meadows of Canada .12 Closed-Cell Preformed Joint Fillers:Acceptable products: Ceramar Flexible Foam W.R. Meadows of Canada Deck-o-Foam W.R. Meadows of Canada .13 Other materials or products which are not listed herein shall comply with the ' latest CSA, ASTM, C.G.S.B. or A.C.I. Standards appropriate to those materials. ' CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 10 OF 24 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .2 PROPORTIONING CONCRETE MIXES .1 Design mixes to produce concrete of the strengths designated; workability consistent with placing conditions and methods; durability consistent with service conditions; and finish-ability. Submit designs for review, prior to production. .2 Cement content not less than 320 kg/cubic metre. Provide sufficient cement to ensure final concrete design strengths are met. Minimum design strengths for slab-on-grade to be 30 MPa at 28 days. .3 Water to cement ratio 0.45 to 0.50 maximum. Use water reducing agent, in all concrete mixes. .4 Maximum slump prior to the addition of superplasticizer to be 50 mm min to 70 mm max. Slump after addition of superplasticizer to be between 125 and 150 mm. .5 Provide air entraining agents to provide 5 to 7%air content for exterior slabs subject to freezing. For such slabs the minimum design compressive strength is 35 MPa. Maximum water cement ratio is 0.40. .3 CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE DESIGN .1 The steel fibre concentration is to be no less than 20 kg of steel fibre per cubic metre of concrete. Control joint spacing is not to exceed 6 metres. .2 If control joint spacing is to extend to a maximum of 8 metres, fibre concentration must increase to no less than 30 kg per cubic metre. The Contractor must confirm the mix design prior to construction. j CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 11 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3. EXECUTION ' .1 EXAMINATION .1 Examine previously constructed work including placement and compaction of underfloor materials. Existing subgrades are to be proof rolled under the observation of a geotechnical engineer with the independent inspection & testing company,to confirm suitability,prior to the placement of the granular base. Check thicknesses and review compaction test results of subgrade fill to receive this work. All deleterious or topsoil materials must be removed from areas below slab-on-grade. Report to the Consultant in writing any defects or discrepancies. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions. .2 Any poorly compacted sub-base areas shall be removed and replaced with approved granular materials (see Part 2) compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Dry Density. .3 Establish elevations of compacted subgrade prior to commencing work. .4 Granular"A" base compacted to 100% SPMDD minimum 150 thick, over a proof rolled and approved sub-base, shall be compacted such that the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction k is at least 150. The concrete slab thicknesses for corresponding loads are based on this minimum k value. The modulus of subgrade reaction is defined below. .5 Westergaard's modulus of subgrade reaction k is determined by load tests on the slab base at the job site. This k value is defined as the ratio of load in pounds per square inch to a 0.05 inch or 1.3 mm deflection of a 30 inch diameter bearing plate. k= load (psi)/deflection at 0.05 inch .6 Obtain the approval of the geotechnical engineer with the independent inspection and testing company, before casting any concrete on the prepared base. It is important that the base be uniform in its supporting strength to provide even support throughout. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 12 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 PREPARATION .1 Install, dampen and proof roll granular base before placing concrete. .2 Ensure all materials and equipment are on hand and in working order prior to commencing the concrete pour. This includes curing and protection requirements. .3 Before concrete is placed,all reinforcing steel,accessories and inserts,must be securely tied in place and reviewed by the Consultant. .4 Place reinforcing steel in accordance with reviewed shop drawings and to Code tolerances, or those listed in contract documents, whichever is more stringent. .5 For areas subject to freezing temperature, all surfaces,reinforcing steel and ground with which the concrete is or is calculated to come in contact with, shall be heated to a temperature of not less than 4°C (40 0F). .6 The concrete slab-on-grade shall be installed once the building skin has been completed. Provide a 0.1 mm thick polyethylene sheet, one metre high, around the perimeter of walls to prevent splashing of concrete on the surrounding structure. Overlap the joints a minimum of 150 mm and tape. .3 WORKMANSHIP 1 p p er Pro workmanship is the most important element in the achievement of . quality concrete slabs. Minimum requirements shall conform to CSA Standard CAN3-A23.1-94 but the Contractor shall take every precaution necessary to achieve the specific requirements of the Contract. .2 Provide a competent and experienced supervisor or foreman who shall be present on the site continuously throughout each working day. .4 SUPERPLASTICIZED SLABS .1 To increase the workability of slabs containing steel fibres, approved superplasticizing agent is to be added at the site to increase the slump. NO WATER SHALL BE ADDED TO THE CONCRETE MIX ON SITE. r CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 13 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Quantities and procedures for admixtures shall be determined and supervised with the assistance of the manufacturer's technical staff. .5 PLACING CONCRETE .1 Mixing, Transportation and Placement to conform to CAN/CSA A23.1-00. .2 Notify the Consultant at least 24 hours before any concreting operation is to proceed for a review of the preparations. The planned pours must be made continuously without stopping. .3 Concrete shall be conveyed to the place of final deposit by methods which will prevent the segregation or loss of material. Use concrete pumps to place concrete only with approval of methods, equipment and mix design. .4 Maximum time between adding mix water and complete discharge of concrete shall be 90 minutes. NO WATER MAY BE ADDED AT THE SITE. .5 Conveying and placing equipment shall be such that when concreting has once started, the depositing of concrete shall be at such a rate and of such sequence that the concrete is at all times sufficiently plastic to ensure proper bonding of successive layers or panels. .6 Conveying and placing equipment shall be kept free from hardened concrete and foreign material and shall be cleaned at frequent intervals. .7 Concrete shall be deposited as close as is practicable to its final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. .6 EXTERIOR SLABS .1 Do not place concrete when it is raining or likely to rain. If rain begins after concrete is placed and before it is set, protect with waterproof covers until set. .7 SLABS WITH REINFORCING BARS/MESH 1 Use only shop drawings reviewed by the Consultant, and the Structural Drawings for placing of reinforcement. CONCRETE SLABS-0N-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 14 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Do not field bend reinforcing steel except where indicated or as approved by the Consultant. .3 Before placing,remove all loose scale,dirt,oil or other coatings which would destroy or reduce bond. Place reinforcement within the specified tolerances and secure in position by the use of chairs, spacers and hangers. Tie reinforcement securely together using 16 ga. annealed wire to prevent displacement during concrete placing and vibrating. Turn the ends of all ties towards the interior of the concrete. Use galvanized tie wire at all exposed and at all exterior locations. .4 Position reinforcing for exposed concrete using snap-on plastic positioners and plastic chairs of the same colour as the concrete. Use concrete chairs for slabs-on-grade. .5 Do not cut reinforcement to permit placing of embedded items, unless authorized by the Consultant. .6 Lap end cross wires of welded wire fabric but make lap at least 200 mm. .7 Provide additional reinforcement around all openings in concrete members as detailed on the drawings. .8 While concrete is being placed it shall be consolidated thoroughly and uniformly by means of tamping, hand tools, vibrators or finishing machines to secure a dense, homogeneous structure, close bond with reinforcement and with smooth surfaces. Internal vibrators shall be used wherever practicable. .9 Internal vibrators shall be applied at the point of deposit in the areas of freshly placed concrete, allowed to sink by their own weight in the concrete until they penetrate into the previous layer of concrete. They shall be withdrawn immediately at the same speed at which they sank, moved about 300 mm to a new location at the process repeated. Extreme care shall be taken to ensure that internal type vibrators do not disturb the reinforcing steel or the forms. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 15 OF 24 j The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS .1 Provide on site equipment and enclosures capable of maintaining the proper temperature and humidity of the concrete during curing. Refer to CSA A23.1-00. .2 Ensure that any surface againstwhich concrete is to be placed,including soil but excluding surfaces which receive finished slabs, is at a temperature of at least+5°C. Ensure that the surface on which finished slabs and toppings are placed is at a temperature of between 16°C and 32°C. .3 Ensure that the temperature of concrete when deposited is between 16°C and 32° whenever the air temperature is below+5°C. .4 Ensure that before concreting commences in any part of the work, it is protected in such a manner that all sections of the concrete and the surrounding air will remain continuously at a temperature of not less than 10°C for 5 days, or 21°C for 3 days, after placing. Gradually reduce the temperature at the end of the period of protection, at a rate not greater than 10°C per day until the outside air temperature is reached. Humidify the air within enclosures so that proper conditions for curing are maintained. Exhaust gas-fired or oil heaters directly to the outside of the enclosure. Keep coverings clear of the tops of slabs to allow for the free circulation of warm air. .9 HOT WEATHER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS .1 Refer to CSA A23.1-00 Clause 21. .2 When the air temperature is expected to meet or exceed 27°C, hot weather practices are required. .3 The concrete temperature at time of placing must not exceed 350C, and should be supplied at cooler temperatures, as low as 10°C, whenever possible. .4 Shade concrete from sun when possible and provide wind breaks. Dampen all areas coming in contact with concrete with cool water. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 16 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Additional protection measures from rapid drying shall be discussed with the Consultant when the rate of evaporation exceeds 0.75 kg/(square metre- hour). .10 CONSTRUCTION AND COLUMN ISOLATION JOINTS .1 Form construction joints as shown on the Drawings. Dowels occur at construction joints in slabs-on-grade unless detailed otherwise. Grease such dowels generously just prior to new pour. Provide bond break to adjacent slabs. .2 Concrete to be poured in continuous strips,with bulkheads and steel dowel bars as per typical details. Use laser guided screed. .11 CONTROL JOINTS 1 When shown on plans, locate saw-cut control joints as indicated. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, locate control joints as follows:- .1 In strips maximum 15000 mm wide and saw-cut slab into panels with a maximum length of 6000 mm. For 300 thick slab,saw cut spacing can be increased to 9000 mm. .2 Pour slabs in a staggered pattern, such that the adjacent strip is left open. The third pour infills the open strip between the first and second pours. .3 Maximum plan size of any pour is to have side ratios less than 1%to .4 Control joints in slabs-on-grade shall be cut using power-driven abrasive or diamond tipped blades. .5 Cutting shall begin as soon as the concrete surface has hardened sufficiently to resist raveling as the cut is made and before shrinkage cracks form in concrete. Generally, saw cutting of slabs-on-grade shall be done within the first 18 hours after the slabs are placed. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 17 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 The depth of control joints shall be 1/3 of the thickness of the slab, with a minimum of 40 mm for slabs with bars and minimum 50 mm deep for slabs with fibre reinforcing only unless otherwise shown. .7 Fill saw cuts with specified joint filler in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions a minimum of 28 days(preferably 90 days) after slabs-on-grade are poured. For a proper application of the joint fillers, all joints shall be cleaned (ie., raked and vacuumed) before filling. .12 TROWELLING AND SCREEDING .1 Bring tops of floors to even level or sloping surface as shown on the drawings, to tolerances specified on the contract documents, or in absence of tolerances on the drawings, to the "Moderately Flat" designation as specified in Table 16 of CSA A23.1-00. .2 Stab-on-Grade .1 Screed floor using a laser controlled guided screed. .2 Hand screed, and float areas where laser equipment is inaccessible, to same density and surface quality specified for floors finished with laser guided equipment. .3 No contamination or adulteration of the floor finishing mix will be permitted. .4 Finishing Tolerances Machine trowel all floor slabs,except as required by the drawings and/or this specification to the finishing tolerances noted. 1 ExteriorA ron Slabs-on-Grade and Truck Loading Areas and Bays:- P 9 shall be finished to"Moderately Flat" classification. .2 General Interior Stabs-on-Grade: - shall be finished to "Moderately Flat" classification. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 18 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Surface of exterior exposed steps and platforms shall be finished with a wood float and given a"fine broom"finish in accordance with Section 02770-Concrete Walls,Curbs and Miscellaneous Concrete Items. .13 SURFACE HARDENER .1 For slabs designated to be surface hardened, apply the specified surface hardener in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions at the specified rates. A representative of the surface hardener manufacturer is to be on site during application to advise and is to prepare a"Floor Evaluation Sheet" copies of which shall be distributed to the Consultant. .2 Only skilled workmen with previous experience shall apply the shake hardeners. Minimum of 2 passes in opposite directions are required. .14 CURING/SEALING 1 Interior Slabs-on-Grade .1 Slab-on-grade in interior areas are typically to be "WET CURED* only. Curing compounds are NOT PERMITTED on these slabs unless coloured hardeners are used. .2 "Wet-curing" is to conform to the requirements and procedures outlined in CAN/CSA-A23.1-00 and as follows: .1 "Water down" entire floor area and cover with polyethylene plastic or non staining geotextile filter fabric(overlap joints a minimum of 150 mm). Provide suitable weights to prevent displacement of sheets. .2 The"Curing Period"shall be maintained for whatever period of time is required for the slab-on-grade to attain 70% of the specified compressive strength of the concrete (i.e.: min. 70% of 30 MPa = 21 MPa) and in NO CASE less than 7 days. .3 The Contractor shall continually monitor and maintain the "Wet-curing" system during the curing period. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 19 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 For interior floor surfaces specified to be sealed only,apply specified sealer in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Exterior Slabs-on-Grade .1 Immediately afterfinishing,apply specked curing/sealing compound in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .15 PROTECTION OF FLOORS 1 Keep traffic off curing slabs for a minimum of 7 days and until concrete has reached a strength of 20 MPa minimum. .2 Fully protect exposed concrete floor finishes from damage and staining especially during the subsequent installation of equipment .3 Protect all exposed surfaces from dropping mortar,welding debris,paint,dirt or other marring agents. .4 Do not allow any pipe threading or similar machine using oil or other permanently staining liquid on any concrete floor unless it is set up on a large oil-tight and properly constructed metal pan. Plywood sheets or other absorbent materials will not be permitted as a substitute for this pan. .16 QUALITY CONTROL .1 General .1 Refer also to SOURCE QUALITY ASSURANCE in this Section. .2 Routine testing of materials and of proposed mix designs shall be carried out by an independent inspection and testing company, appointed by the Owner. .3 Any testing required by the Contractor to verify mix design, grade of steel,or to improve the strength of concrete in place,where specified design strengths are not attained, or where errors have been made in construction, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 20 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Routine Inspection &Testing .1 The Owner will retain an independent inspection and testing company to test and monitor workmanship and materials, in accordance with Section 01001 - General Requirements. This testing is in addition to the Contractors own quality control program. .2 Granular Base Tests: .1 Check to ensure base and sub base is as specified and will provide uniform support to slab. Confirm compaction is sufficient to achieve the k= 150 pci value. .3 Concrete Strength Tests: .1 Obtain representative samples of fresh concrete for each 30 m3 or fraction thereof placed in any one day. In no case shall there be less than one test for each class of concrete placed in any one day. .2 Three specimens molded in 150 mm diameter cylindrical steel molds, stored and laboratory cured to conform with CAN/CSA-A23.1-00 shall comprise a strength test. One specimen shall be compression tested at 7 days at the remaining two at 28 days after sampling. .4 Air Entrainment Test: .1 Where concrete is specified to be air entrained, perform standard air entrainment tests to conform with CAN/CSA- A23.1-00 for each set of specimens. .5 Slump Test: .1 For slabs reinforced with bars, perform standard slump test for each set of cylinders taken. For fibre reinforced concrete check the slump prior to the addition of superplasticizer. 1 .2 Excessive slumps are not permitted and loads shall be rejected. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 21 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Slump tests to conform to CAN/CSA A23.1-00. .6 Other Testing: 1 The water/cement ratio shall be maintained. NO WATER may be added on site. .2 Observe and record addition of steel fibres. .3 Observe and record addition of superplasticizer. .4 Observe and record placement of concrete, including mixing and transport times,temperatures,areas and limits of pours, etc. .17 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 1 Concrete not meeting the requirements of the specifications and drawings shall be considered defective concrete. .2 Defective concrete and concrete not conforming to lines,details,quality and grade specified or as shown on the Drawings shall be modified or replaced at no increase to the contract price, and to the satisfaction of the Consultant and the Owner. .3 Finished lines, dimensions and surfaces shall be correct and true within tolerances specified. .4 Where the Consultant's review reveals materials,workmanship, or surface ' finishes which appear to have failed to meet the specified quality, he shall have the authority to order additional curing, remedial measures or replacement of the work; to have tests made of in-situ concrete, concrete cores, reinforcement or other materials;to order a structural analysis of the existing elements and load test the structure. All such work will be carried out in order to assist in determining whether the structure may, in the Engineer's opinion, be accepted, with or without strengthening or modification. All expense incurred shall be chargeable to the contractor regardless of the results. All testing shall meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. CONCRETE SLABS-0N-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 22 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .18 BOLLARDS,AND WEAR PLATES .1 Take delivery of Steel Pipe Bollards and plates to be set in concrete and/or filled in accordance with details by this section. �j .19 PREFABRICATED ITEMS ■ .1 Take delivery of prefabricated items to be cast in and install in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. .20 CLEAN-UP .1 Upon satisfactory completion of the work, clear away from the building and site, excess or waste materials and debris and leave the premises in a condition acceptable to the Consultant .2 Do not unload excess concrete from concrete trucks during clean-up operations and do not deposit in undesignated or unauthorized locations within the property boundaries whether concealed or not. .21 GENERAL REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION .1 General review during construction by the Consultant and the services of the independent inspection and testing agencies appointed by the Owner are undertaken so that the authority having jurisdiction may be informed in writing as to the quality of the Contractor's performance and for the protection of the authority having jurisdiction. They will be carried out by examination of representative samples of the work. .2 The Contractor will receive copies of the construction review reports and the results of material tests. He will thereby be informed of deficiencies found together with recommendations for their correction. The provision of this information does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the Contract and he shall implement his own supervisory and quality control procedures. .3 The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Consultant any deficiencies in the Work which may occur during construction. The Consultantwill decide - upon corrective action and state his recommendations in writing. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 23 OF 24 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .22 TYPICAL DETAILS .1 G.C.1.1.9.1 notwithstanding,conform to the requirement of Structural Typical Detail Sheets included on the Structural Drawings or attached to the end of this section unless the conditions are shown otherwise on the Structural Drawings, in which case the latter shall govern. END OF SECTION CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE 23, March, 2001 SECTION 03315 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 24 OF 24 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 04051 — MASONRY PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions 1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout .2 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories. .4 Section 04211 Brick Unit Masonry. .5 Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units. .6 Section 04270 Glass Masonry Units .7 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications .8 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .9 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation .10 Section 07271 Air Barriers .11 Section 07510 Built-Up (BUR) Bituminous Roofing .12 Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing .13 Section 07900 Joint Sealants .3 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Submit samples: 1 Two of each type of masonry unit specified. .2 One of each type of masonry accessory specified. .3 One of each type of masonry reinforcement, tie and connector proposed for use. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Job Mock-Up .1 Construct mock-up panel of exterior masonry wall construction 1200 x 1800 mm showing masonry colours and textures, use of reinforcement, )� ties, through-wall flashing, weep holes, jointing, coursing, mortar colour and workmanship. .2 Construct mock-up where directed. .3 Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with work. .4 When accepted, mock-up will demonstrate minimum standard for this work. Mock-up may remain as part of finished work subject to the approval of the Consultant. .5 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 Deliver materials to job site in dry condition. .2 Keep materials dry until use. .3 Store under waterproof cover on pallets or plank platforms held off ground by means of plank or timber skids. .4 Clearly identify and stockpile separately masonry units of different compressive strengths. .6 Special Protection .1 Cover tops of masonry walls with well secured, waterproof material while work is not in progress and until satisfactorily protected by structure. .2 Protect finished work at corners, sills, projections and other areas likely to be damaged. Do not remove until completion. .3 Special care must be taken to keep air space in wall construction free from mortar droppings. Trowel flat any mortar fins in the inner faces of each wythe to avoid mortar bridges. .4 Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until structure provides permanent lateral support. :7 -Environmental Requirements , .1 Cold weather requirements .1 Supplement Clause 5.16.2 of CSA A371-94 with following requirements: .1 Maintain temperature of mortar between 7°C and 50°C MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex until batch is used. .2 When outside temperature is below, or likely to go below, 7°C, the temperature of materials and surrounding air shall be heated to maintain 7°C, or better, during laying and for 72 hr thereafter. Submit for approval, and in accordance 1 with Section 01001 General Requirements, method to be used for protecting masonry against low temperatures. .3 Build masonry in enclosures, heated by approved smokeless means, when temperature drops below 0°C. .4 Units and mortar shall be completely free from ice and frost. Do not use scorched sand. Do not add salts to lower the freezing point. .2 Hot weather requirements .1 Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly, by means of waterproof, non-staining coverings. .2 When temperatures exceed 32°C, mortar spreading to be limited to 1200 mm and set units within 1 minute. .3 Keep masonry dry using waterproof, non staining coverings that extend over walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from wind driven rain, until masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent construction. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Masonry materials are specified in related Sections indicated in Item 1.1 of this section. .2 Material Requirements .1 Ensure blocks, where exposed, are uniform in size, free from perceptible warp or twist, without chipped, ragged, or broken edges, with uniform surface texture free from cracks and blemishes or defects detrimental to appearance or performance, suitable for paint finish where required/indicated. 2 -- Concrete masonry to conform, as a minimum, to CAN3-A165 Series-94. Units shall be cured at least 38 days before delivery. Moisture content at time of delivery not to exceed 30% of total absorption. Provide all necessary special units as required. Solid units shall be cast solid. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation and Workmanship .1 Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 except where specified otherwise. .2 Lay work from face sides, with coursing level, built square, plumb, level, and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment all as indicated. Check work regularly with graduated rod. .3 Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights, and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum of cutting. , .4 Ensure the course of block immediately below wood joists, and where noted on structural drawings, is solid block. .5 Refer to drawings for height of block partitions. .6 Form external corners of block with bullnosed edges. .7 Lay first course of interior walls in a full bed of mortar. Face shell mortar bedding may be used for interior block, non-bearing partitions. Full mortar bedding shall be used for all other masonry work. Use full head mortar joints for vertical joints. .8 Install cavity wall insulation and perimeter insulation as specified under Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .9 Install EPDM throughwall membrane as indicated and as specified in Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing and according to manufacturer's instructions. .10 Do not lay more than 1500 mm in height of any wall in any one working day. No part shall be raised more than 600 mm above remainder at any one time. .11 Do not shift or tap brick after mortar has taken initial set. .12 Bond adjoining bearing masonry walls of 200 mm thickness or greater with toothing courses where possible. Use metal anchors ( as specified under Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors) where it is not possible to tooth or for tying non-bearing partitions to bearing walls. Provide anchors every second course. .13 For reinforced masonry, keep all cores to be grouted free of mortar droppings, seal joints to contain grout. Follow high lift or low lift grouting procedures in accordance with CSA A371-94. Notify Consultant as to the intended method prior to commencing work. Coordinate method with reinforcing steel detailers and suppliers to ensure proper steel splicing. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Construction .1 Exposed masonry .1 Remove chipped, cracked, and otherwise damaged units in exposed masonry and replace with undamaged units. .2 Use chipped or blemished units only where concealed. Defective or broken units shall be rejected where visible. .3 Take special care to prevent mortar or other substances from staining exposed masonry faces. Remove any mortar before it sets hard. Unsatisfactory masonry is to be removed and replaced to Consultant's direction. .2 Jointing .1 Joints shall be uniform in size, tooled to match using non-staining pointing tool. .2 Where concave joints are indicated, allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then tool with round jointer to provide smooth joints, true to line, compressed, and uniformly concave. .3 Where raked joints are indicated, allow joints to set just enough to remove excess water, then rake joints uniformly to 6 mm depth and compress with square tool to provide smooth, compressed, raked joints of uniform depth. .4 Strike flush all joints concealed in walls and joints in walls to receive plaster, tile, insulation, or other applied material (except paint or similar thin finish coating), and below grade. .5 Joint dimensions for blockwork shall be such to provide 1 course equal to 200 mm. .3 Cutting .1 Lay work out to minimize cutting of units. .2 Do all cutting, patching and fitting reasonably required by work of other trades. Work shall be accurately and neatly executed and joints filled with mortar. .3 Cut out for electrical switches, outlet boxes, and other recessed or built-in objects. .4 Make cuts straight, clean, and free from uneven edges. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Cope or cut with power driven abrasive cutting disc, exposed units to accommodate flush mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, et cetera, leaving 3 mm maximum clearance. .4 Building-In 1 Carefully examine the drawings for heating, plumbing, ventilation, electrical and structural work. Set and/or build-in lintels, beams, miscellaneous metal items and manufactured specialties, boxes, recessed fittings and fixtures, access panels and other items indicated, specified or required to be built in masonry work as provided by other trades. Conceal pipe conduits and ducts except where otherwise indicated. .2 Prevent displacement of built-in items during construction. Check plumb, location and alignment frequently, as work progresses. .3 Brace door jambs to maintain plumb. Fill spaces between jambs and masonry with mortar. .5 Wetting of bricks 1 Except in cold weather, wet bricks having an initial rate of absorption exceeding 1 g/minute/1000 mm2: wet to uniform degree of saturation, 3 to 24 hours before laying, and do not lay until surface dry. .2 Wet tops of walls built of bricks qualifying for wetting, when recommencing work on such walls. .6 Support of loads 1 Use concrete as specified in Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete and as indicated on the Structural Drawings, where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units. .2 Use grout to CSA A179 where grout is used in lieu of solid units. .3 Install building paper or expanded galvanized metal mesh below voids to be filled with concrete or grout; keep paper 25 mm back from faces of units. .7 Provision for movement .1 Leave 10 mm space below shelf angles. .2 Leave 25 mm space between top of non-load bearing walls and partitions and structural elements. Do not use wedges. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Provide lateral support at tops of all partitions unless partitions are constructed with return walls at a maximum spacing of 36 x wall thickness. .4 Built masonry to tie to backing every 900 mm oc horizontally and every 400 mm oc vertically. .8 Loose steel lintels .1 Install loose steel lintels. .2 Centre over opening width to bear a minimum of 150 mm at each end. .9 Control joints .1 Provide control joints in masonry walls at locations as indicated, or at 6000 mm o.c. maximum. .2 Provide control joints at all locations where block walls supported on a slab-on-grade connect to block walls supported by foundations. Ensure that wire ties are continuous through control joints. .3 Control joints shall consist of a complete vertical separation through the wall approximately the width of a mortar joint. Where wall is exposed, rake back vertical joint 13 mm for caulking under Section 07900 —Joint Sealers. .10 Expansion joints .1 Build-in continuous expansion joints as indicated. .11 Door Frames .1 Install metal door frames in masonry walls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to present a rigid, true, plumb installation. .12 Masonry Reinforcement .1 Reinforce walls where thickness is reduced by a chase, with a 1200 mm length of reinforcing mesh placed on centre of chase in horizontal joint at 400 mm o.c. vertically. .2 Reinforce interior block walls with reinforcing mesh in every third course vertically and in exterior masonry walls every second block course vertically. Lap joints 150 mm minimum and wire tie together. MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .13 Glass Masonry Units .1 Erect glass units and accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. .3 Site Tolerances .1 Tolerances in notes to Clause 5.3 of CAN3-A371 apply. .4 Pointing .1 Inspect masonry throughout and point or repoint as required, filling all holes, raking out loose mortar and repointing joints to make a complete, neat, weathertight job, without defects in joints. On completion, replace all broken or defaced masonry units as directed by the Consultant. .5 Cleaning .1 At completion, protect windows, sills, doors, trim, and other work, and thoroughly clean brick masonry and face block as follows: .1 Remove large particles with wood paddles without damaging surface. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush-off loose mortar and dirt. .2 Thoroughly clean all exposed surfaces of brick and face block, starting at the top of the walls and cleaning down, uniformly to the base with Sure-Klean 600 detergent in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and to the Consultant's approval. .3 Repeat cleaning process as often as necessary to remove mortar and all other stains. .4 Use acid solution treatment for difficult to clean masonry as described in Technical Note No. 20, published by the Brick Institute of America, dated September/October, 1977. .5 Do not clean while there is the possibility of frost. .6 Take care not to damage the work of other trades or adjacent I materials. .2 Clean glass masonry units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION MASONRY PROCEDURES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04051 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 8 OF 8 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 04060— MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Section 04211 Brick Unit Masonry. .3 Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units. .4 Section 04270 Glass Masonry Units. ' .3 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit mortar selection chart for review and selection by Consultant. .4 Job Mock-Up .1 Refer to Section 04051 Masonry Procedures for requirements for mock- up panel. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Use same brands of materials and source of aggregate for entire project. .2 Conventional proportion based mortar to CSA A179. .3 Use aggregate passing 1.18 mm sieve where 6 mm thick joints are indicated. Aggregate to be clean, sharp, hard, durable granular natural sand particles ranging from fine to course, free from deleterious substances, conforming to CSA A82-56-1950. A -_ Colour: ground coloured natural aggregates or metallic oxide pigments to match brick and face block. .5 For all loadbearing concrete block: Type S mortar meeting CSA proportion specifications A179-94. MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04060 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington i Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 For all non-loadbearing interior concrete block above grade: Type N mortar meeting CSA A179-94 (Type N). .7 For all exterior brick and stone masonry: use only 1.1.6 prepackaged portland cement, hydrated lime and sand and colouring meeting property specification CSA A179-94. .8 For glass masonry units: .1 Mortar shall be prepared according to ASTM C270 for Type S Mortar, to have 1 part Portland Cement (Type 1), 1 part lime, and 4.5 to 6 parts of fine sand passing No. 20 sieve and free of iron compounds to avoid stains. .2 Use white Portland Cement and silica sand for white joints. .3 Mix mortar drier than normal and only an amount that will be used within 0.5 to 1.0 hrs. Glass block will not absorb water in the same manner as brick. .4 Do not use retempered mortar. Do not use anti-freeze compounds or accelerators. .5 Add Latricite 8510 to increase waterproofing qualities of mortar and/or rake-joint and apply silicone sealant (Type 5 as specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealers) in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .8 White mortar: use white Portland cement, and lime to produce mortar type specified. .9 Coloured mortar: use colouring admixture not exceeding 10% of cement content by mass, or integrally coloured masonry cement, to produce coloured mortar to match approved sample. .10 Non-staining mortar: use non-staining masonry cement for cementitious portion of specified mortar type .11. Parging mortar: Type N to CSA A179. .12 Grout in accordance with Table 3 of CSA A179-94 or as specified on the structural drawings. :2 -Mixes .1 Mix grout to semi-fluid consistency, 200 mm slump. .2 Coloured mortars: Incorporate colour into mixes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .1 Use clean mixer for coloured mortar. MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04060 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Pointing mortar: Prehydrate pointing mortar by mixing ingredients dry, then mix again adding just enough water to produce damp unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into ball. Allow to stand for not less than 1 hour nor more than 2 hours then remix with sufficient water to produce mortar of proper consistency for pointing. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Construction .1 Do masonry mortar work in accordance with CSA A179 except where specified otherwise. .2 Do grout work as specified on the structural drawings. .3 Preheat mortar materials and mortar boards: maximum temperature of 49°C, minimum temperature of 210C. Protect mortar from frost. Do not use scorched sand. Do not add salts to lower the freezing point. .4 Apply parging in.uniform coating not less than total 6 mm thick, where indicated. .2 Mixing .1 A thoroughly experienced, reliable and competent person shall be placed ' in charge of all mortar mixing. .2 Mix in watertight, mechanical mixers. Measure ingredients accurately by volume. Place approximately 75% of water required in mixer, add half volume of sand, add water as required for plasticity, operate mixer at least 4 minutes or until all materials are homogeneously blended, then dump. Clean mixer after each batch. i .3 No cement shall be used which has absorbed moisture to the extent of making it lumpy or granulated when dry before used. .3 Schedule .1 Use white mortar for face block. .2 Use coloured mortar for face brick. END OF SECTION MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04060 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 04080- MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Grout for Masonry. .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories. .4 Section 04211 Brick Unit Masonry. ' .5 Section 04220 Concrete Masonry Units. .6 Section 04270 Glass Masonry Units. .3 Source Quality Control .1 Upon request, provide Consultant with certified copy of mill test report of ' reinforcement steel and connectors, showing physical and chemical analysis. reinforcing steel to CAN/CSA-G30.18-M92, Grade 400R. .2 Upon request, inform Consultant of proposed source of material to be supplied. .3 All connectors to be certified to meet requirements of CSA A370-94 Connectors for Masonry. .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Shop drawings consist of bar bending details, lists and placing drawings. .3 On placing drawings, indicate sizes, spacing, location and quantities of reinforcement and connectors. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials i .1 Bar reinforcement: as indicated on Structural Drawings. MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04080 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Reinforcing mesh and ties: 1 For masonry cavity walls: adjustable tie BL42 SYSTEM 2000 by Blok-Lok Limited to widths required, hot dipped galvanized, extra heavy duty, 4.76 mm diameter. .2 For masonry veneer to wood frame construction: Pac-Tie Plate ' Adjustable Connector Tie System by Fero, to widths required, hot dipped galvanized. .3 For block wails (including foundation walls): Block-Trus BL30 to widths required, hot dipped galvanized, extra heavy duty, 4.76 mm diameter. .2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate reinforcing as specified on structural drawings. .2 Obtain Consultant's approval for locations of reinforcement splices other than shown on placing drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 General .1 Do masonry reinforcement as specified on structural drawings. ' .2 Prior to placing concrete/mortar/grout, obtain Consultant's approval of placement of reinforcement and connectors. .3 Do additional reinforcement of masonry as indicated. .2 Bonding and Typing .1 Bond walls of two or more wythes as specified in Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Tie masonry veneer to backing as specified in Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .3 Reinforced Lintels and Bond Beams .1 Reinforce masonry lintels and bond beams as specified on structural drawings. .2 Place and grout reinforcement as specified on structural drawings. MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04080 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Grouting .1 Grout masonry as specified on structural drawings. .5 Field Touch-Up .1 Touch up damaged and cut ends of epoxy coated or galvanized reinforcement steel and connectors with compatible finish to provide continuous coating. END OF SECTION MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04080 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 04090— MASONRY ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout. .3 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors. .4 Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing. ' .5 Section 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim .6 Section 07900 Joint Sealers 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Damp Proof Course: BAKOR Blueskin AG, (47 mil) SBS modified bitumen membrane with proprietary glass scrim as manufactured by BAKOR INC. .2 Throughwall membrane: as specified in Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing. .3 Lap adhesive: recommended by throughwall membrane manufacturer. ' .4 Weep hole vents for cavity and veneer wall construction: purpose made cavity weeper vents as manufactured by Goodco Ltd. .5 Control joint backing material: compatible with primers, sealants, outsized 30%, polyethylene, urethane, neoprene, or vinyl, extruded cell foam, Shore A, hardness 20, tensile strength 20-30 psi. ' .6 Control joint sealant: Type 1 as specified in Section 07900 Joint Sealants. .7 Pipe scupper: 100 mm I.D. PVC pipe, to lengths and in locations as indicated. MASONRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04090 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 Installation .1 Install continuous control joint fillers in control joints at locations indicated. .2 Install weep hole vents in vertical joints immediately over flashings, in exterior wythes of cavity wall and masonry veneer wall construction, at maximum horizontal spacing of 600 mm oc. Install vents at top of masonry veneer wall construction at maximum horizontal spacing of 600 mm oc. .3 Ensure that weep hole vents are kept free of mortar. .2 Construction .1 Install through-wall membrane flashing in masonry in accordance as specified in Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing, and as detailed on the drawings. .2 Install pipe scupper as detailed on the drawings. , END OF SECTION MASONRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04090 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex iSECTION 04211 — BRICK UNIT MASONRY 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. ' .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout. .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories. .4 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Manufactured Units ' .1 Brick Band: ' .1 Burned clay brick: to CAN3-A82.1. .2 Type FBS. .3 Grade SW. .4 Size: 390 mm (w) x 90 mm (h) x 90 mm (d). .5 Acceptable material: #111 Buff by I•XL Industries Ltd. to match existing. 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 Installation .1 Install unit masonry as indicated on the drawings and as specified in Section 04051 — Masonry Procedures. ' -.2 Clean unglazed clay masonry as work progresses. .2 Cleaning .1 Follow procedures for cleaning specified in Section 04051 Masonry ' Procedures. END OF SECTION BRICK UNIT MASONRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04211 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 1 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTIN 04220— CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ■ .2 Related Sections i .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. ' .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout. .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories. .4 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors. ' .3 Reference Standards .1 CSA A165 Series 94 Standard on Concrete Masonry Units ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Foundation walls below grade only: .1 Standard sand and gravel concrete block units. .2 Size: metric modular .2 Split Face Ledge Block: .1 Standard, normal weight, split face, ledge block to CSA-A165.1-M ' .2 Size: metric modular .3 Classification: H / 15 / A/ M .4 Colour to be Brown to match existing. .5 Acceptable manufacturer: TCG Materials Limited. .3 Smooth Face Block: .1 Standard, normal weight, concrete block to CSA-A165.1-M, with exposed faces evenly textured. ' .2 Size: metric modular CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04220 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Classification: H/ 15/A/ M ' .4 Colour to be Fall Tan to match existing. .5 Acceptable manufacturer: TCG Materials Limited. ' .4 Non-loadbearing and loadbearinq interior walls above grade (except as , noted below): .1 Lightweight steam-cured block of 100% expanded slag. .2 Size: metric modular. .3 Fire separation shall be as shown on drawings and shall be ' concrete block with concrete Type L2 in accordance with O.B.C.. .4 Classification: H or S/ 15/ D/ M. .5 Smooth Face Charcoal block: .1 Standard, normal weight, plain stretcher, concrete block to CSA- ' A165.1. .2 Sizes: metric modular. ' .3 Classification: H / 15/A/ M. .4 Colour to be Charcoal. .5 Acceptable manufacturer: Richvale York Block Inc. .6 Split Face Charcoal block: .1 Standard, normal weight, full split, concrete block to CSA-A165.1. .2 Sizes: metric modular. ' .3 Classification: H / 15 /A/ M. .4 Colour to be Charcoal. .5 Acceptable manufacturer: Richvale York Block Inc. .7 General: ' .1 All Concrete block with exposed faces shall be free of chips, spalls, cracks, broken edges and corners. .2 Fill solid top two (2) courses of load bearing walls, for all locations where structural members bear on concrete block, and where ' indicated on drawings. CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04220 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 iThe Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Provide special shapes and sizes as indicated or required such as halves, jambs, lintels, solids, corners, bullnoses and double bullnoses, semi-solids and other shapes. ' 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Install concrete block masonry units as indicated on the drawings and as specified in Section 04051 — Masonry Procedures. .2 Cleaning ' .1 Allow mortar droppings on masonry to partially dry then remove by means of trowel followed by rubbing lightly with small piece of block and finally by brushing. .2 Follow procedures for cleaning specified in Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. ' END OF SECTION 1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04220 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 04270—GLASS MASONRY UNITS 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. .2 Section 04060 Mortar and Masonry Grout. .3 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories. .4 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors: Masonry reinforcing and connectors. ' .5 Section 07900 Joint Sealers. ' .3 Submittals .1 Submit samples, and manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Verify field measurements are as shown on drawings. .3 Samples: submit two glass units 190 mm x 190 mm x 100 mm thick in size illustrating size variations, colour, design, and face pattern. .4 Closeout submittals: submit maintenance data under provisions of Section 01001 General Requirements. Include instructions for cleaning units. .4 Quality Assurance .1 Perform work in accordance with Ontario Masonry Promotion. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Manufacturers 1 - J. Weck GmbH u. Co., as distributed by Thames Valley Brick and Tile Inc., Tel: 905-637-6997. .2 Manufactured Units .1 Hollow glass block units: nominally 190 mm x 190 mm x 100 mm thick shall be partially evacuated hollow units made of clear, colourless glass. GLASS MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04270 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .1 Pattern type: , .1 GB-1: Clarity. .2 GB-2: X-Rib. ' .2 Edge Coating: White latex based paint (as recommended by ' glass block manufacturer). .3 Accessories , .1 Panel reinforcing: two parallel 9 ga wires, either 41 mm or 51 mm on centre, with electrically butt-welded cross-wires, spaced at regular , intervals, galvanized after welding, as recommended by the glass unit manufacturer. .2 Mortar: as specified in Section 04060 - Mortar and Masonry Grout. , .3 Expansion strips: 10 mm thick, continuous semi-rigid glass fibre or polyethylene flexible plastic foam, in accordance with recommendations ' of glass unit manufacturer. .4 Panel anchors: 0.9 mm thick x 44 mm wide steel strips, punched with ' three rows of elongated holes, pattern staggered, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication to CAN/CSA-G164. .5 Asphalt emulsion: to CAN/CGSB-37.2, water-based asphalt emulsion in i accordance with the recommendations of the glass unit manufacturer. .6 Sealant: as recommended by manufacturer. .7 Sealant backing: polyethylene foam, neoprene, oakum or equal as approved by sealant manufacturer. .8 Bond breaker: as recommended by the glass unit manufacturer. .8 Sealant primer: non-staining type recommended by sealant '. manufacturer. .9 Spacers: plastic, concealed type, allowing pointing mortar without , obstruction, of size to provide horizontal and vertical joint width indicated, capable of supporting glass units until mortar set, as recommended by the glass unit manufacturer. 11 Channels and framing: as specified under Section 05100 Structural Steel and Joists and as indicated on the structural drawings. , GLASS MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04270 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Examination .1 Examine openings to receive glass unit masonry. Verify correct size, location and readiness to receive work of this Section. .2 Beginning of installation shall be taken to mean acceptance of conditions. .2 Preparation .1 Clean glass units of foreign substances. ' .2 Establish and protect lines, levels, and coursing. .3 Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage and ' disfiguration. .3 Installation ' .1 Erect glass units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' .4 Cleaning .1 Upon completion of the work of this section, thoroughly clean the glass ' masonry in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures and remove all debris and rubbish resulting from the work of this section. END OF SECTION GLASS MASONRY UNITS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 04270 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex GENERAL ' .1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to the General Requirements and Special Conditions contained in the base project specifications, Division 1. .2 Comply with the local Building Code Requirements and Regulations for Construction Projects. Make available such documents in the ' construction office at all times. .2 COORDINATION ' .1 Be responsible for the supply of all material and labour required for the completion of the Contract. Breakdown of work into units by trade is for guidance only and is not necessarily complete. ' .2 Work Under Other Sections: 1 Grouting under base plates and bearing plates. ' .2 Erection of loose lintels, loose beams, shelf angles and wall plates. ' .3 Door frames and sill angles. .4 Curb angles, grating and hatch plates for pits and trenches. ' .5 Grating. .6 Steel deck. .7 Steel stairs. .8 Field coat of paint. ' .3 Supply and deliver the following to other Sections: .1 Anchor bolts to receive structural steel. .2 Connection assemblies for setting in concrete. .3 Loose lintels, shelf angles and plates. ' .4 Loose beams and bearing plates. .5 Continuous plates or angles on walls for support of steel joist and ' deck. ' STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 1 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Header angles for shop attachment to precast concrete members. ' .7 Loose bearing bases and anchorage. .4 Supply and install under this Section: ' .1 Separate column base plates. ' .2 Columns, beams, purlins and girts. .3 Steel joists and steel bridging. ' .4 Bracing. .5 Framing around openings connected to beams, purlins and joists. ' .6 Diagonal supports at columns. .7 Field connections to existing structure. ' .8 Structural steel for remedial work within existing structure. .9 Alteration to existing structural steel. ' .10 Demolition of existing structural steel as indicated. .3 CASH ALLOWANCE .1 Cash allowance to cover the cost of specified independent inspection and ' testing is specified in Section 01001 -General Requirements, except for inspection and testing of splices introduced by fabrication in steel sections at unspecified locations. ' .4 DESIGN .1 Connections ' .2 Steel Joists .3 Steel Trusses .5 SHOP DRAWINGS ' .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 - General Requirements and CISC Code of Standard Practise for Structural Steel. , STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 2 OF 18 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .2 It is advisable to submit erection drawings and sketch details of typical connection details and special conditions for review before preparing detail drawings. Make erection drawings. Transparencies or copies ' made from the Structural Drawings will not be accepted. .3 Show clearly on drawings: material specifications, design loads, section splices, bearing elevations, types of shop and field connections and net ' weld lengths. When bearing type connections which require exclusion of threads from shear planes are to be used, special precautions are necessary to ensure proper installation. Show large scale details on each erection drawing and itemize precautions which shall be taken to guarantee that the correct bolts will be installed. All documents shall cant' the seal of a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario, who shall be responsible for the design of joists, ' trusses, connections and details, and the fabrication,temporary shoring and erection of all structural steel. .4 Show on shop drawings for steel joists: type of steel,joint details, section t splices, unit mark or tag identification loadings for each foist, stamp of Registered Professional Engineer who has designed the joists. .5 Do not release column shop drawings for fabrication before establishing the final elevations of the tops of supporting piers. .6 QUALITY CONTROL .1 Before the start of fabrication, supply the Consultant and the Independent Inspection and Testing Company with mill test reports properly correlated ' to the materials. The onus for proving the properties of the steel supplied rests with the Contractor. .2 Supply the Consultant at the completion of erection with an affidavit ' stating that materials and products conform to the requirements of this Specification. .3 Check material for compliance with rolling tolerances of CSA 640.20-94 prior to start of fabrication. Reject material which does not comply with the standard. ' .4 No section may be spliced without the Consultant's prior review and the submission of pertinent shop drawings. Splices will be required to develop the section. If splicing by welding, each splice shall be given a radiology test by an independent inspection company acceptable to the Consultant. Testing shall be at the Contractors expense. Results shall be evaluated in accordance with CSA Standard W59 and reported to the Consultant. ' STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 3 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 QUALIFICATIONS ' .1 Work shall be carried out by a member of the Canadian Institute of Steel Construction or by a firm that has been approved by the Consultant in ' writing prior to the close of tenders. .2 Welding shall be performed by firms fully approved by the Canadian ' Welding Bureau under the requirements of CSA Standard W47.1-92. .8 SITE CONDITIONS ' .1 Visit site to check on available access, storage and working areas. Determine any interference with existing services. .9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS .1 Make all field measurements necessary to ensure the proper fit of all ' members. .2 Identify main shop drawing dimensions which have been obtained by field ' measurement. 1 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS ' 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 4 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2. PRODUCTS .1 MATERIALS .1 Rolled channels, angles: CSA Standard G40.20/G40.21-98, Grade 300W. Rolled W and WF Sections, Grade 350W. Atmospheric Corrosion Resisting Steel- CSA Standard G40.20/G40.21- 98, Grade 350A. Hollow Structural Sections - CSA Standard G40.20-G40.21-98, Grade 350W, Class C. Cold Formed Shapes-CSA Standard S136-94, Fy = 380 MPa. .2 Steel Joists: CSA G40.20-G40.21-98 Grade 30OW and CSA S136-94 .3 Machine bolts: ASTM A307 .4 High strength bolts: ASTM A325 Bolts shall be identifiable ' by their head markings. Nuts ASTM A563 Table II Washers ASTM F436 .5 Anchor bolts: CSA G40.20/G40.21-98, Grade 30OW Deformed anchors: CAN/CSA G30.18-M92, Grade 40OW .6 Drilled Wedge Anchors: Supplied by Ucan Fastening Products, Hilti Canada or ITW, to suit design loads .7 Stud shear connectors: ASTM A108, Grades 1015-1020 Fy = 350 MPa Headed Type. .8 Concrete Anchor Studs Headed Type Nelson Type H41- (1) _ .9 Arc and resistance welding electrodes and equipment: CSA W48.1- M1991. ' .10 Shop coat paint: CISC/CPMA 1-73a. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 5 OF 18 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .11 Shop primer paint: CISC/CPMA 2-75. .12 Zinc-rich shop primer paint: CAN/CGSB 1.181, Ready-mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. .13 Galvanizing: CAN/CSA G164-M92 (R1998). .14 Joint filler for exposed steelwork: Epoxy resin. .15 Teflon bearing assemblies for expansion joints: Manufactured by Steeplejack Services Ltd., Oakville, Ontario or Elastometal Ltd., Burlington, Ontario .16 Steel pan forms for concrete slabs: ASTM A446, Grade A. .17 Welded wire fabric: CSA Standard G30.15-M1983 (R1998). .18 Floor Grating: Galvanized, welded steel, of adequate strength and stiffness to support the loadings on the Drawings with a maximum deflection of 1/180 of span. .2 STEEL JOISTS .1 The Structural Drawings show the required depths of joists and their total service loading including dead load, live load and self weight. Loading diagrams are given for non-uniform loads and additional concentrated loads are noted where they occur. Apply live loads as full and partial loadings in accordance with CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1-94, Loading for Special Open Web Steel Joists. .2 All joists, members and joints, shall be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. Joists supporting uniform loadings may be selected from standard loading tables prepared by the Engineer but those supporting concentrated or other special loads shall be individually designed. On request, submit calculations and such further proof as is necessary to show that the joists conform to the requirements of the specifications. All documents shall cant'the seal of this engineer who shall be responsible for design, fabrications and erection of the joists. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 6 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Design and fabricate joists in accordance with CSA Standards CAN/CSA-S16.1-94. Arrange members to form a statically determinate truss. Minimum thickness of material shall be: flats and hot rolled sections 3 mm, rods 10 mm diameter, cold formed sections 1.9 mm. Joists over 600 mm deep shall have a web system of alternate vertical and diagonal members. Make all joist shoes with solid webs unless it can be shown by a fully documented analysis or test program that an alternative shoe arrangement is satisfactory. Chord member splices when used shall be staggered. Welding at each splice shall develop the section. Retain an independent testing agency to visually check all chord splices. The agency shall also undertake non-destructive testing of those chord splices which occur in the middle half of the span and each splice in web systems fabricated from bars. Arrange for the agency's reports to be reviewed by the Engineer who has designed the joists and then submit these reports to the Consultant. Camber shall not exceed dead load deflection, +50% live load deflection. Minimum camber as per CSA S16.1 unless noted. Maximum slenderness ratio of web members of trusses and joists greater in depth than 1200 mm shall be 240. .4 Substantiate by load test the load carrying capacity of joists fabricated from cold formed sections, double angle chords excepted. Conduct tests on representative joists of each depth selected at random from the production run. Conduct tests in accordance with CSA Standard S136 and have tests witnessed by the independent inspection agency. Provide the Consultant with certified copies of the test results. Testing and inspection shall be carried out at no cost to the Owner. .5 Make joists which will be permanently exposed neat and uniform in appearance. The location and appearance of splices must be acceptable to the Consultant. .6 Total deflection shall not exceed 1/240th of the span and live load deflection 1/360th of the span. For floor joists, 1/300th of the span for roof joists unless noted. In addition,the deflection of joists supporting suspended partitions and folding doors shall not exceed 25 mm under live load. .7 Centre reaction point of joist framing from one side only over centroid of supporting beam. Provide shoe depths required to suit the elevation of the joist bearing surfaces. .8 Arrange joists and bridging to accommodate recessed fixtures. Supply and install supplementary framing for any openings between joists. ' .9 Provide ceiling extensions where required. .10 Conform to the requirements of Typical Details attached at the end of this section, or on the drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP A ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 7 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .11 Weld each joist at bearing on structural steel members and bearing plates, or as indicated on Drawings. For joists of span 18 m and over, bearing on structural steel, provide bolted anchorage, minimum one 20 mm diameter bolt at each end bearing. .12 Attachments for mechanical, electrical and other services shall be made by using approved clamping devices of U-bolt type connectors. No drilling or cutting shall be done. Services to be hung from top chord panel points. .3 STEEL TRUSSES .1 The Structural Drawings show the overall depth,web configuration, member service forces and camber for trusses. A registered Professional Engineer shall design member connections and truss member sizes not called for on the drawings. Supply members in specific shapes when so indicated. .2 Design and fabricate in accordance with CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1-94. Maximum slenderness ratio for compression members is 200 and for tension members 300. .3 Fabricate trusses without gusset plates. Connect members at panel points by welding. .4 Fit ends of tubular web members with cover plates at the upper and lower chord. .5 Show shop and field splices on the shop drawings and submit pertinent splicing details. .6 Make all splices by welding. Provide full strength butt welds at each splice. Remove temporary connections and members after final connections are accepted. .4 CONNECTIONS 1 Design connections to conform to CAN/CSA-S16.1-94 and the CISC Handbook of Steel Construction, with special attention to seismic detailing, consistent with the "R" value shown on the loading parameters of the structural drawings to provide the required ductility. All loads given on the Drawings are service loads unless noted. All connections and details shall be designed by a suitable qualified Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario,whose stamp and signature shall appear on the drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 8 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Use double angle headers or end connection plates whenever possible. Single angle headers shall not be used for beams greater than 530 mm deep. Minimum depth of headers and end plates shall be one half the beam depth. Provide seated beam connections with top clip angles. Cantilevered plate connections are not desirable and will only be approved for secondary members carving minor vertical loads. Provide all eccentrically loaded spandrel beams with top and bottom flange connections for torsional restraint. .3 Install web and flange stiffener plates at moment connections as required by connection design and detail but in every case when indicated on the drawings. If the shear generated in column web exceeds its shear capacity, the web shall be suitably reinforced for the excess. .4 Design beam connections for an end reaction equivalent to one half of its UDL capacity unless greater reaction is noted on the drawings. .5 Provide at least one stiffener plate each side of web of beams continuous over supports unless another type of stiffener is shown on the Drawings. .6 In general, make shop and field connections with high tensile bolts or by welding. Minor connections, which are not transmitting vertical shear, may be made with machine bolts. .7 Complete welded connections prior to galvanizing. Provide all necessary drainage and vent holes as required by Galvanizer. .8 Design connections at the end of tension members and compression members not finished to bear to develop the strength required by the computed design load, at the stresses permitted, but for not less than 50 percent of the effective strength of the member. .9 Connect cover plates by welding so that the capacity of the built-up member is developed. .10 Detail and erect vertical diagonal bracing to provide a pre-stress of approximately 14 MPa. .11 Connection service load symbols shown on the Drawings have the following meanings: C Compressive axial load in column or post, kN T Tensile axial load in hanger, or bracing kN P Axial load in member, compression or tension kN M Bending moment at ends of members kN-m STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23,March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 9 OF 18 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex MT Torsion moment at ends of members kN-m Subscripts: L-Live Load } D-Dead Load } W-Windload } kN E-Earthquake } .12 Provide shelf angles and sash angles with adjustable bolted connections. .13 Make proper provisions for connection of future extension where extension is noted on the drawings. .5 LOOSE LINTELS .1 Structural drawings do not show all loose lintels required. Refer to Standard Lintel Schedules on drawings. Lintel members in exterior walls shall be hot-dipped galvanized. .2 Provide loose lintels with a minimum of 150 mm bearing at each end but not less than the length of any specified bearing plate. .3 Weld or bolt together multiple angle lintels. Provide spacers if separated. If angle seats are at different elevations, provide steel packing. .4 Connect ends of suspended lintels to the structure and/or build into masonry to provide adequate restraint. .6 DOUBLE MEMBERS .1 Provide approved separators at not more than 1200 mm centres in double beams and channels unless the members are welded toe to toe. .2 Connect together axially loaded built-up members in accordance with the requirements of CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1-94. .7 BEARING PLATES AND ANCHORS .1 Provide beams and joists bearing on walls which continue above, with standard bearing plates and wall anchors. .2 Anchor roof members to a supporting wall with a minimum 2-16mm diameter x 400mm anchor bolts. Weld bearing plate to flange if anchor bolts do not pass through member. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 10 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington SFitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex M .3 Design bearing plates for a maximum pressure of 3.5 MPa in masonry or 0.5 f for concrete based on factored loads using Limit States Design. Beam bearing length shall not be less than length of bearing plate plus 25 mm. Set bearing plate 25 mm back from edge of support. .8 SUPPORTS AT COLUMNS �j .1 Provide diagonal or cantilevered support angles at sides of columns where required for support of interrupted deck or precast slabs. .2 Provide diagonal support angles at vertical piping runs adjacent to column for support of interrupted deck or precast slabs. r .9 FABRICATION .1 Conform to CSA Standards CAN/CSA-S16.1-94, W59-1011989, and W55.3-1965. .2 Orientate straight beams which are to be fabricated from rolled shapes having cambers within allowable mill tolerances so that the resulting beam camber is up. .3 Do not ship material to the site before it has been inspected. .4 Provide effective drainage holes to prevent accumulation of water in hollow section members. .10 PAINTING .1 For all exposed structural steel remove oil and grease in accordance with Commercial Blast Cleaning, SP6, to an average surface profile of 37 um. For non-exposed steel (concealed by ceilings) remove oil and grease in accordance with SSPC Standard SP-1. .2 Clean surfaces of steel and welds of chemical residue and flux left by electrodes. .3 Painting shall be done under cover. Steel shall be dry when painted and paint shall be dry before loading for shipment. .4 Apply one coat of shop coat paint in the shop with the exception of: - 1 Surfaces which will receive a top coating, use shop prime paint CISC/CPMA 2-75, see Section 09911 for finish paint specification. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 11 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Galvanized members. .3 Members for which zinc-rich paint is specified. .4 Surfaces encased in or surfaces in contact with cast-in-place concrete including top flanges of beams supporting slabs. .5 Top flanges of composite beams with field welded shear connectors. .6 Surfaces and edges to be field welded for a distance of 50 mm from the joint. .7 Contact surfaces of friction type shear connections assembled with high-strength bolts. .8 Surfaces fireproofed by spraying. .5 Apply finish paint to architecturally exposed surfaces in accordance with Section 09911 - Interior Painting, and as indicated on the drawings. .6 Structural steel trade to apply touch up paint after erection to all areas which have been missed, scraped or chipped using the same paint as the shop coat or primer including bolts and welds preceded by thorough cleaning. Touch up zinc-rich painted and galvanized steel with two coats of zinc-rich paint. .11 EXPOSED STEEL .1 Conform to the requirements of the A.I.S.C. Specification for Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel and to the additional requirements given below when fabricating and erecting steel members which will remain permanently exposed to view. .2 Remove all imperfections which are unsightly from members permanently exposed to view. Remove mill and shop marks. .3 Provide continuous welding at exposed joints or fill between welds with an approved epoxy resin filler finished to the same profile as the adjacent weld. Joint shall be weathertight and suitable for painting. .4 Exposed welds shall be smooth. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 12 OF 18 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3. EXECUTION .1 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING WORK .1 Do not begin operations before making a thorough examination of existing conditions and the work of related trades. Report inconsistencies to the Consultant immediately. .2 COOPERATION .1 Assist the independent inspection and testing agency in its work. Provide all reasonable help. .2 Cooperate with all engaged on the work. Exchange with related trades shop drawings and other data required to coordinate and schedule the work. .3 Provide where shown or required, holes and copings for connection and clearance to the work of other trades. Show on shop drawings before submitting to Consultant. Keep the Consultant fully informed of all revisions. Holes in members shall not cause any appreciable reduction in strength unless approved by the Consultant. .4 Do not cut holes in the field unless size and location are approved by the Consultant in each case. Approved field cutting and welding shall be undertaken by the Structural Steel Trade. Unless necessary data are made available to the Structural Steel Trade at the time of preparation of shop drawings, the cost of consequent field cutting and reinforcing shall be charged to the Trade requesting it. .5 Supply and install framing around openings in steel roof deck greater than 430 mm across the flutes. .6 Provide 18 mm diameter holes to receive 16 mm bolts for securing wood framing and blocking. Space at 600 mm centres. Substitute 16 mm threaded studs with nuts in locations where appearance is a factor. .7 Maintain horizontal bracing and its connections below the level of steel deck or precast slabs so as not to interfere with their seating. .3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE .1 Take precautions necessary to protect the existing structure from damage. Be responsible for damage and claims for damage. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 13 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 DEMOLITION .1 Dismantle structural steel in the areas noted on the Drawings under the work of this Section, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 02222- Demolition of Structures. .5 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURE 1 Provide all structural steel erected in place required within the existing building. .2 Do all cutting of existing structural steel where indicated. Provide connections and extensions to existing steel as required. .3 Provide temporary shoring and bracing required for these operations. .4 Remove and dispose of from site existing steel which is dismantled but not designated for reuse. It shall become the property of the Contractor. .6 ERECTION .1 Carry out erection using only the forces of the steel fabricator. .2 Comply with the requirements of CSA Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1-94. .3 Submit a description of proposed erection methods and sequence to the Consultant if requested. .4 Make adequate provision for all loads acting on the structure during erection. Provide temporary bracing to keep the structure stable, plumb and in true alignment until the completion of masonry, and concrete work and the installation of floor and roof decks which together provide the permanent bracing. .5 Set column base plates on levelling screws or on steel shims to the required elevation ready for grouting. Remove shims after initial grouting and replace with grout. Levelling plates may be used under base plates not exceeding 300 mm in either dimension, provided the levelling plates are set with grout and are level to within 2 mm across the plate. Do not erect columns upon plates exceeding this tolerance. Lift base plates for inspection as directed. .6 Do not make permanent connections until as much of the structure as will be stiffened thereby has been properly aligned. .7 Report ill-fitting connections to the Consultant before taking corrective measures. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 14 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex i .8 Column ends at splices shall bear evenly with respect to the centroid of the contact area. At least 65 percent of the entire contact area shall be in full bearing and the separation of any remaining position shall not exceed 0.5 mm. .9 Take special care when connecting to concrete or masonry members to ensure that surfaces are not damaged by striking or during welding. Do not tighten machine bolts in concrete inserts to the point where the insert is disrupted and spalling results. Study poor fit-up of members carefully before proceeding. .10 Do not weld in an ambient temperature below-17 degrees C. Preheat material adjacent to welding areas when ambient temperature is between -17 degrees C and +4 degrees C. .11 Install sliding bearings in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .12 Erect architecturally exposed steel in accordance with the specified requirements for AISC Specification for Architecturally Exposed Steel. .13 install floor grating by welding at least four(4) bearing bars of each grating panel to every supporting steel beam unless otherwise noted. .7 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .1 Deliver products that are supplied under this section to those who are responsible for installation, to the place the General Contractor directs, and to meet installation schedule. .2 Steel is to be stored and protected as to prevent twisting, bending, finish damage, or other structural damage of members. Tag members to correlate with the erection drawings; tags to remain until work is completed and inspected. .8 TOLERANCES .1 Fabrication and erection tolerances shall meet the requirements of CSA . Standard CAN/CSA-S16.1-94. .2 In addition where glazing is attached directly to the steel frame,the maximum tolerance for any dimension affecting glazing shall be plus or Iminus 3 mm. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 15 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 GENERAL REVIEW DURING CONSTRUCTION .1 General Review during construction by the Consultant and the services of the independent inspection and testing agencies appointed by the Owner are undertaken so that the Owner may be informed in writing as to the quality of the Contractor's performance and for the protection of the Owner. They will be carried out by examination of representative samples of the work. The Contractor will receive copies of the construction review reports and the results of material tests. He will thereby be informed of deficiencies found together with recommendations for their correction. The provision of this information does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the Contract and he shall implement his own supervisory and quality control procedures. The Contractor shall bring to the attention of the Consultant any deficiencies in the Work which may occur during construction. The Consultant will decide upon corrective action and state his recommendations in writing. .10 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING .1 The work of this section will be subject to Independent Inspection and Testing as described under Section 01001 -General Requirements. Notify the Consultant and the Inspection and Testing Company in writing two weeks in advance of the date when the first work will be ready for inspection. .2 The inspection agency will be an organization certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA Standard W178-1996 for the test methods specified. .3 Assist the inspection agency in its work. Provide all reasonable help needed. Fabrication shall not commence until details of inspection have been worked out with the inspection agency. .4 Work will be inspected in the shop and when erected. Store fabricated members in the shop so that they are accessible for inspection. .5 The inspection agency will submit reports as per Section 01001. . .6 Inspection will include: 1 Checking that mill test reports are properly correlated to materials. .2 Ensuring that fabrication and erection procedures conform to the requirements of the Specification. STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 16 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Checking of welders' CWB Certification. .4 Checking fabricated members against specified member shapes. .5 Inspection of all welded connections including spot checking of joint preparation and fit-up. Including particularly splices in joist chords. Perform non-destructive testing of all splices in joist chords occurring within the central third of the span. .6 Checking of bolted joints. .7 Checking that tolerances are not exceeded during erection or during fit-up of field welded joints. .8 Inspection of field cutting and alteration. .9 Shop paint and field touch-up. .7 Arrange for the inspector to: 1 Be present during the welding of 25 percent of moment connections and 50 percent of butt welds in direct tension. .2 Start field inspection as soon as each section of the erection work is completed, plumbed and all bolts tightened. .8 The inspector will undertake non-destructive testing of welding in a representative 10 percent of welded connections and of all butt welds in direct tension. Results will be evaluated in accordance with CSA Standard W59. .9 The inspector will check high strength bolts in a representative 10 percent of bolted connections by torque testing each bolt. He will torque test 10 percent of the remaining bolts at random. All bolts will be checked by a tap of the hammer. He will remove nuts from 1 percent of all bearing bolts and check that thread is excluded from the shear planes. .11 REJECTED WORK .1 Do not deliver to the site materials which are known not to meet the requirements of the Specification. If rejected after delivery they shall be immediately removed. r r STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 17 OF 18 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .12 TYPICAL DETAILS 1 G.C.1.1.9.1 notwithstanding, conform to the requirement of Structural Typical Detail Sheets included on the Structural Drawings or attached to the end of this section unless the conditions are shown otherwise on the Structural Drawings, in which case the latter shall govern. END OF SECTION STRUCTURAL STEEL AND JOISTS 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05100 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 18 OF 18 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1. GENERAL .1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .1 Conform to the General Requirements and Special Conditions contained in Division 1. ■ .2 COORDINATION .1 Be responsible for the supply of all material and labour required for the completion of the Contract. Breakdown of work into units by trade is for guidance only and is not necessarily complete. .2 Work Under Other Sections: .1 Framing members for openings greater than 430 mm across the flutes. .2 Deck supports at columns. Steel plates for anchorage to walls. .3 Steel siding. .4 Finish painting of exposed steel deck to be as specified under Section 09911 - Interior Painting. .3 Supply and deliver the following to other Sections. .1 Glass fibre batts for acoustic deck. .4 Supply and install under this Section. .1 Steel roof deck. .2 Acoustic steel roof deck. ' .3 Holes for other trades. .4 Closures. .5 Hole and edge reinforcing welded to deck. .6 Hold down straps for wood blocking, field welded to deck. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 1 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 CASH ALLOWANCE .1 Cash allowance to cover the cost of specified independent inspection testing is specified in Division 1. .2 Allowance shall cover actual testing charges but not material,transportation, or labour costs which shall be paid by the Contractor. .3 Credit the Owner with unused portion of the allowance at termination of the Contract .4 BY-LAWS, CODES .1 Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, and The Occupational Health and Safety Act, latest edition and Regulations for Construction Projects. .2 Perform work of this section in conformance with the specified requirements of: CAN-S 136-94, Cold Formed Steel Structure members. Standard for Steel Roof Deck, CSSBI. CSA Standard W47.1-1983 Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures. .3 All documents shall be the current editions as amended at date of issue of , Contract Documents. .5 DESIGN .1 Design deck profiles in accordance with CSA Standard CAN3-S136-94 for indicated service loads including concentrated loads in accordance with OBC without exceeding allowable stresses and deflections. Minimum thicknesses and section depths are shown on the drawings, increased as required to meet final loading parameters. Ribs of 38 mm deep floor deck shall not be spaced at more than 150 mm centres. Loads shown on drawings are unfactored service loads unless otherwise noted. .2 Limit deflection of roof deck under total load to 1/240th of span, including ' construction loads and under live load to 1/360th of span. .3 Limit deflection of floor deck to 1/360th of span under superimposed load, including construction loads. .4 Make sections continuous over 3 spans or increase thickness of materials to give the equivalent stiffness and strength of a 3 span deck. .5 Design interlocking side lap connections to distribute vertical loads between panels and also to distribute horizontal loads when acting as a diaphragm. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 2 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Design composite deck sections in accordance with the OBC for the ' concrete strength indicated on Drawings. In the design of composite deck allow for loss of composite action at trench header duct location. .7 Design anchorage of roof deck to supports to resist gross uplift forces of 2.2 kN/m on cantilevers and 1.5 kN/m2 elsewhere, unless otherwise shown on drawings. Increase minimum welding specified under Erection if necessary. .6 SHOP DRAWINGS .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 - General Requirements. .2 Submit to the Consultant for review before the start of work, one (1) sepia print plus five(5)white prints of all erection and detail drawings covering the work. Each resubmission shall also consist of one (1) sepia and five (5) white prints. Leave room on drawings for the stamp of the Consultant. Check and sign before submission. ' .3 Show clearly on drawings material specifications, sheet lengths, local reinforcement,field welding,openings,layout of units,framing and supports, and accessories. All drawings shall carry the seal of a Registered Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario who shall be responsible for the design,fabrication and erection of the steel deck. .4 Review of shop drawings by the Consultant is a precaution against oversight or error. It is not a detailed check and must not be construed as relieving the Contractor of responsibility for making the work accurate and in conformity with the Contract Documents. Design of items for which the Contractor is responsible under the Contract will not be reviewed. Work done prior to receipt of the reviewed drawings will be at the risk of the Contractor. Review comments are not authorization for changes to the Contract price. .5 Provide the office preparing shop drawings with a complete set of Contract Drawings and Specifications plus all addenda and revisions. .6 Make corrections required by previous review before resubmitting drawings. Do not add new details to drawings which have been reviewed. .7 After review shop drawings will be returned to the Contractor stamped to show one of the following levels of acceptance: Reviewed - No Comments Noted - Make corrections noted. Submit final record print. Not Reviewed - Resubmit Correct and resubmit for review. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 3 OF 10 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Conform to the requirements of each authority that has reviewed the ' drawings. .8 Allow a reasonable length of time for drawing review when preparing the project schedule. Coordinate with Consultant. .9 Keep on site at all times a set of shop drawings bearing the review stamps of the Consultant and use only these Drawings and the Structural Drawings to erect steel deck. Neatly mark on the Structural Drawings revisions issued during the course of construction as soon as they are received. .7 QUALITY CONTROL ' .1 Before the start of fabrication, supply the Consultant and the inspection agency with mill test reports property correlated to the materials. The onus for proving the properties of the steel supplied rests with the Contractor. .2 Supply the Consultant at the completion of erection with an affidavit stating that materials and products conform to the requirements of this Specification. .8 QUALIFICATIONS .1 Welding shall be performed by firms fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau under the requirements of CSA Standards W47.1-1992 and W55.3- 1965. .2 Each welder must also be able to furnish proof of experience in the welding of sheet metal. .3 Welders shall be qualified by the Canadian Welding Bureau for deck welding. .9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS .1 Make all field measurements necessary to ensure the proper fit of all members. .2 Identify main shop drawing dimensions which have been obtained by field measurement. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 4 OF 10 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 2. PRODUCTS .1 MATERIALS ' .1 Steel deck shall be formed from sheet steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M and CSA-S136-94 with a base steel nominal thickness not less than noted on the drawings, 0.76 mm minimum, and a minimum zinc coating conforming to designation ZF075. .2 Steel roof deck shall conform to CSSBI Standard 1 OM-96"Standard for Steel Roof Deck". .3 Steel deck specified as galvanized to have a minimum zinc coating conforming to designation 2275. ' .4 Zinc-rich paint: CAN/CGSB-1.181. Coat thickness one mil. minimum. Galvafroid by W.R. Meadows of Canada or equal. .5 Glass fibre insulation: Density 0.172 kN/m3 shaped to profile of flutes. .6 Sheet metal accessories of same material and finish as deck, and of thickness not less than 1.22 mm. .2 ACOUSTIC DECK ' .1 Meet the requirements which follow in addition to the other requirements of this Section. ' .2 Provide 3 mm diameter holes on 10 mm staggered centres in a continuous band on all vertical ribs. Obtain a noise reduction coefficient of 0.7. .3 Supply glass fibre insulation for installation by the Roofing Trade. Insulation ' shall fill all flutes in the top of the deck. .3 ACCESSORIES .1 Provide all required closures, reinforcing sheet steel plates and flashing. ' .4 CLOSURES .1 Provide fitted steel closures to fill hollow spaces between webs immediately I above beams, partitions and walls transverse to deck when a ceiling is not specified. Where deck is continuous over support provide closures on each side and pack between closures with glass fibre insulation. Where deck span is parallel to walls and partitions,install steel flashings to provide a neat juncture. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 5 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Provide both interior and exteriorfitted steel closures where deck cantilevers ' over exterior walls. Pack between closures with glass fibre insulation. .5 FABRICATION .1 Conform to CSA Standard CAN3-S136-94. .2 Fabricate sections from steel sheets by rolling. Form integral ribs which will ' bear on supports and form interlocking male and female side laps. .3 Spot weld together upper and lower elements assembled into a cellular unit so as to develop the full horizontal shear along the length of the interface. .4 Conform to CSA Standards W59-1989 and W55.3-1965 respectively for arc and resistance welding. .5 Fabricate steel deck which forms a part of a required fire rated system exactly as specified in Underwriters' Laboratories test design specification that validates required rating. r STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 6 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3. EXECUTION .1 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING WORK/DELIVERY/STORAGE/HANDLING ' .1 Do not begin operations before making a thorough examination of existing conditions and the work of related trades. Report inconsistencies to the Consultant immediately. ' .2 Ship, store and install steel deck to prevent damage top the finish, denting, deformation and rusting by both careful handling and physical protection. Replace damaged deck. .3 Store deck in stacks raised clear of ground,with panels separated by wood blocking, covered with waterproof material leaving space for air circulation and tilted to drain water. .4 Secure loose bundles of deck in place, tie to ensure-stability against wind uplift. Do not stack on structure that would exceed weight allowance of supporting components. .2 COOPERATION .1 Cooperate with all engaged on the work. Exchange with related trades shop drawings and other data required to coordinate and schedule the work. Notify other trades as to when items which are to be installed by them are to ' be set and protect these items after installation. .2 Cut and reinforce openings required by other trades. .3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE 1 Take precautions necessary to protect the existing structure from damage. Be responsible for damage and claims for damage. i .4 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING STRUCTURE .1 Provide all metal decking erected in place required within the existing building. .2 Provide connections and extensions to existing steel deck as required. .3 Remove from the site steel deck which is dismantled but not designated for re-use. ' STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 7 OF 10 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 ERECTION ' 1 Cary out erection using only the forces of the steel deck fabricator unless written permission is obtained from the Consultant to sublet the work. .2 Align deck end to end for accurate fit with corresponding sections. Ensure , that sections are parallel, even and straight. .3 Weld deck to supports at all bearing points with 20 mm diameter fusion welds in alternate flutes,unless otherwise noted on drawings. Staggerwelds along flanges of supporting members to the maximum obtainable by the width of the flange. Place one weld each side of side lap,in each flute where side lap is made. Practise welds to be made prior to actual job welding to check adequacy of the welding rod amperage and bum off rate necessary to produce satisfactory fusion for the welds required. Pry test to demonstrate metal to metal fusion. .4 When fastening deck to sloping members or members less than 3mm thick ' use drilled fasteners. If fasteners not specified, supply proposed fastener manufacturer's technical specifications during shop drawing review process for Consultant's review. As a minimum use 6mm diameter cadmium plated, ' self drilling screws with 20mm washer every second flute. For fastening sheathing to deck use low profile or bugle head type screws. .5 Locate a rib of deck directly over steel beams and perimeter angles spanning , parallel to deck and at same elevation as deck support. Weld deck to beam or angle at 450 mm centres. .6 Make end laps over supports lapping not less than 50 mm. Connect male and female side laps by welding or mechanically interlocking at not more than 600 mm centres unless otherwise noted. .7 Protect members supporting deck from damage when deck is welded in place. Report damage to the trade that has provided the member and establish a procedure for repair or replacement. Obtain the Consultant's approval before starting remedial measures. .8 Inspect all surfaces of deck after erection and touch up with zinc-rich paint where protective coating has been scratched or damaged. .6 OPENINGS 1 Cut and reinforce openings indicated where not more than 2 vertical webs are removed. .2 Openings up to 150 mm wide across the flutes require no reinforcing. ' Minimum clear distance between unreinforced openings shall be 600 mm. STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 8 OF 10 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Reinforce roof openings 150 to 300 mm wide across the flutes. Use 55 x 55 x 6 mm angle under the flutes at each end of the opening. Extend across at least three flutes on each side. For openings over 300 to 430 mm across the flutes, provide suitable reinforcement based on a structural analysis of the ' loads involved. Roof openings larger than 430 mm wide across the flutes will be framed by the Structural Steel Trade. .7 SUPPORT AT COLUMNS 1 Cut deck to fit around columns. Support for deck will be provided by the ' Structural Steel Trade. .8 EXPOSED DECK .1 Exercise particular care in erection of exposed deck. Sections which are dented, damaged or perforated by welding will be rejected. r .9 GENERAL REVIEW OF CONSTRUCTION .1 General review of construction by the Consultant is a precaution against oversight or error. It does not relieve the Contractor of his contractual responsibilities. ' .10 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AND TESTING .1 The Owner will appoint an independent inspection and testing agency. ' Notify the Consultant two weeks in advance of the date when the first work will be ready for inspection. .2 The cost of inspection shall be paid from the Cash Allowance as specified ' under Section 01001 -General Requirements. .3 Assist the agency in its work. Provide all reasonable help. .4 Work will be inspected when erected. .5 The inspection agency will submit reports to the Consultant, and the Contractor covering the work inspected and will include details of errors and deficiencies discovered. .6 Inspection will include checking: .1 Correlation of mill test reports with materials. .2 Welders' CWB certification. ' .3 Deck profiles and thicknesses. .4 Welding and crimping. ' STEEL DECK 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 9 OF 10 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Installation of closures and stiffeners. .11 REJECTED WORK .1 Do not deliver to the site materials which are known not to meet the requirements of the Specification. If rejected after delivery they shall be immediately removed. .12 CLEAN UP .1 Remove rubbish and surplus materials leaving the work clean and ready for the Trades that follow. .2 Remove oil and grease films from faces of deck exposed to view that are to be painted. .13 TYPICAL DETAILS .1 G.C.1.1.9.1 notwithstanding,conform to the requirement of Structural Typical Detail Sheets included on the Structural Drawings or attached to the end of this section unless the conditions are shown otherwise on the Structural Drawings, in which case the latter shall govern. END OF SECTION ' i 1 STEEL DECK , 23, March, 2001 SECTION 05300 FRANK ANREP &ASSOCIATES LTD. PAGE 10 OF 10 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 05500— METAL FABRICATIONS 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions 1 .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures. ' .2 Section 04080 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors. .3 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry .4 Section 09911 Interior Painting. ' .5 Section 09912 Exterior Painting .3 Coordination and Responsibility .1 Items specified under this section shall be under the direct control of the General Contractor, who shall be responsible for fabrication and installation of same, unless otherwise indicated. ' .4 Examination .1 GC 1.1.9 notwithstanding, the items listed in this section shall not be considered to represent a complete list of all metal fabrications or miscellaneous metal items. Thorough scrutiny of the drawings shall be ' done to obtain a complete list of all items, quantities, dimensions and finishes required. .5 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Indicate materials, core thicknesses, finishes, connections, joints, method of anchorage, number of anchors, supports, reinforcement, details, and accessories. .6 Protection ' 1 Cover exposed stainless steel surfaces with pressure sensitive heavy protection paper or apply strippable plastic coating, before shipping to job ' site. ' METAL FABRICATIONS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 05500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning of building. Provide instructions for removal of protective covering. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Steel sections and plates: to CAN/CSA-G40.21, Grade 300W. .2 Welding materials: to CSA W59. ' .3 Welding electrodes: to CSA W48 Series. .4 Bolts and anchorbolts: to ASTM A307. .5 Grout: non-shrink, non-metallic, flowable, 24h, MPa 15, pull-out strength 7.9 MPa. , .6 Mill steel: to ASTM 283. .7 Bituminous paint: best grade, quick drying asphalt utility enamel. r .2 Fabrication .1 Workmanship shall be the best grade of modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturers specializing in this work. Joints and intersecting members shall be accurately fitted, made in true planes, with ' adequate fastening. Build-in and erect work plumb, true, square, straight, level, accurate to dimensions and sizes indicated, free from distortion or defects detrimental, in the sole judgement of the Consultant, to appearance and/or performance. .2 Use self-tapping shake-proof flat, round or oval headed screws on items , requiring assembly by screws or as indicated. .3 Where possible, fit and shop assemble work, ready for erection. Where , shop fabrication is not possible, make trial assembly in shop. .4 Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or , grind exposed welds smooth and flush. Welding is to conform to the requirements of CSA W59 and to be done by a fabricator fully approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau to the requirements of CSA specification 47. , .3 Finishes .1 Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to ' CAN/CSA-G164. .2 After fabrication, clean, scrape and remove rust, mill scale, grease or other extraneous material. METAL FABRICATIONS , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 05500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Shop coat primer: to CAN/CGSB specifications 1-GP-406. .4 Finish Painting: refer to Section 09911 Interior Painting, Section 09912 Exterior Painting and the drawings for schedule and specifications. .5 Bituminous paint: to CAN/CGSB-1.108. ' .4 Isolation Coating .1 Insulate materials, where necessary, to prevent electrolysis due to metal to metal contact, or metal to masonry or concrete. Use bituminous paint, butyl tape, building paper or other approved means. ' .5 Shop Painting .1 Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with exception of ' galvanized or concrete encased items. Work paint into corners and open spaces and deliver work to site with primer undamaged, to satisfaction of Painter. ' .2 Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is ' lower than 7°C. .3 Clean surfaces to be field welded; do not paint. 1 .6 Anchor Bolts .1 Provide miscellaneous size steel anchor bolts as required for fastening blocking plates, etcetera, as indicated. .7 Angle Lintels ' .1 Supply all necessary loose steel angle lintels for masonry openings. Refer to the structural drawings and/or specifications for sizes, locations ' and finishes. .8 Roof Ladder 1 .1 Supply steel ladder, for installation at the metal clad wall between the high and low roofs, as shown on the drawings. .2 Colour to be QC 6090 HMP Ivory, to match the adjacent metal wall cladding. .9 Support Rails for Light Reflector Discs .1 To be continuous HSS 51 mm x 76 mm x 4.6 mm. .2 Light support angle to be L35 mm x 35 mm x 4.0 mm, steel. METAL FABRICATIONS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 05500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 To receive finish paint as specified under Section 09911 Interior Painting. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Erection .1 Do welding work in accordance with CSA W59 unless specified ' otherwise. .2 Erect metalwork square, plumb, straight, and true, accurately fitted, with , tight joints and intersections. .3 Provide suitable means of anchorage acceptable to Consultant such as ' dowels, anchor clips, bar anchors, expansion bolts and shields, and toggles. .4 Exposed fastening devices to match finish and be compatible with ' material through which they pass. .5 Provide components for building by other sections in accordance with , shop drawings and schedule. .6 Make field connections with bolts to CAN/CSA-S16.1, or weld. , .7 Hand items over for casting into concrete or building into masonry to appropriate trades together with setting templates. , .8 Touch-up rivets, field welds, bolts and burnt or scratched surfaces after completion of erection with primer. .9 Touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer where burned by field welding. .2 Fastenings ' .1 Supply all fastenings, anchors and accessories required for fabrication ' and erection of this work. .2 Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of the same material, texture, colour and finish as the base metal on which they occur. .3 Exposed fastenings shall be kept to a minimum, be evenly spaced and neatly laid out. , 4 - Fastenings shall be of a permanent type: wood plugs are not permitted. END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 05500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 06100— ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. 1 .2 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier. .3 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation. 1 .4 Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing. .5 Section 09300 Cement Board .6 Section 10500 Plastic Laminated Wood Lockers. .7 Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment. .3 Quality Assurance ' .1 Lumber identification: by grade stamp of an agency certified by Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board. ' .2 Plywood identification: by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA standards. ' .4 Cooperation .1 Attend other trades, do rough and fine cuttings, make good carpentry ' work as may be required. .2 Give painter sufficient notice so that untreated or unprimed carpentry items or materials shall be primed immediately upon delivery to the site. .3 Strapping for Saunas to meet specific requirements of Section 13052 ' Saunas and Equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 General 1 All materials shall be straight, new, dry and clean, properly sized and ' shaped to correct dimensions from nominal sizes noted on drawings. ' ROUGH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06100 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Lumber Material , .1 Lumber: unless specified otherwise, Spruce species, Grade No.2, with maximum moisture content 19% or less at time of installation, conforming ' to the following standards: .1 CAN/CSA-0141. , .2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .2 Furring, blocking, nailing strips, grounds, rough bucks, cants, curbs, ' fascia backing, strapping and sleepers: .1 Merchantable spruce. ' .2 Board sizes: "Standard" or better grade. .3 Dimension sizes: "Standard" light framing or better grade. ' .4 Post and timbers sizes: "Standard" or better grade. ' .3 Panel Materials .1 Hardwood plywood: to CSA 0115, standard construction, 20 mm ' Architectural grade A Birch plywood selected rotary cut face veneer, free from dark or heat streaks. .4 Temporary Hoarding .1 As required by the local authorities having jurisdiction. ' .5 Accessories .1 Supply rough hardware such as nails, bolts, nuts, washers, lags, pins, ' screws and the like, including hardware for temporary enclosures as required for a complete job. , .2 Nails, spikes and staples: to CSA B111, galvanized for exterior work, plain elsewhere. Nailing of framing, unless otherwise noted, shall conform to Ontario Building Code tables 9.23.3A and 9.23.3B. .3 Bolts: 12.5 mm diameter unless indicated otherwise, complete with nuts and washers. ' .6 Finishes .1 Galvanizing: to CAN/CSA-G164, use galvanized fasteners for exterior i work. ROUGH CARPENTRY , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06100 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .7 Wood Preservative .1 Surface-applied wood preservative: to conform to CANfCSA-080 Series. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 General Workmanship .1 Construct all carpentry work as detailed. Where not detailed, work shall be done in accordance with the best standard practice. ' .2 Accurately fit joints and intersecting members in true planes with adequate fastenings. Locate joints over bearing or supporting surfaces. ' .3 Fabricate and erect work square, plumb, straight and true. ' .4 Set and fill nail heads occurring in exposed carpentry work. .5 Sand and remove marks or scrapes from all exposed wood surfaces. ' .2 Preparation .1 Treat surfaces of material with wood preservative, before installation. .2 Apply preservative by dipping, or by brush to completely saturate and maintain wet film on surface for minimum 3 minute soak on lumber and one minute soak on plywood. .3 Re-treat surfaces exposed by cutting, trimming or boring with liberal brush application of preservative before installation. .4 Treat material as follows: ' .1 Wood cants, fascia backing, curbs, nailers, sleepers on roof deck. .2 Wood furring and blocking used on exterior masonry and concrete walls. .3 Installation .1 Work according to the best standard practice in accordance with the Ontario Building Code supplemented by the following paragraphs. .2 Install members true to line, levels and elevations, square and plumb. .3 Construct continuous members from pieces of longest practical length. ' .4 Install spanning members with "crown-edge" up. .5 Blocking, grounds, strapping, rough bucks, anchors and other fastenings indicated shall not be regarded as exact or complete. Location and ' ROUGH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06100 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington r Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex method of securing these pieces is at option of Contractor. Provide ' adequate fastenings. Erect as required or indicated to provide true, plumb, rigid, secure and adequate supports. All joints shall occur over bearing or solid backing. ' .6 Fastening to solid masonry, brick or concrete surfaces shall be with expansion shields and lag screws. Where screws are required, use lead ' or inorganic fibre plugs. Wood or organic plugs are not permitted. .7 Install furring and blocking as required to space-out and support ' casework, cabinets, wall and ceiling finishes, facings, fascia, soffit, siding and other work as required. .8 Align and plumb faces of furring and blocking to tolerance of 1:600. ' .9 Install rough bucks, nailers and linings to rough openings as required to provide backing for frames and other work. , .10 Install wood cants, fascia backing, nailers, curbs and other wood supports as required and secure using galvanized steel fasteners. ' .11 install wood backing, dressed, tapered and recessed slightly below top surface of roof insulation for roof hopper. , .12 Install wood strapping in saunas walls and ceilings to metal studs (specified under Section 09300 Cement Board) at 400 mm oc. .4 Erection .1 Frame, anchor, fasten, tie and brace members to provide necessary strength and rigidity. .2 Countersink bolts where necessary to provide clearance for other work. ' .5 Schedules .1 Provide electrical equipment backboards for mounting electrical equipment as indicated. Use 19 mm thick plywood on 19 x 38 mm furring around spacing perimeter and at maximum 300 mm intermediate ' END OF SECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06100 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 06200— FINISH CARPENTRY 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Sections .1 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications. .2 Section 06666 Plastic Laminates. .3 Section 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware. ' .4 Section 08800 Glazing. ' .5 Section 09911 Interior Painting. .6 Section 10500 Plastic Laminated Lockers. .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General ' Requirements. .2 Indicate details of construction, profiles, jointing, fastening and other related details. .3 Indicate all materials, thicknesses, finishes and hardware. ' .4 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies .1 Wood fire rated frames and panels: listed and labeled by an organization ' accredited by Standards Council of Canada in conformance with CAN4 S104M and CAN4 S105M for ratings specified or indicated. .5 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 Protect materials against dampness during and after delivery. ' _.2 Store materials in ventilated areas, protected from extreme changes of temperature or humidity. ' .6 Cooperation .1 Attend other trades, do rough and fine cuttings, make good carpentry ' work as may be required. ' FINISH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE i OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Give painter sufficient notice so that untreated or unprimed carpentry ' items or materials shall be primed immediately upon delivery to the site. .3 Finish Carpentry for the Saunas specified under Section 13052 Saunas ' and Equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Lumber Material .1 Softwood lumber: select grade red cedar with preservative treatment by ' pressure impregnation to CAN/CSA-080 Series and in accordance with following standards: .1 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .2 Maximum moisture content 19% at time of installation. ' .2 Panel Material .1 New millwork to be constructed of kiln-dried material to a range of 5%to , 10% moisture content. .2 Douglas fir plywood (DFP): 15 mm tongue and groove to CSA 0121, ' standard construction. .3 Hardwood plywood: 20 mm Architectural grade A Birch, selected rotary ' cut face veneer, free of dark or heat stains, to CSA 0115. .4 Medium density fibreboard (MDF): to ANSI A208.2, density 769 kg/m3, to , thicknesses indicated. .5 Melamine overlaid panelboards: .1 Melamine overlay, heat and pressure laminated with phenolic resin to MDF core. ' .2 Overlay bonded to both faces where exposed two sides, and when panel material requires surface on one side only, reverse ' side to be overlaid with plain (buff) balancing sheet. .3 Edge finishing: matching melamine and polyester overlay edge strip with self-adhesive. ' .3 Trim .1 To be fabricated from MDF for paint finish. ' FINISH CARPENTRY ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 7 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .4 Accessories .1 Nails and staples: to CSA B111; galvanized to CAN/CSA-G164 for ' exterior work, interior humid areas and for treated lumber; plain finish elsewhere. .2 Wood screws: to CSA B35.4 plain, type and size to suit application. .3 Adhesive: as recommended by manufacturer. .5 Finishes .1 Galvanizing: to CAN/CSA-G164. Use galvanized fasteners for exterior work, unless otherwise indicated. .6 Wood Preservative ' .1 Unless otherwise indicated, surface-applied wood preservative to conform to CAN/CSA-080 Series, applied before installation. 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 General .1 Do finish carpentry to Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC), except where specified otherwise. .2 Construct all carpentry as indicated and detailed. Where not detailed, ' work shall be done in accordance with best standard practice and to satisfaction of Consultant. .3 Do not commence finish carpentry work in areas where adjacent materials are not thoroughly dry. .4 Scribe and cut as required, fit to abutting walls, and surfaces, fit properly ' into recesses and to accommodate piping, columns, fixtures, outlets, or other projecting, intersecting or penetrating objects. .5 Fabricate and erect work square, plumb, straight and true. .6 Set and fill nail holes occurring in exposed work. t .7 Form joints to conceal shrinkage. ' .8 Provide secure area for proper receipt and storage of finishing hardware. Replace lost, stolen or damaged items. Set, fit, adjust and clean hardware according to manufacturer's directions. Hardware shall operate freely. Protect installed items from damage and paint spotting. A copy of the finished hardware schedule shall be kept on site for reference by the Consultant and the Owner. ' FINISH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Refer to Drawings for wood finishes. ' .2 Construction .1 Fastening. ' .1 Position items of finished carpentry work accurately, level, plumb, true and fasten or anchor securely. .2 Design and select fasteners to suit size and nature of components being joined. Use proprietary devices as recommended by manufacturer. .3 Set finishing nails to receive filler. Where screws are used to ' secure members, countersink screw in round cleanly cut hole and plug with wood plug to match material being secured. .4 Replace items of finish carpentry with damage to wood surfaces ' including hammer and other bruises. .2 Fitments and Joinery ' .1 Work shall be assembled at the shop so far as is practical and delivered to the site ready for installation. When necessary, cut and fit on the job. Materials shall be made with allowances for cutting. .2 Machine assemblies shall be joined with glue and, where ' practical, secured with concealed screw nails. All joints, where practical, shall be coped and butted, done accurately and neatly to ' conform to indicated details, be inconspicuous as possible, made flush, tight and square. Prominent joints are not permitted. .3 No end grain shall be exposed on any finished surface. Glue solid ' wood to plywood edges. Loose shelves are to be finished in this manner on all four sides. ' .4 Unless otherwise specified or indicated, finished work shall be blind nailed where possible. .5 Scribing, mitering and jointing shall be done accurately and neatly to conform to indicated details. Cope trim on all inside corners. .6 Fit, hardware, shelving, et cetera, accurately. Adjustable shelf hardware to be let into gables. .5 Paneling. ' .1 Secure paneling using adhesive recommended for purpose by ' manufacturer. Fill nail holes caused by temporary fixing with filler matching wood in colour. FINISH CARPENTRY , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 7 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1 .2 Secure paneling using concealed fasteners. .3 Install as indicated and in locations indicated. .4 Plastic laminate faces and edges shall be installed as specified under Section 06666— Plastic Laminates, as indicated. .5 Mirrors shall be installed as specified under Section 08800— Glazing, as indicated. .7 Shower Benches .1 Supply and install cedar shower benches as indicated. .8 Vanity Counters, Grooming Counters and Testing Room Counter .1 Supply and install vanity counters and splashbacks as indicated. .2 Plastic laminate face shall be installed as specified under Section 06666— Plastic Laminates, as indicated. Plastic laminate finish is required to bottom edge of counter face and top edge of splashbacks. .9 Reception Desk and Table .1 Supply and install Reception Desk and Table as indicated, complete with plastic laminated exteriors and melamine overlaid panelboard interiors. .2 Plastic laminate face shall be installed as specified under Section 06666 — Plastic Laminates, as indicated. .10 Hanging Rod and Shelf .1 Supply and install a hanging rod and shelf as indicated. .2 Plastic laminate face shall be installed as specified under Section 06666 — Plastic Laminates, as indicated. .11 Window Sills .1 Supply and install window sills and aprons on interior at windows as indicated. To be 19 mm fir plywood, with plastic laminate face installed as specified under Section 06666— Plastic Laminates, as indicated. .2 Install as indicated. Note that at all bullnose corners, the sills are to be fitted neatly around the bullnose on each side of window opening. FINISH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .12 Light Reflecting Discs , .1 Supply and install light reflecting discs as indicated, fabricated from 2 melamine overlaid panelboards, laminated, with overlay on exposed faces only. .2 Install to HSS specified under Section 05500— Metal Fabrications using bent steel U-brackets fixed in place with self-tapping screws. .13 Grooming Station Bulkheads .1 Supply and install bulkheads at Grooming Stations as indicated. .2 Plastic laminate face to be installed as specified under Section 06666— Plastic Laminates, as indicated. .14 Doors .1 Install all doors, specified under Division 8— Doors and Windows, as indicated, in locations as indicated, and as follows: .1 Hang on 1-1/2 pair butts. .2 Hang to swing shut with 1.5 mm clearance at head and jambs, and 0.476 mm clearance at threshold unless otherwise indicated. .3 Exterior doors to be weather-stripped. .4 Interior doors to receive smoke seals where indicated. .5 Cut, fit and secure all hardware using templates specified under Section 08710— Door Hardware. .15 Locker Valences: .1 Supply and install valences above lockers in Men's Locker Room 10 and Women's Locker Room 27, to be fabricated from MDF, to receive paint finish in accordance with Section 09911 Interior Painting. .16 Standing and running trim . _ .1 Butt and cope internal joints of trim to make snug, tight, joint. Cut right angle joints of casing and trim with mitred joints. .2 Fit backs of trim and casing snugly to wall surface to eliminate ' cracks at junction of trim and casing with walls. .3 Make joints, where necessary, using a 45° scarfe type joint. FINISH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Install in locations indicated. .17 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware .1 Install all cabinet and miscellaneous hardware specified under Section 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware. .3 Completion and Adjusting 1 Upon completion of all work in the building, all carpentry shall be checked jcarefully for defects. All working parts shall be adjusted and refinished as required. .2 Sand and remove all marks or scrapes from all exposed wood surfaces. .3 Thoroughly clean and polish all related hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions, and to satisfaction of Consultant. END OF SECTION 1 FINISH CARPENTRY 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06200 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 06666— PLASTIC LAMINATES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. .3 Closeout Submittals .1 Provide maintenance data for laminate work for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. .4 Storage and Protection .1 Maintain relative humidity between 25 and 60% at 22°C during storage and installation. .2 Store materials and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .5 Exception .1 This Section does not specify plastic laminates for either the toilet partitions or the lockers. Please refer to Section 10170 and Section 10500 respectively for the plastic laminates required thereunder. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Standard grade plastic laminate as follows: .1 P.lam-1: Colorcore White, 949-C, Matte Finish as manufactured by Formica. .2 P.lam-2: Octolam 373, as manufactured by Octopus Products Limited (required in postformable grade also). .3 P.lam-3: Summerflame 86622, Matte Finish, as manufactured by Formica. .4 P.lam-4: Octolux 80, as manufactured by Octopus Products Limited. .2 Laminated plastic adhesive: urea resin adhesive to CSA 0112.5. PLASTIC LAMINATES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06666 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Sealer: water resistant sealer or glue acceptable to laminate manufacturer. .4 Sealants: as recommended by laminate manufacturer. .5 Draw bolts and splines: as recommended by fabricator. .2 Fabrication .1 Refer to Room Finish Schedule on drawings and to Section 06200 — Finish Carpentry for specific locations of plastic laminates specified. .2 Comply with CANS-A172, Appendix 'A'. .3 Obtain governing dimensions before fabricating items which are to accommodate or abut appliances, equipment and other materials. .4 Ensure adjacent parts of continuous laminate work match in colour and pattern. .5 Veneer laminated plastic to core material in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. Ensure core and laminate profiles coincide to provide continuous support and bond over entire surface. Use continuous lengths up to 2400 mm. Keep joints 600 mm from sink cutouts. .6 Use straight self-edging laminate strip for flatwork to cover exposed edge of core material. Chamfer exposed edges uniformly at approximately 20 degrees. Do not mitre laminate edges. .7 Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of core of plastic laminate work. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Plastic laminate work shall be done by a skilled tradesman in the shop of a recognized company specializing in this work. Bond plastic laminate to 20 mm thick, 7 ply fir core, poplar faced phenolic bonded plywood. .2 Refer to drawings for details of plastic laminate requirements for vanity counters, kitchen counters, desks and window sills. 3 Install work plumb, true and square, neatly scribed to adjoining surfaces. .4 Make allowances around perimeter where fixed objects pass through or project into laminated plastic work to permit normal movement without restriction. .5 Use draw bolts and splines in countertop joints. Maximum spacing 450 mm oc, 75 mm from edge. Make flush hairline joints. PLASTIC LAMINATES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06666 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Provide cutouts for inserts, grilles, appliances, outlet boxes and other penetrations. Round internal corners, chamfer edges and seal exposed core. .7 At junction of laminated plastic counter back splash and adjacent wall finish, apply small bead of sealant. .8 Fasten work in an approved manner by concealed means. .2 Protection .1 Protect installed laminated surfaces by approved means. Do not remove until immediately before final inspection .3 Guarantee .1 Guarantee plastic laminate work against delamination or warpage for a period of two (2) years. END OF SECTION i' PLASTIC LAMINATES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 06666 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07160—SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related work .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. .2 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .3 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation .4 Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment .3 Exception .1 The work, materials and methods of this section do not cover the vapour barrier for the flat roof. The vapour barrier for the flat roof is specified under Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing. .4 Job Mock-Up .1 Submit mock-ups in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Construct mock-up of sheet vapour barrier installation including one lap joint, one inside corner and at one electrical box. Mock-up may be part of finished work. .3 Allow 48 h for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with vapour barrier work. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Sheet Vapour Barrier .1 In Saunas: bright aluminum 95% reflective foil, to CAN/CGSB-51.33, Type 1, laminated with asphalt adhesive to one side of kraft paper. 2 - In all other areas: polyethylene film to CAN/CGSB-51.34, 0.15 mm thick. .2 Accessories .1 Joint sealing tape: air resistant pressure sensitive adhesive tape, type recommended by vapour barrier manufacturer, 50 mm wide for lap joints and perimeter seals, 25 mm wide elsewhere. SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07160 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Sealants: Type 4 as specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .3 Staples: minimum 6 mm leg. .4 Moulded box vapour barrier: factory-moulded polyethylene box for use r� with recessed electric switch and outlet device boxes. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Ensure services are installed and inspected prior to installation of barrier. .2 Install sheet vapour barrier, where indicated, to form continuous barrier. .3 In Saunas: install vapour barrier to cold side of wood strapping prior to installation of cedar lining to form continuous barrier. .4 Use sheets of largest practical size to minimize joints. .5 Inspect for continuity. Repair punctures and tears with sealing tape before work is concealed. .2 Exterior Surface Openings .1 Cut sheet vapour retarder to form openings and ensure material is lapped and sealed to frame. .3 Perimeter Seals .1 Seal perimeter of sheet vapour barrier as follows: .1 Apply continuous bead of sealant to substrate at perimeter of sheets. .2 Lap sheet over sealant and press into sealant bead. •3 P 9 PP Install staples through lapped sheets at sealant bead into wood substrate. .4 Ensure that no gaps exist in sealant bead. Smooth out folds and ripples occurring in sheet over sealant. •.4. Lap Joint Seals .1 Seal lap joints of sheet vapour barrier as follows: .1 Attach first sheet to substrate. .2 Apply continuous bead of sealant over solid backing at joint. SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER" 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07160 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Lap adjoining sheet minimum 150 mm and press into sealant bead. .4 Install staples through lapped sheets at sealant bead into wood substrate. .5 Ensure that no gaps exist in sealant bead. Smooth out folds and ripples occurring in sheet over sealant. .5 Electrical Boxes .1 Seal electrical switch and outlet device boxes that penetrate vapour barrier as follows: .1 Install moulded box vapour barrier. .2 Apply sealant to seal edges of flange to main vapour barrier and seal wiring penetrations through box cover. END OF SECTION SHEET VAPOUR BARRIER 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07160 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07212— RIGID INSULATION 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier .3 Section 07272 Air Barriers .4 Division 15— Insulation for mechanical work .3 Exception .1 The work, materials and methods of this section do not cover the rigid insulation for the flat roof. The rigid insulation for the flat roof is specified under Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Insulation .1 Cavity Wall Insulation: .1 Extruded polystyrene: to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, Type III, thickness as indicated, square edges. .1 Acceptable material: Styrofoam Cavitymate, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Canada Inc. .2 Perimeter Insulation. .1 Extruded polystyrene: to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, Type III, thickness as indicated, square edges. .1 Acceptable material: Styrofoam SM, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Canada Inc. .2 Adhesive .1 As recommended for each type of insulation by that manufacturer. Remove excess adhesive or other matter caused by work of this section, from all exposed surfaces. RIGID INSULATION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07212 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Accessories .1 Insulation clips: impale type, perforated 50 x 50 mm cold rolled carbon steel 0.8 mm thick, adhesive back, spindle of 2.5 mm diameter annealed steel, length to suit insulation, 25 mm diameter washers of self locking type and as recommended for each type of insulation by that manufacturer. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Workmanship .1 Install insulation after building substrate materials are dry. .2 Install insulation to maintain continuity of thermal protection to building elements and spaces. .3 Fit insulation tight around electrical boxes, plumbing pipes and ducts, around exterior doors and windows and other protrusions. .5 Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Offset vertical joints. Use only insulation boards free from chipped or broken edges. Use largest possible dimensions to reduce number of joints. .6 Offset both vertical and horizontal joints in multiple layer applications. .7 Do not enclose insulation until it has been inspected and approved by Consultant. .2 Examination .1 Examine substrates and immediately inform Consultant in writing of defects. .2 Prior to commencement of work ensure: .1 Substrates are firm, straight, smooth, dry, free of snow, ice or frost, and clean of dust and debris. .3 Rigid Insulation Installation .1 Install polystyrene insulation boards on outer surface of inner wythe of wall cavity. .2 - Fully Butt joints by applying adhesive to edges of insulation board to provide a full and continuous seal. .4 Perimeter Foundation Insulation .1 Interior application: extend boards vertically below bottom of finish floor slab as indicated, installed on inside face of perimeter foundation walls. RIGID INSULATION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07212 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Exterior application: extend boards below finish grade as indicated. Install on exterior face of perimeter foundation wall with adhesive. .3 Under slab application: extend boards in from perimeter foundation wall as indicated. Lay boards on level compacted fill. END OF SECTION RIGID INSULATION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07212 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07213— BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .2 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier .3 Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment .4 Division 15 Insulation for mechanical work .3 References .1 CSA A101 Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Insulation .1 Flexibatt (Batt) as manufactured by Roxul Inc., 89 mm thickness, having an R-12 insulation rating, for installation at the Saunas. .2 AFB (Acoustical Batt), non-combustive, moisture resistant stone wool insulation as manufactured by Roxul Inc., or approved equal, for use in the 1.0 hr fire rated gypsum partition wall between Treatment Room 06 and Fitness Gym 09. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Insulation Installation .1 Install insulation to walls and ceilings of Saunas as indicated. .2 Install using friction fit. .3 Fit insulation closely around electrical boxes, pipes, ducts, frames and other objects in or passing through insulation. .4 Do not compress insulation to fit into spaces. .5 Keep insulation minimum 75 mm from heat emitting devices such as recessed light fixtures, and minimum 50 mm from sidewalls of CAN4- BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07213 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex S604 type A chimneys and CAN/CGA-13149.1 and CAN/CGA-13149.2 type B and L vents. .6 Do not enclose insulation until it has been inspected and approved by Consultant. END OF SECTION BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07213 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07272—AIR BARRIERS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Section Includes .1 Performance criteria to achieve a continuous building enclosure air seal. .3 Related Sections .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation. .3 Section 07840 Fire Stopping. .4. Section 07900 Joint Sealers .4 References .1 ASTM E283 - Test Method For Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors. .2 ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. .5 Performance Requirements .1 Select and install wall and roof components and assemblies to resist air leakage caused by static air pressure across exterior wall and roof assemblies, including windows, glass, doors, roof hatches and other interruptions to integrity of wall and roof systems; to a maximum air leakage rate of 0.02 L/s.m2 when subjected to a pressure differential of 75 Pa as measured in accordance with ASTM E283 and ASTM E330. .3 Provide continuity of air seal materials and assemblies in conjunction with materials described in Item 1.3 Related Sections above. _6 Submittals .1 Submit product data to requirements of Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of special joint conditions as required. AIR BARRIERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07272 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics, performance criteria, limitations and installation procedures. .7 Sequencing .1 Sequence work to permit installation of materials in conjunction with related materials and seals. .8 Warranty .1 Warranty: Include coverage of installed sealant and sheet materials which fail to achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 For masonry wall construction: fully butted rigid insulation as specified in Section 07212 Rigid Insulation. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Preparation .1 Prepare substrate surfaces in accordance with air seal material manufacturer's instructions. .2 Installation .1 Install seal materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Install sealant materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .3 Apply sealants within recommended application temperature ranges. .3 Protection of Finished Work .1 Protect finished Work. .2 Do not permit adjacent work to damage work of this section. END OF SECTION AIR BARRIERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07272 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07465 — PREFORMED METAL CLADDING /SIDING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .3 Section 07212 Rigid Insulation .4 Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing. .5 Section 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim .6 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate dimensions, profiles, attachment methods, schedule of wall elevations, trim and closure pieces, soffits, fascia, metal furring, and related work. .4 Qualifications .1 The work of this section shall be performed by a member in good standing of the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association who shall also: .1 Have a minimum of 5 years' proven satisfactory experience. .2 Have adequate equipment and skilled personnel to complete this work in an efficient and workmanlike manner. .5 Guarantee/Warranty 1 -_ This Contractor shall, and hereby does, warrant, and the General Contractor does guarantee, that the metal panels and related closures, fixings, et cetera, supplied and installed under this section, shall be free from defects for a period of 1 (one) year. Defective work shall be corrected expeditiously and at no expense to the Owner. PREFORMED METAL CLADDING /SIDING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07465 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Furnish said Guarantee/Warranty in writing on a form acceptable to the Consultant, signed and countersigned by the General Contractor and Sub-Contractor. .3 Guarantee/Warranty period shall commence from the date of issuance of the Final Certificate of Acceptance of the Building. .6 Inspection .1 All roofing and sheet metal work shall be done under the supervision of a Roofing Inspection Company, to be appointed later. Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Inspection Company. .2 Notify the Inspection Company at least 48 hours prior to starting the work. .3 The cost for this inspection shall be part of the Cash Allowance provided under Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 1. Prefinished Metal Siding .1 Prefinished sheet steel to CSSBI Bulletin B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. .2 Base Metal: galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A446, grade A zinc coat Z275, nominal thickness of 0.76 mm. .3 Profiles: AD300R, as manufactured by VicWest Steel, for exterior wall cladding where shown on the drawings. Colour to be OC 6090 HMP Ivory from the manufacturer's Extended Inventory Colours. .2 Soffits 1 Base Metal: 26 gauge galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A446, grade A zinc coat Z275, finish to match existing. .2 Profile: Flat sheet `V' crimped for stiffness, vented, complete with all trims and fixings as indicated on drawings. .3 Accessories .1 Exposed trim: inside corners, outside corners, cap strip, drip cap, undersill trim, starter strip and window/door trim of same material, colour and finish as cladding, with fastener holes pre-punched. .2 Non-exposed accessories to be of a compatible material with adjacent surfaces. PREFORMED METAL CLADDING /SIDING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07465 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Fasteners .1 Nails: to CSA 6111, 16 gauge of sufficient length to adequately secure work in place and have a head of at least 1/2" dia. Material shall be compatible with sheet metal being secured. .2 Screws Bolts, Expansion Shields: to ANSI 1318.6.4. of metal compatible with adjacent surfaces. Exposed fastenings shall be made of the same material as metal surface on which it occurrs. .5 Caulking .1 Type 1 (see Section 07900 Joint Sealers) with primer and backer rods as recommended by manufacturer. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Install cladding in accordance with CGSB 93-GP-5M, and manufacturer's written instructions .2 Work shall be done as shown on the drawings to provide a neat, plumb and square installation. .3 Install continuous starter strips, inside and outside corners, edgings, soffit, drip, cap, sill and window/door opening flashings as indicated. .4 Install outside corners, fillers and closure strips with carefully formed and profiled work. .5 Maintain joints in exterior cladding, true to line, tight fitting, hairline joints. .6 Attach components in manner not restricting thermal movement. S-lock seams shall be used for joints, shall permit thermal movement and shall be fitted with caulking compound. Space joints on fascias evenly. Dovetail and mitre all corners. Make joints square, plumb, straight and true. .7 Caulk junctions with adjoining work with sealant. Do work in accordance with Section 07900 - Joint Sealers and manufacturer's instructions. .2 Cleaning of the Work 1 - On completion of the Work, remove all bitumen or foreign matter from metal cladding, and wash with soap and hot water, or a suitable washing powder, rinse with cold water and wipe dry with a clean cloth. Leave work in a first class condition to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .2 Remove excess materials form the site. END OF SECTION PREFORMED METAL CLADDING /SIDING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07465 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07510— BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 05300 Steel Deck. .2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .3 Section 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim. �- .4 Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .5 Section 08600 Plastic Skylights .6 Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties and Accessories .3 Qualifications .1 The work of this Section shall be performed by a member in good standing of the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association who shall also: .1 Have a minimum of five (5) years of proven, satisfactory experience; and, .2 Have adequate equipment and skilled personnel to expediently complete the work in an efficient and workmanlike manner. .4 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 Deliver all roofing materials in original, unopened containers, complete with manufacturer's labels intact, indicating brand name, contents, usage instructions and safety precautions. .2 Insulation is to be kept dry and stored above the ground with a protective cover. Polyisocyanurate insulation is to be protected from direct exposure to sunlight and temperatures in excess of 45°C. -.3-- Roofing and vapour retarder membranes shall be stored above the ground, standing on end until use. Protect membranes from moisture, cuts, abrasion or other abuse that might adversely affect performance in service. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Adhesives and sealants are to be stored in a clean, dry area at a temperature between 5°C and 27°C. If exposed to a lower temperature, restore to an acceptable level prior to application. .5 Protection .1 Protect surrounding surfaces and work against damage due to the work of this Section. Hang tarpaulins to protect walls where hoisting is necessary. .2 Make good any damage caused by the work of this Section as directed by the Consultant at no expense to the Owner. .6 Environmental Requirements .1 Do not install built-up bituminous membranes when air and substrate temperature remains below that recommended by the manufacturer, or when wind chill gives equivalent cooling effect. - .2 Install built-up bituminous membranes on dry substrate, free of snow and ice, use only dry materials and apply only during weather that will not introduce moisture into system. .3 Ensure that temperature of substrate and its moisture content conforms to manufacturer's minimum requirements, before proceeding with work. .7 Warranty .1 Contractor hereby warrants that the entire roofing system supplied and installed under this Section will be free from all defects, will stay in place and remain leakproof, and free from deformation and splitting of seams or splices or both in accordance with GC 12.3, but for a period of 24 months. .2 Furnish the warranty, in writing, in a form acceptable to the Owner and Consultant, signed and countersigned by the General Contractor and the roofing contractor. The roofing contractor's endorsement shall constitute a third party guarantee in case of default by the General Contractor. .3 Warranty to be submitted in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .8 Inspection .1 All roofing and sheet metal work shall be done under the supervision of an Inspection and Testing company, to be appointed later. Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Inspection and Testing Company. .2 Notify the Inspection and Testing Company at least 48 hours prior to starting the work of this Section. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 The cost for the Inspection and Testing Company shall be part of the Cash Allowance provided under Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 General System Description .1 Four ply asphalt and felt built-up conventional membrane roof system. .2 Primers, Sealants and Adhesives .1 Asphalt primer: to CAN/CGSB 37-GP-15M. j1 Acceptable material: Lexsuco Asphalt Primer. .2 Plastic Cement: cutback asphalt plastic cement to CAN/CGSB-37.5-M89. .1 Acceptable material: Hydroshield 451 Mastic. .3 Membrane Sealant: Neoprene synthetic rubber caulk. .4 Metal Flashing Sealant: Type 8 as specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .5 Vapour Barrier Adhesive: as recommended by vapour barrier manufacturer. .6 Temporary Night Seal: to be Lexcan FP-180 Night Sealant. .3 Vapour Barrier .1 Asphalt laminated sheets to CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89, Type 2, FM Class 1 Construction and ULC Class A Construction approved. .2 Acceptable material: Permate Vapour Retarder. .4 Bitumen .1 Roofing Asphalt: to CSA A123.4, Type 2. .5 Felts A. Saturated glass fibre felts: to CAN/CGSB 37-GP-64M-1977 and ASTM D2178-89, Type-IV Glass Ply Sheet. .2 Acceptable material: Vanguard Type IV Glass Ply Sheet. .6 Roofin g Insulation .1 To CAN/CGSB-51.26, 100 mm thick black glass/felt faced polyisocyan u rate foam insulation. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Acceptable material: Isolex Isocyanurate Insulation. .7 Insulation Tape 1 150 mm wide asphalt laminated kraft tape to be applied with hot asphalt over all panel joints in the insulation layer. .2 Acceptable material: Vanguard Insulation Tape. .7 Cant Strips, Wood Blocks and Nailers .1 As specified under Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. .8 Roof Gravel .1 To ASTM D1863, clean crushed stone, slag or gravel. .9 Expansion Joint Covers .1 Constructed from twin reinforced layers of a UV resistant, asphalt compatible PVC alloy membrane laminated to twin 26 ga. metal nailing strips and a 13 mm thick flexible neoprene insulation bellows. .2 Covers to be supplied complete with ringshank nails, nailer flashing flap and cover splicing accessories. .3 Acceptable material: Vanguard LP-4 Expansion Joint Cover. .10 Vent Pipe Flashing .1 Minimum 1.5 mm thick seamless aluminum telescoping pipe flashing with asphalt primer coated flanges. Vent stack covers are to match.diameter of pipe. .11 Plastic Skylights .1 As specified under Section 08600 Plastic Skylights. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Workmanship .1- Do work in accordance with applicable standard in Canadian Roofing Contractors Association (CRCA) Roofing Specifications Manual. .2 General .1 Only install as much vapour barrier and insulation as can be completely covered by the waterproofing membrane by the end of each day. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Comply with the system supplier's published installation instructions and details throughout the roofing membrane installation. .3 Roofing shall be done as soon as possible to minimize exposure of the roof deck. .3 Plant and Equipment .1 Do not use direct fired equipment. .2 Use only kettles equipped with thermometers or gauges in good working order. .3 Locate kettles in safe place outside of building or, if acceptable to the Consultant, on noncombustible substrate at location to avoid danger of igniting combustible material below. When locating kettles, give consideration to direction of prevailing winds, building fans and air handling units to minimize possibility of smoke and fumes entering surrounding occupied buildings. If wind direction causes smoke and fume problems, relocate kettles on daily basis when directed by Consultant. .4 Maintain supervision while kettles are in operation and provide metal covers for kettles to smother flames in case of fire. Provide suitable fire extinguishers. .5 Maintain efficiency of kettles and equipment by frequent cleaning. Remove all carbonized bitumen. .6 Use only fibreglass roofing mops. .4 Protection .1 Cover walls and adjacent work where materials hoisted or used. .2 Use warning signs and barriers. Maintain in good order until completion of work. .3 Extreme care must be taken to avoid spillage and drippage when using hot asphalt near roof edges. .4 Clean off drips and smears of bituminous material immediately. .5 Dispose of rain water off substrates and away from face of building until drains or hoppers installed and connected. .6 Protect from traffic and damage. Comply with any precautions deemed necessary by Consultant. .7 Place plywood runways over work to enable movement of material and other traffic. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 At end of each day's work or when stoppage occurs due to inclement ' weather, the insulation shall be protected by extending the membrane beyond the insulation and sealing it to the deck with Temporary Night Sealant. When work resumes, cut and dispose of portion of membrane that might be contaminated or compromised by the inclement weather. .9 Install insulation promptly to avoid possibility of condensation beneath vapour retarder. .5 Substrate Examination .1 Examine substrates and immediately inform Consultant in writing of defects. .2 Prior to commencement of work ensure: .1 Substrates are firm, straight, smooth, dry, free of snow, ice or frost, and swept clean of dust and debris. .2 Curbs have been built. .3 Drains have been installed at proper elevations relative to finished roof surface. .4 Plywood and lumber nailer plates have been installed to walls and parapets as indicated. .3 Commencement of the work of this Section shall indicate acceptance of the existing conditions. .6 Vapour Barrier Installation .1 Apply 13 mm diameter beads of adhesive lengthwise along each upper flute to be covered by the vapour barrier. .2 Ensure adhesive is applied to the top of any previous roll's edge a minimum of 75 mm to seal the lap. .3 Unroll the vapour barrier into the adhesive, ensuring positive contact. Overlap sides a minimum of 75 mm, and ends a minimum of 150 mm. .4 Roll side laps with a roller to ensure a good seal. .5 Cut the vapour barrier to fit neatly around all perimeters, curbs, and roof protrusions. Seal the vapour barrier to protrusions and perimeters with a minimum 50 mm wide application of adhesive. Carry the vapour barrier up to the level of the roof membrane, and tie-in using good flashing practices to effect a moisture-tight seal. .6 When crossing an expansion joint, provide sufficient slack to allow for the maximum expected expansion of the joint. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 Insulation Installation: Fully Adhered, Bitumen Application .1 Ensure substrate is clean and dry prior to commencing work. .2 Fully mop surface of vapour barrier with Type III asphalt, heated to its equiviscous temperature, at the minimum rate of 1.2 — 1.5 kg/m2 immediately ahead of the insulation installation. .3 Fully imbed insulation in asphalt as the asphalt begins to cool but before it starts to solidify. .4 Ensure panels are butt-edged together with a minimum separation of 2 mm. .5 Stagger all insulation panel joints. .6 Ensure that all panels are in complete contact with the asphalt. Loose insulation will not be accepted and shall be replaced. .7 Tape insulation seams with insulation tape applied with Type III roofing asphalt. .8 Roofing Membrane Application .1 Membrane application. .1 Starting at low point, perpendicular to slope, embed four plies of roofing felts in hot asphalt over insulation. Felts are to be lapped shingle fashion as the work proceeds up the slope. .2 Overlap sheets 3/4 of their width plus 15 mm for four ply membrane and lap ends 150 mm. .3 Apply asphalt at a minimum rate of 1.2 kg/m2. .4 Extend felts up to top of cant strip. .2 Flashing application. .1 Build flashings out of four layers of felt strippings cemented together and to back-up wall with Type III asphalt. Bituminous flashings shall be an integral part of the roofing, using the same type bitumen and felts. Extend four plies of felt up cant. Extend last two plies over edge of cant and nail at 300 mm o.c. at least 100 mm down face. .2 At vertical surfaces: .1 Form 4 plies of felt. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Extend first ply at least 200 mm vertically and at least 150 i mm horizontally from top of cant strips. .3 Extend each succeeding ply 25 mm beyond preceding. .4 Where felts can not be carried up the vertical surface at least 200 mm due to an opening or in the case of curbs, the felts shall be turned into the opening or along the top of the curb, secured and sealed to make weathertight. Carry felts over top of wood coping. Turn down the face to bottom of blocking and secure with nails. .5 On exterior walls extend membrane flashing up inside face of parapet and over top to outside face of wall. .6 On interior walls, build base flashing up to cavity wall or through wall flashing. .7 Apply a full mopping of hot Type III asphalt to the area to be flashed, ensuring that the temperature of the asphalt remains at its equiviscous temperature or above before flashing is positioned. .8 Using a broom or roller, immediately press the flashing into the asphalt assuring a positive bond and avoiding air entrapment. .9 Ends of rolls should overlap 100 mm. Seam membrane flashings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. .3 At vent pipes: set and flash vent pipes with 2 plies of felt. Paint all flanges with bituminous paint. .4 At plastic skylights: flash in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, as specified under Section 08600 Plastic Skylights, and as indicated. .3 Gravel Surfacing .1 Inspect entire area to ensure no wrinkles, buckles or fishmouths exist. .2 Apply bitumen and gravel surfacing only after placement of roofing felts and membrane flashings. .3 Apply at the application temperature recommended by the manufacturer. BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 8 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Apply flood coat of hot bitumen at the rate of 2.5— 3.0 kg/m2 into which, while hot, embed aggregate at minimum rate of 20 kg/m2. Ensure aggregate is dry and free from frost. .5 Do not walk on surface until asphalt has completely cooled. .6 Ensure that there are no skips in the flood coat. If some are found, sweep gravel asde and re-flood area. .4 Expansion Joint Cover Installation .1 Ensure that wood cants, curbs, and blocking have been properly installed and fastened to the roof deck. Main roofing membrane must extend up the cant or curb. .2 Install transition pieces specified in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in locations indicated. Ensure a proper bellows is formed to allow for expansion and contraction. .3 Nail expansion joint cover to wood curb with galvanized ringshank nails through the metal nailer and underlying roofing membrane at 100 mm o.c. along the length of both nailers. Use 11/2 " long screws in place of nail every 600 mm. Use fasteners appropriate to the substrate when fastening to a wall. Ensure that the fasteners do not penetrate the side flashing flaps. .4 Mop in flashing flaps with Type III asphalt, extending a minimum of 150 mm out onto the roofing membrane. Strip in flashing flap edges by mopping 150 mm wide felt, centred over edge. .9 Cleaning .1 Clean work in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Clean to Consultant's approval, soiled surfaces, spatters, and damage caused by work of this Section. .3 Check drains to ensure cleanliness and proper function, and remove debris, equipment and excess material from site. .4 All refuse is to be either recycled or disposed of in a government sanctioned landfill site. END OF SECTION BUILT-UP BITUMINOUS (BUR) ROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 9 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07531 - ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE MONOMER (EPDM) WATERPROOFING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 04051 Masonry Procedures .2 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories .3 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .4 Section 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim .5 Section 09250 Gypsum Board .6 Section 09310 Ceramic Tile .7 Section 15401 Plumbing Specialties and Accessories .3 Storage and Handling 1 Deliver all roofing materials in original, unopened containers, complete with manufacturer's labels intact. .2 Protect membranes from cuts, abrasions or other abuse that might adversely affect performance or integrity. .3 Store materials in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. .4 Environmental Requirements .1 Do not install EPDM membrane when air and substrate temperature remains below 5°C and in accordance with manufacturers ' recommendations or when wind chill gives equivalent cooling effect. .2 Install EPDM membrane on dry substrate, free of snow and ice, use only dry materials and apply only during weather that will not introduce moisture into system. .3 Ensure that temperature of substrate and its moisture content conforms to manufacturer's minimum requirements, before proceeding with work. ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE MONOMER (EPDM) WATERPROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07531 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM sheet membrane): to CGSB 37- GP-52M, Type 1, Class A, 1.6 mm thick, non-reinforced. .1 Location: as through wall membrane as detailed on the drawings. .2 Acceptable material: Standard EPDM membrane as manufactured by Lexcan. BAKOR Blueskin AG, (47 mil) SBS modified bitumen membrane with proprietary glass scrim as manufactured by Bakor Inc. is an acceptable equal. .2 Damp Proof Course (DPC): to be BAKOR Blueskin AG, (47 mil) SBS modified bitumen membrane with proprietary glass scrim as manufactured by Bakor Inc. .3 Sealers: Type 7 as specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealers, with primer and backer rods as recommended by manufacturer. .4 Fasteners: screws and washers as recommended by manufacturer. .5 Adhesives, Tape and Primers: in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Waterproofing .1 Install Damp Proof Course across the width of the foundation wall and install through-wall membrane in masonry in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as follows: .1 Install membranes under exterior masonry bearing on foundation walls, slabs, shelf angles, and steel angles over openings. Install membranes under weep hole courses as indicated on the drawings. .2 In cavity wall and veneered walls, carry through-wall membrane from front edge of masonry, under outer wythe, then up backing not less than 250 mm, and embed minimum 25 mm in joint of backing masonry. .2 Lap joints in membrane 150 mm and seal with adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. .2 Cleaning .1 Clean work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Clean to Consultant's satisfaction, soiled surfaces, spatters, and damage caused by work of this Section. ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE MONOMER (EPDM) WATERPROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07531 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Check drains to ensure cleanliness and proper function, and remove debris, equipment and excess material from site. END OF SECTION ETHYLENE PROPYLENE DIENE MONOMER (EPDM) WATERPROOFING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07531 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07620— METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 04090 Masonry Accessories 1 .2 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .3 Section 07465 Preformed Metal Cladding/ Siding .4 Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing .5 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .6 Section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames .7 Section 08500 Aluminum Windows .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .4 Inspection ' .1 All roofing and sheet metal works shall be done under the supervision of a Roofing Inspection Company, to be appointed later. Work shall not be considered complete until a certificate is issued by the Inspection Company. .2 Notify the Inspection Company at least 48 hours prior to starting the work —do not cover felt flashings with sheet metal until inspected and approved. .3 The cost for this inspection shall be part of the Cash Allowance provided under Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCT'S .1 Prefinished Steel Sheet .1 Prefinished sheet steel to CSSBI Bulletin B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07620 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington i Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Base metal: galvanized sheet steel to ASTM A446, grade A zinc coat Z275, 26 gauge. .3 Prefinished colour system: 10,000 Series, colour QC 3640 Willow Green in all locations except as noted below: .4 All prefinished steel flashings to be installed complete with continuous 22 gauge galvanized starter strips and necessary accessories. .2 Accessories .1 Isolation coating: alkali resistant bituminous paint. .2 Plastic cement: to CGSB 37-GP-5M89. , .3 Underlay for metal flashing: No. 15 perforated asphalt felt to CSA A123.3. .4 Sealants: Type 8 (see Section 07900). Use at all locations except where another type is specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealants. .5 Cleats: of same material, and temper as sheet metal, minimum 50 mm wide. Thickness same as sheet metal being secured. .6 Nails: 16 gauge of sufficient length to adequately secure work in place and have a head at least 1/2" dia. Material shall be compatible with sheet metal being secured. ' .7 Washers: of same material as sheet metal, 1 mm thick with rubber packings. .8 Screws, Bolts, Expansion Shields: of metal compatible with adjacent surfaces. Exposed fastenings shall be of same material and finish as metal surface on which it occurs. .3 Fabrication .1 Fabricate metal flashings and other sheet metal work as indicated. .2 Form pieces in 2400 mm maximum lengths. Make allowance for expansion at joints. .3 Hem exposed edges on underside 12 mm. Miter and seal corners with sealant. 4 = Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or performance. .5 Apply isolation coating to metal surfaces to be embedded in concrete or mortar. METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07620 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Metal Flashings .1 Form flashings, cap flashings, cant flashings, copings, fascias, and exposed trim to profiles indicated of prefinished sheet metal. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Install sheet metal work as detailed. Do not cover felt flashings with sheet metal until inspected and approved. .2 Sheet metal work required over all roofing membrane flashings, roof ' curbs, equipment support curbs, wall flashings, fascia boards and miscellaneous trim around roof edges, and as indicated on the Drawings. .3 Make allowance for thermal movement when forming and installing interlocking sheet metal work to avoid buckling fullness of metal and straining of joints or seams. .4 Double back exposed edges at least 12 mm for appearance and stiffness. .5 Provide continuous starter strips to present a true, non-waving leading edge. Anchor back-up in approved manner to provide rigid, secure, permanent installation. Stagger joints with flashing joints. .6 Use concealed fastenings except where approved before installation. .7 Provide underlay under all sheet metal installed directly over masonry, concrete or construction grade wood and elsewhere as necessary to prevent electrolysis. Lay the underlay as sheet metal work is installed. Secure in place and lap joints 100 mm. .8 S-Lock seams shall be used for joints, shall permit thermal movement and shall be filled with sealant. Space exposed joints of flashings uniformly. Dovetail and mitre all corners. Make joints square, plumb, straight and true. .9 Lock end joints and caulk with sealant. .2 Cleaning of Work 1 On completion of the work, remove all bitumen or foreign matter from metal flashings, fascias, et cetera, and wash with soap and hot water, or with a suitable washing powder, rinse with cold water and wipe with a dry cloth. Leave work in first class condition to satisfaction of Consultant. 2 Remove excess materials from the site. END OF SECTION METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07620 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 07840— FIRE STOPPING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Fire stopping and smoke seals within mechanical assemblies (such as, inside ducts, dampers) and electrical assemblies (such as, inside cable 1 trays) are specified in Divisions 15 and 16 respectively. .3 References .1 CAN4-S115, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Fire stopping and smoke seal systems: in accordance with CAN4-S115. 1 Asbestos-free materials and systems capable of maintaining an ' effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with requirements of CAN4-S115 and not to exceed opening sizes for which they are intended. .2 Fire-resistance rating of installed fire stopping assembly in accordance with NBC. ' .5 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings intended for ease of re-entry such as cables: elastomeric seal. .6 Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings around penetrations for pipes, ductwork and other mechanical items requiring sound and vibration control: as indicated in drawings. .7 Primers: to manufacturer's recommendation for specific material, substrate, and end use. _.8 Water (if applicable): potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances. .9 Damming and backup materials, supports and anchoring devices: to manufacturer's recommendations, and in accordance with tested assembly being installed as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. .10 Sealants for vertical joints: non-sagging. FIRE STOPPING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07840 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington i Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 Preparation .1 Examine sizes and conditions of voids to be filled to establish correct , thicknesses and installation of materials. Ensure that substrates and surfaces are clean, dry and frost free. .2 Prepare surfaces in contact with fire stopping materials and smoke seals as indicated on drawings and to manufacturer's instructions. , .3 Maintain insulation around pipes and ducts penetrating fire separation. .4 Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and over coating onto adjoining r surfaces; remove stains on adjacent surfaces. .2 Installation .1 Install fire stopping and smoke seal material and components in accordance with ULC certification and manufacturer's instructions. .2 Seal holes or voids made by through penetrations, poke-through termination devices, and un-penetrated openings or joints to ensure continuity and integrity of fire separation are maintained. .3 Provide temporary forming as required and remove forming only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing. .4 Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat finish. .5 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. .3 Inspection ' .1 Notify Consultant when ready for inspection and prior to concealing or ' enclosing firestopping materials and service penetration assemblies. .4 Schedule , .1 Firestop and smoke seal at: .1 Penetrations through fire-resistance rated masonry, concrete, and gypsum board partitions and walls. .2 Top of fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. , .3 Intersection of fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions. FIRE STOPPING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07840 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Control and sway joints in fire-resistance rated masonry and gypsum board partitions and walls. ' .5 Penetrations through fire-resistance rated floor slabs, ceilings and roofs. .6 Openings and sleeves installed for future use through fire separations. .7 Around mechanical and electrical assemblies penetrating fire separations. .8 Rigid ducts: greater than 129 cm2: fire stopping to consist of bead of fire stopping material between retaining angle and fire separation and between retaining angle and duct, on each side of fire separation. .9 In all locations as indicated. .5 Clean Up .1 Remove excess materials and debris and clean adjacent surfaces immediately after application. .2 Remove temporary dams after initial set of fire stopping and smoke seal materials. END OF SECTION FIRE STOPPING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07840 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 i The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 07900—JOINT SEALERS 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 This Section specifies caulking and sealants not specified in other ' Sections. .3 Refer to other sections for other caulking and sealants. .2 Scope of Work .1 Exterior caulking required: .1 Around all exterior openings ' .2 Under and around all thresholds. .3 At all joints between door/window frames and masonry. ' .4 Around perimeter of all metal grilles. ' .5 At control joints in masonry. .6 At metal flashings where shown on drawings. .7 Elsewhere as required or as indicated on drawings. ' .2 Interior caulking required. .1 All around door frames. ' .2 In control joints in drywall. .3 At junction of drywall ceilings and masonry walls. .4 In control joints and expansion joints in masonry walls. .5 Between different materials, abutting, in the joint. ' - .6 Around windows. ' .7 At floor/wall joints where specified in the room finish schedule. .9 Elsewhere as required or as indicated on drawings. JOINT SEALERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Delivery, Storage and Handling , .1 Deliver and store materials in original wrappings and containers with manufacturer's seals and labels, intact. Protect from freezing, moisture, ' water and contact with ground or floor. .4 Environmental and Safety Requirements , .1 Comply with requirements of Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of , hazardous materials; and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets acceptable to Labour Canada. .2 Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative ' humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use. .5 Qualifications ' .1 Installation of sealant and caulking work shall be carried out by a recognized specialized applicator having skilled mechanics, thoroughly trained and competent in all phases of caulking work, with at least five years' proven acceptable experience. .6 Guarantee .1 Submit a guarantee for the work of this section, covering a period of 2 ' years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract. .2 Defective work shall include, but is not restricted to, joint leakage, , cracking, crumbling, melting, running, loss of adhesion, loss of cohesion, or staining of adjoining or adjacent work or surfaces. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Sealant Material Designations ' .1 Type 1 - Urethanes Two Part. .1 Non-Sag, multi-component, epoxidized polyurethane sealant to , CAN/CGSB-19.24, Type 2, Class B. .2 Colour: to be selected by Consultant from range of , manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: use at all locations except where another type is ' specified. .4 Acceptable material: Dymeric, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. , JOINT SEALERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .2 Type 2 - Silicones One Part. .1 One-part, acetoxy silicone sealant, mildew resistant, to ' CAN/CGSB-19.22. .2 Colour: to be selected by Consultant from range of ' manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: For fixtures, bathtubs and vanity tops. .4 Acceptable material: Tremsil 200, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. .3 Type 3 - Acrylics One Part. .1 Acrylic terpolymer sealant, solvent release, to CGSB 19-GP-5M. .2 Colour: to be selected by Consultant from range of ' manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: At interior joints between windows, door frames and ' screen frames. .4 Acceptable material: Tremco 555, as manufactured by Tremco ' Ltd. .4 Type 4 - Acoustical Sealant. .1 Siliconized acrylic latex sealant, to CAN/CGSB-19.21. .2 Colour: to be selected by Consultant from range of ' manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. .3 Location: At all perimeter joints and openings in drywall systems as indicated. .4 Acceptable material: Tremflex 834, as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. ' .5 Type 5— Silicones One Part .1 Non-staining, waterproof mastic, silicone base. .2 Location: glass unit masonry walls. .3 Acceptable material: TRADE MATE Glass Block Sealant as ' manufactured by Pittsburgh Corning Corporation. JOINT SEALERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 7 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington i Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Type 6 — Urethanes Two Part .1 Non-sag, mufti-component, chemically sured, polyurethane sealant to CAN/CGSB-19.24, Type 2, Class B. ' .2 Colour: to be selected by Consultant from range of manufacturer's standard colours, generally to match adjacent finished colours. , .3 Location: at exterior insulation and finish systems (Section 07240). ' .4 Acceptable material: Dymeric511 as manufactured by Tremco Ltd. ' .7 Type 7— Urethanes Two Part .1 Non-sag, multi-component, chemically cured, polyurethane sealant to CAN/CGSB-19.24. .2 Colour: to be manufacturer's standard. , .3 Location: at EPDM (see Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing). ' .4 Acceptable material: Lexcan pourable sealer. .8 Type 8 — Urethanes One Part ' .1 Non-sag, single component, polyurethane sealant to CAN/CGSB- 19.13. .2 Colour: to be manufacturer's standard to match adjacent material. ' .3 Location: at metal flashing and trim. .4 Acceptable material: RC-1 Sealant as manufactured by Lexsuco. ' .9 Preformed Compressible and Non-Compressible back-up materials. .1 Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl Foam. .1 Extruded closed cell foam backer rod. , .2 Size: oversize 30%. .3 Shore "A" Hardness 20, tensile strength 20-30 psi. ' .2 Bond Breaker Tape. , JOINT SEALERS , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 7 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .1 Polyethylene bond breaker tape that will not bond to sealant. .10 Cleaning Material .1 All surfaces to receive sealent are to be cleaned using xylol, ' methylethylketone, toluol, or as recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant. For surfaces to receive Type 2 (silicone) sealant, methylethylketone (MEK) shall be the only ' acceptable cleaner. .4 Joint Cleaner ' .1 Non-corrosive and non-staining type, compatible with joint forming materials and sealant recommended by sealant manufacturer. .2 Primer: as recommended by manufacturer. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Protection .1 Protect installed work of other trades from staining or contamination. .2 Preparation of Joint Surfaces ' .1 Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation of backup materials and sealants. ' .2 Surfaces of materials to be caulked shall be dry, firm, free from dirt, water, temporary protective coatings, loose mortar, frost, oil, grease or foreign matter which will impede adhesion of the sealant. .3 A dry, clean, compressed air stream shall be used to blow our dirt or accumulated water from the interior of channels or crevices. ' .4 Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound, water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as ' required. .5 Ambient and surface temperatures shall be within a range of 15°C to - 26°C. The work shall not be done during winter months. .6 Wipe all metal surfaces to be sealed with a cellulose sponge or clean ' rags, soaked with ethyl alcohol and wipe dry with a clean cotton cloth. .7 Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's directions and ' permit to cure. ' JOINT SEALERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Priming , .1 Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surfaces prior to priming and caulking. 1 .2 Prime sides of joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions immediately prior to caulking. , .4 Back-Up Material .1 Apply bond breaker tape where required to manufacturer's instructions. ' .2 Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth and shape, with , approximately 30% compression. .5 Mixing .1 Mix materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's ' instructions. .6 Application .1 Sealant. ' .1 Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. ' .2 Mask edges of joint where irregular surface or sensitive joint border exists to provide neat joint. .3 Apply sealant in continuous beads. ' .4 Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. ' .5 Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. .6 Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. .7 Joints in flush surfaces shall be finished flush, and joints in , internal angles shall be finished dull. Concave or convex profiles will be rejected. Recess caulking in control joints and expansion joints of masonry wall to match adjacent mortar joints. ' .8 Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. ' .9 Apply caulking using gun having proper size nozzle and approved by caulking manufacturer, minimum of 3 mm larger than the ' opening to be caulked. Use sufficient pressure to fill all voids and joints solid. JOINT SEALERS ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .10 Caulking in chases shall be tooled to assure good adhesion to side of adjacent surfaces. .11 Provide adequate ventilation when applying in confined areas. Avoid direct contact with open flames. ' .2 Curing. .1 Cure sealants in accordance with sealant manufacturer's ' instructions. .2 Do not cover up sealants until proper curing has taken place. ' .3 Cleanup. .1 Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Surplus material shall not be permitted to set hard before removal. ' .2 Remove excess and droppings, using manufacturer's recommended cleaners as work progresses. .3 Remove masking tape after initial set of sealant. ' END OF SECTION 1 ' JOINT SEALERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 07900 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 7 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 08110—STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .2 Section 08710 Door Hardware. .3 Section 08800 Glazing ' .4 Section 09911 Interior Painting. .5 Section 09912 Exterior Painting .6 Section 10200 Louvres and Vents ' .7 Division 15: Door Grilles .8 Division 16: Wiring for electronic hardware. 1 .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Indicate each type of door, material, steel core thicknesses, mortises, reinforcements, location of exposed fasteners, openings, glazing, louvring, arrangement of hardware and fire rating and finishes. .3 Indicate each type frame material, core thickness, reinforcements, glazing stops, location of anchors and exposed fastenings, reinforcing, fire rating and finishes. .4 Include schedule identifying each unit, with door marks and numbers relating to numbering on drawings and door schedule. .5 Do not proceed with fabrication until shop drawings have been reviewed by Consultant. ' .4 Requirements of Regulatory Agencies .1 Steel fire rated doors and frames: labeled and listed by an organization ' accredited by Standards Council of Canada in conformance with CAN4- S104M NFPA 252 for ratings specified or indicated. ' STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Provide fire labeled frame products for those openings requiring fire ' protection ratings, as scheduled. Test products in strict conformance with CAN4-S104, ASTM E 152 or NFPA 252 and list by nationally recognized agency having factory inspection service and construct as detailed in ' Follow-Up Service Procedures/Factory Inspection Manuals issued by listing agency to individual manufacturers. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Materials ' .1 Doors shall be fabricated of 18 ga, wipe coat galvanized steel, D-18 Series as manufactured by S.W. Fleming Ltd., or equivalent, with 16 ga ' steel end channels projection welded to top and bottom of door, flush with no face seams. .2 Frames shall be type F-16 Series as manufactured by S.W. Fleming, or ' equivalent, 16 ga wipe coat galvanized steel. .3 Screens shall be pressed steel type as manufactured by S.W. Fleming, ' or equivalent, 16 ga wipe coat galvanized steel. .2 Door Core Materials ' .1 Interior Doors: .1 Honeycomb construction of pre-expanded small cell, 24.5 mm ' maximum kraft paper 'honeycomb', weight: 36.3 kg per ream minimum, density: 16.5 kg/m3 minimum sanded to required thickness, and laminated to the door skins with U.L. approved adhesive. .2 Exterior Doors: ' .1 Insulated with either expanded polystyrene: CAN/CGSB-51.20, density 16 to 32 kg/m3 or polyurethane: to CGSB 51-GP-21 M rigid, modified polyisocyan u rate, closed cell board. Density 32 kg/m3, solid slab, as recommended by manufacturer. .3 Adhesives , .1 Honeycomb cores and steel components: heat resistant, spray grade, ' resin reinforced neoprene/rubber (polychloroprene) based, low viscosity, - contact cement. .2 Polystyrene and polyurethane cores: heat resistant, epoxy resin based, ' low viscosity, contact cement. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 6 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .4 Paint and Primers .1 Paint: to Section 09911 Interior Painting and Section 09912 Exterior Painting. .2 Primer: Rust inhibitive to meet CGSB Specification 1-GP-40C. .5 Accessories .1 Door silencers: single stud rubber/neoprene type, three for single door openings, two for double door openings. .2 Exterior top caps: steel. .3 Make provisions for glazing as indicated and fabricate glazing stops as formed channel, minimum 16 mm height, accurately fitted, butted at corners and fastened to frame sections with counter-sunk oval head sheet metal screws. .1 Provide removable glazing beads for use with glazing tapes and compounds and secured with countersunk stainless steel screws. .2 Design exterior glazing stops to be tamperproof. ' .4 Door bottom seal: inverted, recessed, spot welded channel. .5 Metallic paste filler: to manufacturer's standard. .6 Fire labels: metal riveted. .7 Sealant: as recommended by manufacturer .8 Glazing: as specified in Section 08800— Glazing and as indicated. .9 Grilles: install 400 mm x 200 mm door grilles, suitable for door thickness between 1 3/8" and 2", as specified under Division 15, in doors as indicated on the drawings. .6 Frame Fabrication: General .1 Fabricate frames in accordance with CSDFMA specifications. .2 Fabricate frames to profiles and maximum face sizes as indicated. -.3- Frames: 16 ga welded type construction. .4 Blank, reinforce, drill and tap frames for mortised, templated hardware, and electronic hardware using templates provided by finish hardware supplier. Reinforce frames for surface mounted hardware. .5 Protect mortised cutouts against mortar with steel guard boxes. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Prepare frame for door silencers, 3 for single door, 2 at head for double door. .7 Manufacturer's nameplates on frames and screens are not permitted. ' .8 Conceal fastenings except where exposed fastenings are indicated. .9 Provide factory-applied touch up primer at areas where zinc coating has , been removed during fabrication. .10 Insulate exterior frame components with polyurethane insulation. .7 Frame Anchorage .1 Provide appropriate anchorage to floor and wall construction. .2 Locate each wall anchor immediately above or below each hinge reinforecement on hinge jamb and directly opposite on strike jamb. .3 Provide 2 anchors for rebate opening heights up to 1520 mm and 1 additional anchor for each additional 760 mm of height or fraction thereof. .4 Provide three adjustable "TEE" anchors for each jamb under 2150 mm high and four anchors for jambs over 2150 mm high. Each wall anchor shall be located immediately above or below each hinge reinforcement on the hinge jamb and directly opposite on the strike jamb. .8 Frame Fabrication: Welded Type .1 Welding in accordance with CSA W59-1984. .2 Accurately mitre or mechanically joint frame product and securely weld on inside of profile. .3 Cope accurately and securely weld butt joints of mullions, transom bars, centre rails and sills. .4 Grind welded joints and corners to a flat plane, fill with metalic paste and sane to uniform smooth finish. .5 Securely attach floor anchors to inside of each iamb profile. .6 Install 2 temporary jamb spreaders per frame to maintain proper alignment during shipment. .7 Frames shall be blanked, reinforced, drilled and tapped for mortised, template hardware. .8 Frames shall be reinforced, where required, for surface mounted hardware. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Door Fabrication General .1 Doors: swing type, flush, with provision for glass and/or louvre openings as indicated. .2 Doors shall be blanked, reinforced, drilled and tapped for mortised, ' template hardware. .3 Provide factory applied touch-up primer at areas where zinc coating has bee removed during fabrication. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Site Storage and Protection .1 All materials shall be thoroughly inspected upon receipt and all discrepancies, deficiencies and/or damages shall immediately be reported to the supplier. .2 All materials shall be properly stored on planks or dunnage, out of water and covered to protect from damage from any cause. .3 Doors shall be removed from their wrappings or coverings when received on site, shall be stored in a vertical position, spaced with blocking to permit air circulation between them. .2 Installation General .1 Install labeled steel fire rated doors and frames to NFPA 80 except where specified otherwise. .2 Install doors and frames to CSDFMA Installation Guide. .3 Frame Installation .1 Set frames plumb, square, level and at correct elevation and in locations indicated. .2 Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. ' .3 Brace frames rigidly in position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal wood spreader at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings over 1200 mm wide. Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built-in. .4 Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames. ' .5 Caulk perimeter of frames between frame and adjacent material. .6 Maintain continuity of air barrier and vapour retarder. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington r Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Door Installation .1 Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates, manufacturer's instructions and Section 08710 - Door Hardware and in locations indicated. .2 Provide even margins between doors and jambs and doors and finished floor and thresholds as follows. .1 Hinge side: 1.0 mm. .2 Latchside and head: 1.5 mm. .3 Finished floor, top of carpet, top of ceramic tile and thresholds: 13 mm. .3 Adjust operable parts for correct function. .4 Install louvres. .5 Finish Repairs .1 Touch up with primer finishes damaged during installation. .2 Fill exposed frame anchors with metallic paste filler and sand to a uniform smooth finish. .6 Glazing .1 Install glazing for doors in accordance with Section 08800 - Glazing. .7 Painting .1 Finish Painting to be work of Section 09911 Interior Painting and Section 09912 Exterior Painting. .8 Cleaning .1 On completion of installation, remove stains and smudges from all finished surfaces. Clean and polish interior and exterior glazing. Remove all rubbish, debris and surplus materials resulting from work in this section. END OF SECTION STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 08120—ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 07900 Joint Sealers. .2 Section 08710 Door Hardware. .3 Division 16 - Electrical. .3 Shop Drawings 1 .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate each type of door and frame, extrusion profiles, method of ' assembly, section and hardware reinforcement, locations of exposed fasteners, finishes and location of manufacturer's nameplates. .3 Submit catalogue details for each type of door and frame illustrating profiles, dimensions and methods of assembly. .4 Do not proceed with fabrication until Shop Drawings have been reviewed by Consultant. .4 Maintenance Data .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for cleaning and maintenance of aluminum finishes for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. .5 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 All materials shall be thoroughly inspected upon receipt and all discrepancies, deficiencies and/or damage shall be reported immediately to the supplier. 2-- Deliver, handle and store units by methods approved by manufacturer. Store in enclosures protected from the elements and corrosive materials. .3 Apply temporary protective coating to finished surfaces. Remove coating after erection. Do not use coatings that will become hard to remove or leave residue. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning of building. .5 Brace frames to maintain squareness and rigidity during shipment and installation. .6 Coordination .1 Items specified under this section shall be under the direct control of the General Contractor who shall be responsible for the purchasing, installation, expediting and general coordination of the work as required. Where it is normal practice for the manufacturer to install an item, it shall be clarified with the Contractor before submitting tenders. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. .7 Guarantee .1 Submit a five year guarantee for materials and labour of this section and guarantee all installations for this project are water and weathertight, structurally sound and free from distortion, that aluminum finishes will not develop excessive fading or non-uniformity of colour, will not crack, peel or corrode, that glazing splines and sealants will be free from deterioration from sunlight, weather and oxidation and free from permanent deformation under load. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Aluminum extrusions: Aluminum Association AA6063-T54 alloy and temper. .2 Sheet aluminum: to manufacturer's specifications. .3 Exterior Aluminum Frames. .1 To be Tri-Fab VG 451T, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited, thermally broken, entrance framing, 50 x 115 mm, centre plane glazed with 25 mm sealed, grey tinted units. .2 Weathering and glazing gaskets shall be extruded, black, closed cell or dense elastomer of durometer appropriate to the function and as recommended by the manufacturer. -.4 Interior Aluminum Frames .1 To be Tri-Fab 450, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited, non-thermally broken framing, 45 x 115 mm glazed with 6 mm tempered, grey tinted units. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Weathering and glazing gaskets shall be extruded, black, closed cell or dense elastomer of durometer appropriate to the function and as recommended by the manufacturer. .5 Aluminum Doors. .1 Exterior Doors: to be Medium Stile 350, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited, with Norton 1605 closer, MS locks, exterior threshold 115 mm, 1 pair butt hinges, weather stripping and Classic Hardware CO-9 with stainless steel US32 polished finish, flash cap across the top of door, and glazed with 25 mm tempered sealed, grey tinted units. .2 Interior Doors: to be Medium Stile 350, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited, with Norton 1605 closer, MS locks, 1 pair butt hinges, and Classic Hardware CO-9 with ' stainless steel US32 polished finish, flash cap across the top of door, and glazed with 6 mm tempered, grey tinted units. .3 Glazing gaskets shall be extruded, black, closed cell or dense elastomer of durometer appropriate to the function and as recommended by the manufacturer. .4 Weathering on offset pivot or butt hung doors (single or pairs) shall be Kawneer SEALAIR elastomeric weathering of tubular shape, with a semi-rigid polymeric backing. .5 Door bottom rail weathering (where required) shall be an extruded elastomeric blade sweep strip applied with concealed fasteners. .5 Steel reinforcement: to CAN/CSA-G40.21, grade 300W. .6 Fasteners: aluminum or stainless steel for aluminum to aluminum contact, stainless steel for aluminum to steel contact. .7 Isolation coating: bituminous paint, best grade asphalt utility enamel. .4 Aluminum Finishes .1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum components in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. .1 Clear anodic finish: designation AA-M12C22A31 (Kawneer finish #17). .2 Appearance and properties of anodized finishes designated by the Aluminum Association as Architectural Class 1, Architectural Class 2, and Protective and Decorative. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Fabrication .1 Doors and framing to be by same manufacturer. .2 Fabricate and install as indicated. Joint and intersecting members to be accurately fitted, in true planes complete with adequate fastenings. .2 Fabricate doors and frames to profiles and maximum face sizes as indicated. .3 Provide structural steel reinforcement as indicated and required. .4 Fit joints tightly and secure mechanically. .5 Conceal fastenings. .6 Welding shall conform to CSA Specification W-59 and be done by a ' fabricator approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA Specification W-47. .7 Isolate aluminum from direct contact with dissimilar metals, concrete and masonry or mortar by back painting with bituminous paint. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Build and erect work square, true, straight, plumb and level, free from defects detrimental to appearance and/or performance, in locations and to dimensions as indicated. .2 Anchor securely. .3 Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware templates and i manufacturer's instructions. .4 Adjust operable parts for correct function. .5 Make allowances for deflection of structure to ensure that structural loads are not transmitted to frames. .2 Glazing _.1 Glaze aluminum doors and frames in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Collect all glass cuttings in boxes at end of each day's work. .3 Replace at own expense, all scratched or broken glass damaged due to faulty setting, careless handling or storage. ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Caulking .1 Seal joints to provide weathertight seal at outside and air, vapour seal at inside. .2 Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Conceal sealant within the aluminum work except where exposed use is permitted by Consultant. ' .4 Cleaning .1 On completion of installation, remove stains and smudges from all finished surfaces. Clean and polish interior and exterior glass. Remove all rubbish and surplus materials resulting from work of this section. END OF SECTION ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 5 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 1 SECTION 08210—WOOD DOORS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. ' .2 Section 06666 Plastic Laminates. .3 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames. .4 Section 08710 Door Hardware. .5 Section 08800 Glazing. .6 Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment. .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate door types and cu-outs for lites, sizes, core construction, transom panel construction and cutouts, and hardware locations. .4 Regulatory Requirements ' .1 Wood fire rated doors: laboled and listed by an organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada. .5 Storage and Protection .1 Protect doors from dampness. Arrange for delivery after work causing abnormal humidity has beEm completed. .2 Store doors in well ventilated room, off floor, in accordance with ' manufacturer's recommendations. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Fire Rated Wood Doors .1 Solid Core wood doors: tested in accordance with CAN4 S104 to achieve rating as scheduled. 1 WOOD DOORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08210 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Face panels: to be plastic laminated with P.lam-3, in accordance with Section 06666 Plastic Laminates. .3 Glazing: to be 6 mm wire glass in accordance with Section 08800 ' Glazing. .3 Frames: to be steel, welded type, in accordance with Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames. .2 Sauna Doors .1 Solid Core Woods doors: to be constructed of nominal 50 mm x 100 mm tongue and groove Sauna-Select grade Western Red Cedar, as indicated. 1 .2 Glazing: to be 25 mm tempered, sealed, clear thermopane units, in accordance with Section 08800 Glazing. ' .3 Frames: to be mahogany in accordance with Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment. .4 Doors to be undercut 25 mm for ventilation. .5 Rough opening, door and frame sizes as indicated. .3 Fabrication .1 Vertical edge strips to match face veneer. .2 Bevel vertical edges of single acting doors 3 mm in 50 mm on lock side and 1.5 mm in 50 mm on hinge side. .3 Radius vertical edges of double acting doors to 60 mm radius. ' .4 Finish laminated plastic smooth and flush with stile edges of door and bevel at approximately 20 degrees. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Unwrap and protect doors in accordance with CAN/CSA-0132.2 Series, Appendix A. ' 2 - Install labeled fire rated doors to NFPA 80. .3 Install doors and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's printed , instructions and CAN/CSA-0132.2 Series, Appendix A. .4 Adjust hardware for correct function. WOOD DOORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08210 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Install glazing in accordance with Section 08800 - Glazing. .6 Secure transom and side panels by means of concealed fasteners or ' countersunk screws concealed by means of wood plugs matching panel in grain and colour. .2 Adjustment .1 Re-adjust doors and hardware just prior to completion of building to ' function freely and properly. .3 Cleaning ' .1 On completion of installation, remove all stains and smudges from all finished surfaces. .2 Clean and polish glass and hardware. .3 Remove all rubbish and surplus materials resulting from work of this ' Section. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 r WOOD DOORS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08210 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 08500— ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Work .1 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barriers ' .2 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation .3 Section 07900 Joint Sealers .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate materials and details in scale full size for head, jamb and sill, profiles of components, interior and exterior trim junction between combination units elevations of unit, anchorage details, location of isolation coating, description of related components and exposed finishes fasteners, and caulking. Indicate location of manufacturer's nameplates. 1 .3 Do not proceed with fabrication until Shop Drawings have been reviewed by Consultant. ' .4 Maintenance Data 1 .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for windows for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials ' .1 Materials: to CAN/CSA-A440 supplemented as follows: .1 All aluminum windows by same manufacturer. ' .2 Sash: aluminum. ' .3 Main frame: aluminum. .4 Glass: as specified in Section 08800 Glazing and as indicated. ALUMINUM WINDOWS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Screens: ' .1 As manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited. .2 Sized to suit projected framings and casements as indicated. .3 Insect screening mesh: count 18 x 16, glass fibre mesh. .4 Fasteners: tamper proof. .5 Screen frames: aluminum, clear anodized finish. .6 Mount screen frames for interior replacement. ' .6 Metal sills: brake formed aluminum sheet metal of type and size as detailed. ' .7 Isolation coating: best grade, alkali resistant bituminous paint, asphalt utility enamel. ' .8 Sealant: Types 1 and 3 (see section 07900 Joint Sealants). .2 Aluminum Window Types 1 .1 Fixed framing: .1 Shall be aluminum, 516 Isoport, as manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Limited, thermally broken and glazed with 25 mm sealed grey tinted units, sized to suit , each condition as indicated. .2 Fabrication .1 Fabricate as indicated and in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440 supplemented as follows: ' .1 Fabricate units square and true. .2 Face dimensions detailed are maximum permissible sizes. , .3 Brace frames to maintain squareness and rigidity during shipment and installation. , .3 Aluminum Finishes .1 Finish exposed surfaces of aluminum components in accordance with , Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. .1 Clear anodic finish: designation AA-M12C22A31 (Kawneer Company Canada Limited finish #17). ALUMINUM WINDOWS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .4 Isolation Coating .1 Back paint aluminum, using bituminous paint, to isolate from following ' components: .1 Dissimilar metals except stainless steel, zinc, or white bronze of small area. .2 Concrete, mortar and masonry. .3 Wood. .5 Glazing .1 Glaze windows in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440, Section 08800 Glazing and as indicated. 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 Window Installation .1 Install in accordance with CAN/CSA-A440. ' .2 Arrange components to prevent abrupt variation in colour. .3 Install windows and frames as indicated and in locations as indicated. ' .4 Joint and intersecting members to be accurately fitted, in true planes, complete with adequate fastenings. Build and erect work square, true, straight, plumb and level, free from defects detrimental to appearance and/or performance. .5 Welding shall conform to CSA Specification W-59, and be done by a tfabricator approved by the Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA Specification W-47. ' .3 Caulking .1 Seal joints between windows and adjacent walls with sealant. Bed sill ' expansion joint cover plates and drip deflectors in bedding compound. .2 Apply sealant in accordance with Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. Conceal ' sealant within window units except where exposed use is satisfactory to Consultant. END OF SECTION ' ALUMINUM WINDOWS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08500 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 08600— PLASTIC SKYLIGHTS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry ' .2 Section 07510 Built-Up Bituminous (BUR) Roofing. .3 Section 07620 Metal Flashings and Trim .4 Section 07900 Joint Sealants ' .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General ' Requirements. .2 Indicate size and description of components, materials, attachment devices, description of frame and finish, and construction details. ' .5 Maintenance Data .1 Provide maintenance data for cleaning and maintenance of plastic domes for incorporation into Operation and Maintenance Manuals as specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Skylight .1 Plastic skylights: to CAN/CGSB-63.14, Type 2 - Double glazed, Class C - Rigid vinyl frame. ' .2 Frame Finish .1 Class C - Rigid vinyl frame: thickness minimum 2.5 mm, colour to be from manufacturer's standard colours, to later selection. .3 Skylight Glazing .1 Domes shall be formed of one piece clear colourless 41 mm cast acrylic, to withstand a minimum live load of 195 kg per m2. .3 Dome shape: convex. ' PLASTIC SKYLIGHTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08600 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Outer layer: Clear colourless. ' .5 Inner layer: Clear colourless. .4 Accessories ' .1 Fasteners: screws to manufacturers standard. .2 Sealant: as specified under Section 07900 Joint Sealants or to manufacturer's recommendations. ' .5 Acceptable Material .1 4242 Type "M double dome skylight as manufactured by Allied Plastics. , 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation ' .1 Install skylights in accordance with CAN/CGSB-63.14 and manufacturer's instructions, supplement as follows: .1 Erect components plumb, level and in proper alignment. .2 Ensure continuity of envelope air barrier and vapour retarder systems. .3 Secure curb assembly to structure. , .4 Adjust and seal assembly with provision for expansion and contraction of components. .5 Secure and seal frame to curb. END OF SECTION PLASTIC SKYLIGHTS , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08600 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 08710— DOOR HARDWARE 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work .1 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames. ' .2 Section 08210 Wood Doors. .3 Section 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware. .3 References Standards ' .1 Standard hardware location dimensions in accordance with Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufactures' Association. ' .4 Hardware List .1 Submit contract hardware list and delivery schedule in accordance with ' Section 01001 General Requirements and in conjunction with Section 08715 Cabinet and Miscellaneous Hardware. ' .2 Indicate specified hardware, including make, model, material, function, size, finish templates and template information and other pertinent information. ' .3 Provide keying charts data and directions. .4 Obtain Consultant's approval of all hardware supplied under this section ' prior to shipping. .5 Maintenance Data ' .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for door closers, locksets, door holders and fire exit hardware for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. I _ 2 - Brief maintenance staff regarding proper care, cleaning, and general maintenance. .3 Provide 2 sets of wrenches for door closers, lock sets and fire exit hardware. ' DOOR HARDWARE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08710 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Delivery and Storage ' .1 Store finishing hardware in locked, clean and dry area. .2 Package each item of hardware including fastenings, separately or in like ' groups of hardware, label each package as to item definition and location. , .7 Purchasing and Responsibility .1 The items under this section are to be paid for by the Cash Allowance specified for them under Section 01001 General Requirements which is to be included in the Stipulated Sum quoted. This Cash Allowance is to , be expended only on the Consultant's written authority in accordance with article GC 4.1 of the agreement. On completion of the project, the Contractor is to credit the Owner the unused portion of this allowance, if any. ' .2 This section shall supply and deliver all hardware herein specified and scheduled, complete with screws, bolts, expansion shields and fittings as ' required for the proper installation and operation thereof, and the paying of all freight, cartage and other charges necessary for the complete delivery thereof. , .3 This section shall assume complete responsibility for any and all loss/damage to the hardware, fittings and accessories supplied under this , section which occurs prior to the unloading of such items at the project site, whether such loss or damage is caused in the plant or warehouse, or while in storage or transit during delivery, and shall make good any ' and all such losses and/or damages without additional cost to the Owner. This Section shall obtain a signed, itemized receipt for all items delivered to the project site. .4 Receipt, handling, storage, safekeeping, protection and installation of the ' hardware, fittings and accessories specified and scheduled herein are to be the work of other Sections and is not intended to be covered by the ' Cash Allowance. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Hardware Items .1 Only door locksets and latchsets listed on CGSB Qualified Products List ' are acceptable for use on this project. .2 Use only products listed on the Hardware Schedule provided by the ' Consultant. DOOR HARDWARE , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08790 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex r3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation Instructions r .1 Furnish manufacturers' instructions for proper installation of each hardware component. ' .2 Install hardware to standard hardware location dimensions in accordance with Canadian Metric Guide for Steel Doors and Frames (Modular Construction) prepared by Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association. .3 Where door stop contacts door pulls, mount stop to strike bottom of pull. r .4 Carry out final check of all door hardware prior to completion of work. Verify all hardware is in perfect operating condition. r .5 Hand over keys, labeled as required, to Owner on completion of the Work. ' END OF SECTION r r 1 1 r r 1 r r r DOOR HARDWARE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08710 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 1 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 08715—CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Work .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. ' .2 Section 08710 Door Hardware. .3 Hardware List .1 Submit cabinet hardware list in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements and in conjunction with Section 08710 Door Hardware. ' .2 Indicate specified hardware, including make, model, material, function, finish and other pertinent information. ' .4 Maintenance Data .1 Provide maintenance data, parts list, and manufacturer's instructions for ' incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Brief maintenance staff regarding proper care, cleaning, and general maintenance. .5 Delivery and Storage .1 Store cabinet hardware in locked, clean and dry area. ' .2 Package each item of hardware including fastenings, separately or in like groups of hardware, label each package as to item definition and location. ' .6 Purchasing ' .1 The purchasing of the items of this Section is to be the responsibility of the Contractor, and are not included under the Cash Allowance for Door Hardware specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. .7 Responsibility .1 This section shall supply and deliver all hardware herein specified and scheduled, complete with screws, bolts, expansion shields and fittings as required for the proper installation and operation thereof, and paying of ' CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08715 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex all freight, cartage and other charges necessary for the complete delivery ' thereof. .2 This section shall assume complete responsibility for any and all loss/damage to the hardware, fittings and accessories supplied under this section which occurs 2Ljqr to the unloading of such items at the project site, whether such loss or damage is caused in the plant or warehouse, ' or while in storage or transit during delivery, and shall make good any and all such losses and/or damages without additional cost to the Owner. Obtain a signed, itemized receipt for all items delivered to the project site. ' .3 Receipt, handling, storage, safekeeping, protection and installation of the hardware, fittings and accessories specified and scheduled herein are to , be the work of Section 06200 Finish Carpentry and are not intended to be covered under the Cash Allowance specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Hardware Items ' .1 As far as practical, use one manufacturer's product for all items as directed by the Consultant. , .2 Required material to be standard hardware as indicated on the drawings. 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 Installation Instructions .1 Furnish manufacturers' instruction for proper installation of each ' hardware component. END OF SECTION CABINET AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08715 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 08800 - GLAZING 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Except for glazing of exterior Aluminum windows and doors, all other ' glass and glazing shall fall under this section. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry .2 Section 07900 Joint Sealants .3 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames ' .4 Section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames .5 Section 08210 Wood Doors ' .6 Section 08500 Aluminum Windows ' .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .4 Environmental Requirements .1 Install glazing when ambient temperature is 4°C minimum. Maintain ventilated environment for 24 hours after application. ' .2 Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials ' 1 Tempered Glass. .1 To thickness recommended by glass manufacturer for aluminum ' doors (under section 08120 Aluminum Doors and Frames) and interior aluminum screen where noted on the Door Schedule. ' GLAZING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Wired Glass. .1 Polished Georgian wired glass, 6 mm thick, where noted on the Door Schedule for doors and screens. , .3 Polished Plate Glass. .1 To thickness recommended by glass manufacturer for hollow ' metal doors and screens where noted on the Door Schedule. .4 Mirrors. ' .1 Shall be Pilkington Custom Mirror of 6 mm thick, polished plate, mirror size as shown on drawings. .2 Mirroring process shall have a 5 year guarantee against flaking and peeling due to moisture in the atmosphere. ' .2 Accessories .1 Setting blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80 - 90 Shore A durometer hardness ' to ASTM D2240, length of 25 mm for each square meter of glazing. .2 Spacer shims: Neoprene or EPDM, Shore A durometer hardness as ' recommended by glass manufacturer to ASTM D2240, 75 mm long x one half height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application. Self adhesive on one face. ' .3 Glazing tape: .1 Preformed butyl compound, 10 - 15 Shore A durometer hardness ' to ASTM D2240. .2 Acceptable material: Tremco 440 Tape, Aluminum finish. ' .4 Glazing Compound: , .1 Neutral cure, one-part, high performance, medium modulous silicone sealant. .2 Acceptable material: Tremco Spectrum, colour as selected. ' .5 Glazing splines: EPDM, precision extruded shape to suit glazing channel ' retaining slot, colour as selected. .6 Lock-strip gaskets: to ASTM C542. , .7 Mirror attachment accessories: .1 Substrate to be MDF as specified under Section 06200 Finish , Carpentry, as indicated. GLAZING ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Stainless steel clips. .3 Plastic rosettes. ' .4 Mirror adhesive, chemically compatible with mirror coating and substrate, as recommended by manufacturer. .8 Sealant Types 1 and 3 (see Section 07900 Joint Sealants). ' 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Examination ' .1 Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. .2 Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready to receive glazing. .2 Preparation .1 Clean contact surfaces with solvent as recommended by the manufacturer and wipe dry. ' .2 Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. .3 Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. .3 Installation .1 Conform to the provisions of the Glazing Manuals of the Flat Glass Jobbers Association and the Flat Glass Manufacturers Association of Glazing unless otherwise specified. .2 Do not glaze when ambient or surface temperatures are less than 4°C. Glazing rebates, stops and glass shall be dry, free from ice, frost, slick, grease, oil, dust, rust or any other material detrimental to adhesion of glazing compounds. ' .3 Installation of glass and glazing compound shall be done in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions to produce a first class installation. i .4 Installation: Mirrors .1 Set mirrors with adhesive, applied in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. .2 Set mirrors with clips. Anchor rigidly to wall construction. ' .3 Place plumb and level. ' GLAZING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Cleaning .1 Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. .2 Remove labels after work is complete. ' .3 Collect all glass cuttings in boxes and remove when cleaning up debris. .4 Remove glazing compound droppings immediately from surfaces. .5 Clean glass and mirrors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. , .6 Protection of Finished Work .1 After installation, mark glass with an "X" by using removable plastic tape ' or paste. END OF SECTION r GLAZING ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 08800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 09110— NON-LOAD BEARING WALL AND CEILING FRAMING 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 09250 Gypsum Board. .2 Section 09300 Cement Board. .3 Section 13052 Saunas and Equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Non-loadbearing channel stud framing: to ASTM C645, 92 mm stud size, roll formed from 0.91 mm thickness hot dipped galvanized steel sheet, for screw attachment of gypsum board and cement board. Knock-out service holes at 460 mm centres. .2 Floor and ceiling tracks: to ASTM C645, in widths to suit stud sizes, 32 mm flange height. .3 Metal channel stiffener: sizes as required, 1.4 mm thick cold rolled steel, coated with rust inhibitive coating. .5 Acoustical sealant: to CAN/CGSB-19.21. .6 Insulating strip: rubberized, moisture resistant 3 mm thick foam strip, 12 mm wide, with self sticking adhesive on one face, lengths as required. 3.0 EXECUTION ' .1 Erection .1 Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 400 mm o.c. maximum. 2 Install dampproof course under stud shoe tracks of partitions on slabs on grade. .3 Place studs at 400 mm oc and not more than 50 mm from abutting walls, and at each side of openings and corners. Position vertical studs in tracks fat floor and ceiling, and horizontal (ceiling) studs in tracks attached to NON-LOAD BEARING WALL AND CEILING FRAMING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex vertical studs. Cross brace steel studs as required to provide rigid ' installation to manufacturer's instructions. .4 Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1:1000. .5 Attach studs to floor and ceiling tracks using screws. .6 Attach floor and ceiling tracks to studs for ceiling framing using screws. .7 Co-ordinate simultaneous erection of studs with installation of service lines. When erecting studs ensure web openings are aligned. .8 Co-ordinate erection of studs with installation of door/window frames and special supports or anchorage for work specified in other Sections. .9 Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified. Secure studs together, 50 mm apart using column clips or other approved means of fastening placed alongside frame anchor clips. .10 Erect track at head of door/window openings and sills of sidelight/window openings to accommodate intermediate studs. Secure track to studs at each end, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install intermediate studs above and below openings in same manner and spacing as wall studs. .11 Frame openings and around built-in equipment, cabinets, access panels, on four sides. Extend framing into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers. .12 Provide 40 mm stud or furring channel secured between studs for attachment of fixtures behind lavatory basins, toilet and bathroom accessories, and other fixtures including grab bars and towel rails, attached to steel stud partitions. .13 Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes. .14 Extend partitions to ceiling height except where noted otherwise on drawings. .15 Maintain clearance under steel joists to avoid transmission of structural loads to studs. .16 Install continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from uninsulated surfaces. .17 Install two continuous beads of acoustical sealant or insulating strip under studs and tracks around perimeter of sound control partitions. END OF SECTION NON-LOAD BEARING WALL AND CEILING FRAMING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09110 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Communtiy Complex SECTION 09130—ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 09250 Gypsum Board .2 Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings .3 Division 15: Trim for recessed mechanical fixtures. .4 Division 16: Trim for recessed light fixtures. .3 References .1 ASTM C635, Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. .2 ASTM C636, Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawing in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit reflected ceiling plans for special grid patterns as indicated. .3 Indicate lay-out, insert and hanger spacing and fastening details, splicing method for main and cross runners, location of access splines change in level details, access door dimensions, and locations and acoustical unit support at ceiling fixture lateral bracing and accessories. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials 1 Acoustical suspension system: Donn DX non fire-rated, exposed grid suspension system to ASTM C635 for lay-in acoustical panels, as manufactured by CGC Interiors, a division of CGC Inc., Oakville, Ontario. .2 Basic materials for suspension system: commercial quality cold rolled steel with protective coating, exposed surfaces prefinished in manufacturer's standard baked white enamel paint. ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09130 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Communtiy Complex .3 Suspension system: non fire-rated, made up as follows: two directional exposed tee bar grid, 600 mm x 1200 mm (24" x 48") module. .4 Components die cut. Main tee with double web, rectangular bulb and 25 ' mm rolled cap on exposed face. Cross tee with rectangular bulb; web extended to form positive interlock with main tee webs; lower flange extended and offset to provide flush intersection. ' .6 Hanger wire: galvanized soft annealed steel wire, prestretched , of yield stress load at least 3.6 mm (12 ga). .7 Hanger inserts: purpose made. .9 Accessories: splices, clips, wire ties, retainers and wall moulding flush, to complement suspension system components, as recommended by system manufacturer. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Installation: in accordance with ASTM C636 except where specified otherwise. .2 Install suspension system to manufacturer's instructions. .3 Do not erect ceiling suspension system until work above ceiling has been inspected by Consultant. .4 Secure hangers to overhead structure using approved attachment methods. .5 Install hangers spaced at maximum 1200 mm centres and within 150 mm from ends of main tees. .6 Main tees shall be spaced at 1200 mm oc and cross tees at 600 mm oc, accurately leveled to 1 mm in 1000 mm. Install extra channels and tees to reinforce system at light fixtures. Ends of main tees shall rest on edge moulding. .7 Lay out system according to reflected ceiling plan. .8 Ensure suspension system is coordinated with location of related components. .9 Install wall moulding to provide correct ceiling height. .10 Completed suspension system to support super-imposed loads such as lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles and speakers. ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09130 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Communtiy Complex .11 Support at light fixtures and/or diffusers with additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm around perimeter of fixture. .12 Attach cross member to main runner to provide rigid assembly. .13 Frame at openings for light fixtures, air diffusers, speakers and at changes in ceiling heights. .14 Finished ceiling system to be square with adjoining walls and level within 1:1000. .2 Cleaning .1 Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and other defects in painted surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL SUSPENSION 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09130 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 09250—GYPSUM BOARD 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .2 Section 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing .3 Section 09310 Ceramic Tile .4 Section 09911 Interior Painting .5 Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories .3 Environmental Requirements .1 Maintain temperature minimum 10°C, maximum 21°C for 48 hours prior to and during application of gypsum boards and joint treatment, and for at least 48 hours after completion of joint treatment. .2 Apply board and joint treatment to dry, frost free surfaces. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Standard boards to CAN/CSA-A82.27, and to following dimensions (locations for each size are indicated on the drawings): .1 12.7 mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm, ends square cut, edges square, by DOMTAR, CGC or approved equal. .2 12.7 mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm, Type X, ends square cut, edges square, by DOMTAR, CGC or approved equal. ' .3 15 mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm, ends square cut, edges square, by DOMTAR, CGC or approved equal. .2 Water resistant board: to CAN/CSA-A82.27, 12.7 mm x 1200 mm x 2400 mm, ends square cut, edges square, by DOMTAR, CGC or approved equal. .3 Metal furring runners, hangers, tie wires, inserts, anchors: to CSA A82.30, galvanized. GYPSUM BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09250 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Ceiling board furring channels: cold-roll formed, 18 ga, 12.7 mm x 38 mm, for screw attachment of gypsum board, with exposed surfaces finished with manufacturer's standard white baked enamel paint. .5 Resilient drywall furring: 0.5 mm base steel thickness galvanized steel for resilient attachment of gypsum board. .6 Trim reveal: .1 Standard metal trim reveal for suspended gypsum board ceilings abutting concrete block walls, suitable for paint finish in all locations except where indicated otherwise. .2 Series 400 Wall Trim Reveals as manufactured by Gordon Architectural Aluminum Specialties Inc., part #412-1/2, clear anodized finish, in locations as shown on drawings. .7 Nails, screws and staples: to CAN/CSA-A82.31, 32 mm, self-drilling, self- tapping, case hardened wallboard screws with square, socketed, countersunk heads. .8 Stud adhesive: to CAN/CGSB-71.25, as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. .9 Laminating compound: as recommended by manufacturer, asbestos-free. .10 Casing beads, corner beads: 0.5 mm base thickness commercial grade sheet steel with Z275 zinc finish to ASTM A525, perforated flanges; one piece length per location. .11 Control joint: roll-formed, zinc coated, galvanized steel, 32 mm x 22 mm, CGC product No. 093 or equal. .12 Reinforcing tape: 50 mm wide, perforated joint tape as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. .13 Joint filler: to CAN/CSA-A82.31, asbestos-free, as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. .14 Sealants: Type 4 as specified in Section 07900 Joint Sealants. .15 Acoustic sealant: as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. 16 At Bulkhead in Fitness Gym: .1 Continuous steel angle, L100 mm x 100 mm, lengths as required or indicated. .2 Steel rod, 10 mm diameter, hung from bottom of ceiling structure, lengths as required and in locations as indicated. GYPSUM BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09250 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Finishes .1 Texture finish, asbestos-free, standard white, texture coating and primer- sealer, recommended by gypsum board manufacturer, ready for paint. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Workmanship .1 Do work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31 except where specified otherwise. .2 Erect hangers and runner channels for suspended gypsum board ceilings in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31 except where specified otherwise. .3 Support light fixtures by providing additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 600 mm around perimeter of fixture. .4 Install work level to tolerance of 1:1200. .5 Frame with furring channels, perimeter of openings for access panels, light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, et cetera. .6 Furr for gypsum board faced vertical bulkheads within and at termination of ceilings. .7 Furr above suspended ceilings for gypsum board fire and sound stops and to form plenum areas as indicated. .8 Install wall furring for gypsum board wall finishes in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31, except where specified otherwise. .9 Furr openings and around built-in equipment, cabinets, access panels, and the like, on four sides. Extend furring into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers. .10 Furr duct shafts, beams, columns, pipes and exposed services where indicated. .11 Erect drywall resilient furring transversely across studs, spaced maximum 600 mm oc and not more than 150 mm from ceiling/wall juncture. Secure to each support with 32 mm drywall screws. 12 Install 150 mm continuous strip of 12.7 mm gypsum board along base of ' partitions where resilient furring installed. .2 Application 1 Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work are approved. GYPSUM BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09250 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Use standard gypsum board in all locations indicated except as indicated. .5 Apply 12 mm diameter bead of acoustic sealant continuously around periphery of each face of partitioning to seal gypsum board/structure junction where partitions abut fixed building components. Seal full perimeter of cut-outs around electrical boxes, ducts, and the like, in partitions where perimeter sealed with acoustic sealant. .6 Arrange vinyl faced gypsum board symmetrical about openings and wall areas, with butt joints. .3 Joint Treatment .1 Filling shall be done manually or by a mechanical taping and filling machine. Mix joint filler and taping cement according to manufacturer's directions. .2 At beveled joints, apply thin coat of joint filler on each side of joint and embed reinforcing tape. Cover edge of embedded tape with tri-coat of joint filler. After bedding coat is dry, apply a second coat. Apply a third coat of topping cement feathered at least 150 mm each side of joint and blended into adjoining surface. .3 At corners, apply filler over metal corner bead flush with nose of bead, and extend 75 mm onto the surface of the bead each side of corner. Apply thin second coat after first is dry. .4 Installation .1 Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane, according to manufacturer's instructions. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. Secure 200 mm oc using specified screws, driven with a power screw driver and left with countersunk head slightly below board surface. .2 Install casing beads around perimeter of suspended ceilings. .3 Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated. .4 Install insulating strips continuously at edges of gypsum board and casing beads abutting metal window and exterior door frames, to provide thermal break. .5 Install shadow mould at gypsum board/ceiling juncture as indicated. ' Minimize joints; use corner pieces and splicers. .6 Construct control joints of preformed units set in gypsum board facing and supported independently on both sides of joint. GYPSUM BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09250 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 5 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 Provide continuous polyethylene dust barrier behind and across control joints. .8 Locate control joints at approximate 10 m spacing on long corridor runs and at approximate 15 m spacing on ceilings, where these conditions exist. .9 Install control joints straight and true. .10 Construct expansion joints at building expansion and construction joints. Provide continuous dust barrier. .11 Install expansion joint straight and true. .12 Splice corners and intersections together and secure to each member with 3 screws. .13 Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after surface finish is completed. .14 Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. .15 Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for paint finish. .16 Apply one coat of white primer sealer over surface to be textured. When dry apply textured finish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .17 Mix joint compound slightly thinner than for joint taping. .18 Apply thin coat to entire surface using trowel or drywall broadknife to fill surface texture differences, variations or tool marks. .19 Allow skim coat to dry completely. ' .20 Remove ridges by light sanding or wiping with damp cloth. ' .4 Cleaning .1 Remove all droppings and debris resulting from the work of this section. Clean-off all beads and metal trim and leave work in finished condition ready for paint. END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09250 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 09300—CEMENT BOARD 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry .2 Section 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing .3 Section 09310 Ceramic Tile .4 Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories .3 Environmental Requirements .1 Maintain temperature minimum 13°C, maximum 21°C for 48 hours prior to and during application of cement boards and joint treatment, and for at least 48 hours after completion of joint treatment. .2 Apply board and joint treatment to dry, frost free surfaces. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Standard boards to CAN/CSA-A82.27, 12.7 mm x 914 mm x 1200 mm, ends square cut, edges square. .1 Acceptable material: DUROCK Interior Cement Board. .2 Non-load bearing steel framing for walls and ceilings as specified under Section 09110. .3 Metal furring runners, hangers, tie wires, inserts, anchors: to CSA A82.30, galvanized. .4 Furring channels: cold-roll formed, 20 ga, 12.7 mm x 38 mm, for screw attachment of cement board, with exposed surfaces finished with manufacturer's standard white baked enamel paint. .5 Screws: 40 mm, self-drilling, self-tapping, case hardened wallboard screws with square, socketed, countersunk heads, or as recommended by cement board manufacturer. ' CEMENT BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Stud adhesive: to CAN/CGSB-71.25, as recommended by cement board manufacturer. .7 Casing beads, corner beads: 0.5 mm base thickness commercial grade sheet steel with Z275 zinc finish to ASTM A525, perforated flanges; one piece length per location. .8 Control joint: roll-formed, zinc coated, galvanized steel, 32 mm x 22 mm, CGC product No. 093 or equal. .9 Reinforcing tape: 50 mm wide, perforated joint tape as recommended by j cement board manufacturer. .10 Joint filler: to CAN/CSA-A82.31, asbestos-free, as recommended by cement board manufacturer. .11 Sealants: Type 4 as specified in Section 07900 Joint Sealants. .12 Acoustic sealant: as recommended by cement board manufacturer. .2 Finishes .1 All cement board to be finished as required to receive ceramic tile application as specified under Section 09310 Ceramic Tile, except in saunas, which shall remain exposed, and shall be finished in accordance with the cement board manufacturer's recommendations. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Workmanship .1 Do work in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31 except where specified otherwise. .2 Erect hangers and runner channels for suspended cement board ceilings in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31 except where specified otherwise. .3 Support light fixtures by providing additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 400 mm around perimeter of fixture. .4 Install work level to tolerance of 1:1200. _.5 Frame with furring channels, perimeter of openings for access panels, - light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, et cetera. .6 Furr above suspended ceilings for cement board fire and sound stops and to form plenum areas as indicated. .7 Ceiling furring channels must be spaced maximum 400 mm oc. , CEMENT BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .8 Install wall furring for cement board wall finishes in accordance with CAN/CSA-A82.31, except where specified otherwise. ' .9 Furr openings and around built-in equipment, cabinets, access panels, and the like, on four sides. Extend furring into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers. .10 Furr duct shafts, beams, columns, pipes and exposed services where indicated. .11 Erect furring transversely across studs, spaced maximum 400 mm oc and not more than 150 mm from ceiling/wall juncture. Secure to each support with 40 mm screws. .2 Application .1 Do not apply cement board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electrical and mechanical work are approved. .2 Apply 12 mm diameter bead of acoustic sealant continuously around periphery of each face of partitioning to seal cement board/structure junction where partitions abut fixed building components. Seal full perimeter of cut-outs around electrical boxes, ducts, and the like, in 1 partitions where perimeter sealed with acoustic sealant. .3 Joint Treatment .1 Filling shall be done manually or by a mechanical taping and filling machine. Mix joint filler and taping cement according to manufacturer's directions. .2 At beveled joints, apply thin coat of joint filler on each side of joint and embed reinforcing tape. Cover edge of embedded tape with tri-coat of joint filler. After bedding coat is dry, apply a second coat. Apply a third coat of topping cement feathered at least 150 mm each side of joint and blended into adjoining surface. .3 At corners, apply filler over metal corner bead flush with nose of bead, and extend 75 mm onto the surface of the bead each side of corner. Apply thin second coat after first is dry. .4 Installation 1 Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane, according to manufacturer's instructions. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. Secure 200 mm oc using specified screws, driven with a power screw driver and left with countersunk head slightly below board surface. .2 Install casing beads around perimeter of suspended ceilings. 1 CEMENT BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Install casing beads where cement board butts against surfaces having , no trim concealing junction and where indicated. .4 Install insulating strips continuously at edges of cement board and casing ' beads abutting metal window and exterior door frames, to provide thermal break. .5 Install shadow mould at cement board/ceiling juncture as indicated. Minimize joints; use corner pieces and splicers. .6 Construct control joints of preformed units set in cement board facing and supported independently on both sides of joint. .7 Provide continuous polyethylene dust barrier behind and across control joints. .8 Locate control joints in accordance with cement board manufacturer's recommendations. .9 Install control joints straight and true. .10 Construct expansion joints at building expansion and construction joints. Provide continuous dust barrier. .11 Install expansion joint straight and true. .12 Splice corners and intersections together and secure to each member with 3 screws. .13 Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of cement board so as to be invisible after surface finish is completed. .14 Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. .15 Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for ceramic tile finish. .4 Cleaning .1 Remove all droppings and debris resulting from the work of this section. Clean-off all beads and metal trim and leave work in finished condition ready for ceramic the application. END OF SECTION CEMENT BOARD 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09300 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 09310 — CERAMIC TILE 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Work .1 Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) Waterproofing. .2 Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories .3 Reference Standards .1 Do tile work in accordance with the Tile Specification Guide9300/2000, produced by Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada (TTMAC), and as specified herein. .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit 300 x 300 mm sample panels of each colour, texture, size, and pattern of tile. .3 Adhere tile samples to 15 mm thick plywood and grout joints to represent project installation. t .5 Environmental Conditions .1 Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at ceramic tile installation area above 12°C for 48 h before, during, and 48 h after, installation. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Wall, Floor and Ceiling Tile 1 CT-1: Graniti Fiandre, ATP55 Pietra Piasentina, 400 mm x 600 mm, as manufactured by Savoia Canada Inc., Tel: 416-789-7778, to be laid in a running bond pattern. On floors, pattern to be in a north-south direction. .2 CT-2: Winstone, A850/UPS Graphite, 76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3" x 3"), as manufactured by Olympia Floor and Wall Tile Company, Tel: 416-785- 6666, to be laid in a stack bond pattern. i CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 CT-3: Winstone, A291/UPS Pepper Quartz, 76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3" x , 3"), as manufactured by Olympia Floor and Wall tile Company, Tel: 416- 785-6666, to be laid in a stack bond pattern. .4 CT-4: Porcelanosa, Tenerife Blanco, 203.2 mm x 317.5 mm (8" x 12.5"), as manufactured by Elite Tile, Tel: 905-761-5696, to be laid in a running bond pattern. .5 CT-5: Porcelanosa, Borneo Blanco, 203.2 mm x 317.5 mm (8" x 12.5"), as manufactured by Elite Tile, Tel: 905-761-5696, to be laid in a running bond pattern. .6 CT-6: Winstone, A900/UPS Mica, 76.2 mm x 76.2 mm (3" x 3"), as ' manufactured by Olympia Floor and Wall Tile Company, Tel: 416-785- 6666, to be laid in a stack bond pattern. .7 CT-7: to match existing tile and pattern. , .8 CT-8: Premier, White (E.I.PRM.WHT.0606), 152.4 mm x 152.4 mm (6" x 6"), as manufactured by Olympia Floor and Wall Tile Company, Tel: 416- 785-6666, to be laid in a stack bond pattern. .2 Mortar and Adhesive Materials .1 Portland cement: to CAN3-A5-M1989, type 10. .2 Sand: to ASTM C-144. .3 Hydrated lime: to ASTM C207-91. .4 Latex-Portland cement mortar to ANSI A-118.4 1992. .5 Water: potable and free of minerals which are detrimental to mortar and grout mixes. .6 Dry set mortar: to ANSI A118.1-1992. .7 Organic adhesive: to CGSB 71-GP-22M. .8 Epoxy bond coat: to ANSI A118.3 1992. , .9 Thin set bond coat: Latex-Portland cement mortar or Type 1 organic adhesive. .3 Grout .1 Wall Grout and Ceiling .1 Portland cement based grout to ANSI A118.6 1992 to be Flextile Polymer Modified Wall Grout, white colour, with 2 mm joint, for use with the types as follows: CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .1 CT-4 .2 CT-5 .3 CT-6 .4 CT-8 .2 Portland cement based grout to ANSI A118.6 1992 to be Flextile Polymer Modified Wall Grout, prey colour, with 2 mm joint, for use with tile types as follows: .1 CT-1 .2 Floor Grout .1 Portland cement based grout to ANSI A118.6 1992 to be Flextile Polymer Modified Floor Grout, white colour, with 2 mm joint, for use with tile types as follows: ' .1 CT-3 .2 Portland cement based grout to ANSI A118.6 1992 to be Flextile ' Polymer Modified Floor Grout, grey colour, with 2 mm joint, for use with tile types as follows: 1 .1 CT-1 .2 CT-2 .3 Grout preparation: to manufacturers instructions. .4 Accessories .1 Sealant: to tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations, colour selected by Consultant. .2 Floor sealer and protective coating: to tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations. ' .3 Soap Holder: supply and install 3 standard, surface mounted, ceramic, standard dish, self-draining soap holders, with flush screws. .5 Mortar and Adhesive Mixes .1 Scratch coat: 1 part portland cement, 1/5 to 1/2 parts hydrated lime to ' suit job conditions, 4 parts sand, 1 part water. Adjust water volume depending on water content of sand. .2 Slurry bond coat: Portland cement and water mixed to creamy paste. Latex additive may be included. CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Mortar bed for floors: 1 part portland cement, 4 parts sand, 1 part water. ' Adjust water volume depending on water content of sand. Latex additive may be included. .4 Mortar bed for walls and ceilings: 1 part portland cement, 1/5 to 1/2 parts hydrated lime to suit job conditions, 4 parts sand and 1 part water. Adjust water volume depending on water content of sand. Latex additive may be included. .5 Levelling coat: 1 part portland cement, 4 parts sand, minimum 1/10 part latex additive, 1 part water including latex additive. .6 Bond or setting coat: 1 part portland cement, 1/3 part hydrated lime, 1 part water. .7 Measure mortar ingredients by volume. .8 Dry set mortar: mix to manufacturer's instructions. , .9 Organic adhesive: pre-mixed. , 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Workmanship , .1 Perform all work in accordance with the requirements of the TTMAC Tile ' Specification Guide 09300/2000 and the respective manufacturers' specifications. .2 Fit the units around corners, fitments, fixtures, drains and other built-in objects to maintain uniform joint appearance. Make cut edges smooth, even and free from chipping. Edges resulting from splitting will not be accepted. .3 Thoroughly clean the underlying surfaces. .4 Lay out tiles in reference to the drawings and according to their patterns so that the perimeter and all cut tiles are no less than '/z size. .5 Set tiles in place while bond coat is wet and tacky, prior to skinning over. ' Slide the back and forth to ensure a proper bond and level surface. Avoid lippage by levelling tiles to conform to a 1 mm tolerance over a 3 mm joint. Backbutter as required to ensure 95% bond coverage (backbutter by applying adhesive to the back of the the using the flat edge of the trowel). .6 Clean backs of tiles as required to ensure proper bonding. Clean excess mortar from surface prior to mortar setting. .7 Sound tiles after setting material have cured and replace any hollow , sounding tiles before grouting. CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' .8 For Shower walls, notch adhesive in straight lines, backbutter tile and set tile on freshly trowelled thin-set mortar while moving the tile back and forth at 900 to the notches. .9 Keep 2/3 of the depth of grout joints free of setting material. Protect all tiles from grout staining —test in advance and pre-seal if required. Follow ' manufacturer's recommendations for grout an residue removal. .10 Protect installed areas from traffic until setting materials have cured for periods specified in TTMAC Installation Manual. .11 Barricade grouted areas to prevent foot traffic for 24 hrs after grouting. .2 Wall Tile .1 Install in accordance with TTMAC Detail 303W-2000, except as noted below. .2 Ceramic the base at Co-Ordinator Office 04 to be installed in accordance ' with TTMAC Detail 304W-2000. .3 Floor Tile ' .1 Install in accordance with TTMAC Detail 311 F-2000-A. .4 Ceiling Tile .1 Install in accordance with TTMAC Detai1315C-2000-B .5 Control Joints and Expansion Joints .1 Location and size of control joints and expansion joints to be as follows: ' .1 Above control joints in the substrate. .2 Around perimeter of floors, around columns, where tile abuts other hard materials, at the junction between horizontal and vertical surfaces, and at transitions which include corridors and changes in direction, such as T's and Ls. ' .3 4878 mm to 6098 mm in each direction — minimum 6 mm in width. ' .4 In areas exposed to moisture of direct sunlight: 3659 mm to 4878 mm in each direction — minimum 6 mm in width. .2 Install control joints and expansion joints in accordance with TTMAC ' detail 301 EJ-98. .3 Keep all control joints and expansion joints free from setting materials. CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 6 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Protection ' .1 Protect finished areas from traffic until setting materials have sufficiently cured. Refer to TTMAC Tile Specification Guide 09300/2000. .2 Protect grouted areas from traffic for 24 hours after grouting. .3 Provide protective covering until Substantial Performance of the Work. r .4 Protect wall tiles and bases from impact, vibration, or heavy hammering on adjacent and opposite walls for at least 14 days after installation. .5 Cleaning .1 On completion of the building, thoroughly clean installation in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. .2 Remove excess materials, debris and rubbish resulting from work of this section. END OF SECTION ' CERAMIC TILE 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09310 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 6 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 09510—ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 09130 Acoustical Suspension. ' .3 Regulatory Requirements .1 Fire-resistance rated ceiling assembly: certified by a Canadian ' Certification Organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada. .4 Environmental Requirements .1 Permit wet work to dry before commencement of installation. .2 Maintain uniform minimum temperature of 15°C and humidity of 20 - 40% before and during installation. .3 Store materials in work area 48 hours prior to installation. .5 Maintenance Materials .1 Provide 1 box acoustical units for each pattern and type required for project for use by Owner. .2 Extra materials to be from same production run as installed materials. .3 Include manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance instructions in manuals as specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Materials .1 Acceptable material: Fissured Minaboard 755B lay-in, as manufactured ' by Armstrong. Fissureton II by Celotex is acceptable equal. 2 = Acoustic units for suspended ceiling system: to CAN/CGSB-92.1 and the ' following: .1 ASTM E84 Flame spread rating of 25 or less. ' .2 Noise reduction coefficient (N RC) designation of .50 - .60 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Light reflectance range of LR-1 (over 75%). i .4 Ceiling plenum sound transmission range of 35-39. .5 Edge type square. ' .6 Size 24"x 48" x 5/8" thick (609.6 mm x 1219 mm x 16 mm thick). , .7 Shape: flat. .3 Adhesive as required shall be type recommended by acoustic unit manufacturer. .4 Staples, nails and screws as required to CSA B111 non-corrosive finish , as recommended by acoustic unit manufacturer. .5 Spacers as required shall be type recommended by acoustic unit , manufacturer. .6 Hold down clips: purpose made clips to secure tile to suspension system, ' approved for use in fire-rated systems. 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 Examination .1 Do not install acoustical panels and tiles until work above ceiling has r been reviewed by Consultant. .2 Installation .1 Install acoustical panels and tiles in ceiling suspension system. .2 In fire rated ceiling systems, secure lay-in panels with hold-down clips and protect over light fixtures, diffusers, air return grilles and other appurtenances according to Certification Organizations design requirements. .3 Application ' .1 Install acoustical units to reflected ceiling plan and room finish schedule. .2- Scribe acoustic units to fit adjacent work. Butt joints tight. ' .4 Interface with other Work 1 Co-ordinate ceiling work to accommodate components of other sections, r such as light fixtures, diffusers, speakers, sprinkler heads, to be built into acoustical ceiling components. ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 r ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Cleaning .1 Upon completion, remove smudges and dirt, and replace or make good 1 discoloured or damaged panels. Remove all rubbish and debris resulting from the work of this trade. END OF SECTION 1 i 1 1 1 ' ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09510 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 09624— RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 03300 —Cast-In-Place Concrete ' .2 Section 00315 —Concrete Slabs-On-Grade .3 Section 09310—Ceramic Tile ' .4 Section 09680 - Carpet ' .3 Submittals .1 Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Product Data: ' .1 Submit manufacturer's product data and descriptive literature for specified flooring, include documentation of conformance to specified requirements. .3 Samples: .1 Verification samples: 2 samples, minimum size 152 mm square, ' representing actual colour and finish of flooring to be installed. .4 Quality Assurance Submittal: .1 Manufacturer's printed installation instructions, including product storage requirements. ' .5 Closeout Submittals: .1 3 copies of the manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and ' maintenance of installed flooring, including a list of recommended cleaning and maintenance products, for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. ' .2 3 copies of the manufacturer's printed warranty documents for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. ' RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09624 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Quality Assurance ' .1 Supplier shall be an established firm experienced with the specified flooring. .2 Installer shall have a minimum of three (3) years documented experience with the installation of specified flooring and be approved by the manufacturer. .5 Delivery, Storage and Handling , .1 Permanent heat, light, and ventilation shall be operative before, during and after installation, maintaining a temperature range in accordance with ' the manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Flooring shall not be delivered or installed until all masonry, gypsum board, tile work, and overhead mechanical and electrical work is , completed and the building is enclosed and weathertight. .3 Handle and store flooring material with seals and labels intact. Protect ' materials against damage in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. .4 Do not store flooring tiles outside. , 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials ' .1 Flooring .1 Composition: 100% recycled crumb rubber with a flammability radius meeting Federal Regulation # DOC FFI-70 and exceeding , minimum char. .2 Size: 635 mm x 635 mm x 9.5 mm (25!' x 25" x 3/8"), interlocking. ' .3 Weight: 3.6 kg (8 lbs.) per tile. .4 Colour: black base with 15% off-white fleck. , .5 Acceptable material: Serendipity Sport, as distributed by The Sullivan Source Inc., Tel: 416-538-6336. ' 2 Adhesive (for flooring): as recommended by flooring manufacturer for use with specified flooring. ' RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09624 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Inspection ' .1 Inspect the concrete slab for proper tolerance: ' .1 The concrete floor slab shall be smooth trowelled and level to a tolerance of 3 mm in a 3,000 mm radius. High areas shall be ground down and low areas filled-in with approved levelling ' compounds. .2 Concrete floor slab shall have been cured for a minimum of 60 days. ' .2 The concrete slab shall be cleaned of all debris, free from any grease, oil, paint, dust, or any contamination, and have a moisture content of 5% or ' lower. .3 Report to the Consultant all damages, defects, unsatisfactory or ' unfavourable conditions before proceeding with flooring installation. Beginning of installation of resilient athletic flooring shall be taken to mean acceptance of existing conditions. ' .2 Installation .1 Install flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Install flooring using dry lay method, with the following exception: ' .1 Tiles at perimeter of installation shall be adhered to substrate using spot glue method with manufacturer's approved adhesive. .3 Lay out all the flooring material, making all fittings, cuttings or corrections ' to tolerances as follows: .1 Lay flooring with seams parallel to building lines. Border widths minimum 1/3 width of full tile. .2 Cut flooring neatl y around fixed objects. Fixed objects shall ' include door openings where floor finish and colour are to be the same on both sides of the opening, as well as vertical walls. ' .3 Terminate flooring at centerline of door in openings where adjacent floor finish or colour is dissimilar. .4 Install aluminum reducer strips at unprotected or exposed edges where ' flooring terminates. RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09624 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Cleaning ' .1 Upon completion of the work, remove all debris, equipment and excess material resulting from the work of this Section. .2 Clean the floor surface according to the flooring manufacturer's printed instructions. ' .4 Protection .1 Protect new floors from damage from time of installation until final ' inspection. .2 Prohibit traffic on floor for 48 hours after installation. , .5 Maintenance 1 Upon completion of the floor installation, illustrate to the Owner the proper use of the flooring manufacturer's recommended cleaning and maintenance products to achieve the highest level of maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION ' RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING , 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09624 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 ' Client Name Project Name ' SECTION 09642—WOOD SPORTS FLOORING 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and ' Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Work ' .1 Section 03300—Cast-in-Place Concrete .2 Section 07160— Sheet Vapour Retarders .3 Section 09912 — Interior Painting .3 Description .1 This Section specifies a Maple Flooring Manufacturer's Association ' (MFMA) manufactured wood strip floor system consisting, in general, of wood subflooring, vapour barrier, MFMA maple finish flooring, cushion pads, sanding, sealing, finish application, game line layout and painting, ' wall bases, thresholds at changes in floor finishes and the installation of floor sockets and cover plates. .4 Quality Assurance .1 The flooring supplier and installer of the MFMA manufactured system shall be experienced in the installation of maple flooring systems, approved by the manufacturer, and shall be an MFMA Associate Member in good standing. ' .2 All maple flooring is to be trademarked MFMA. Bundles of flooring shall be clearly marked for grade and the MFMA Certificate shall accompany each shipment and shall be submitted with the Warranty and the operation and Maintenance Manuals. .5 Submittals ' 1 Installer shall submit written assurance from flooring manufacturer that they are authorized and approved to distribute and install the specified ' flooring. -.2 _ Installer shall submit written confirmation that he is an MFMA Associate ' Member in good standing. .3 Samples: Duplicate 400 mm long sample of flooring showing appearance and finish. Identify on each sample the species, cut, grade, and finish. ' WOOD SPORTS FLOORING SECTION 09642 PAGE 1 OF 5 Client Name ' Project Name .4 Maintenance Data: submit 3 copies of the manufacturer's care and ' maintenance information for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. .6 Warranty ' .1 Provide a written warranty, signed and issued in the name of the Owner ' and Project, stating that the manufacturer and the Flooring Contractor jointly warrant the complete hardwood flooring installation against warping, buckling, twisting, and splitting under normal usage. Warranty to , be in effect for a period of three (3) years from the date of substantial performance of the project. .7 Delivery, Storage and Handling ' .1 Permanent heat, light, and ventilation shall be operative before, during and after installation, maintaining a temperature range of 13°C to 24°C, , and a relative humidity range of 35% to 50%, with no more than a 15% difference between high and low humidity levels. .2 Flooring shall not be delivered or installed until all masonry, gypsum , board, tile work, and overhead mechanical and electrical work is completed and the building is enclosed and weathertight. ' .3 Handle and store flooring material with seals and labels intact. Protect materials against damage or water penetration before, during and after , delivery to the Site. .4 Store materials at Site, protected, in area of installation for a minimum of 7 days prior to installation, or as required for acclimation. All flooring ' bundles shall be broken and loosely piled to acclimate the flooring to moisture conditions in the building. 2.0 PRODUCTS ' .1 Materials ' .1 Wood Strip Flooring: 19 mm thick x 57 mm wide. Second Grade and better, continuous tongue and groove, end matched, kiln dried, MFMA Northern Hard Maple, grade marked and stamped. MFMA certificate to ' accompany all shipments. Materials that are not marked MFMA shall not be accepted for use. -.2 Vapour Barrier: as specified under section 07160 Sheet Vapour Retarders. .3 Caulking: (for vapour barrier) Type 4 as specified under Section 07900 , Joint Sealers. .4 Joint Sealing Tape: (for vapour barrier) air resistant, pressure sensitive, adhesive tape, as recommended by vapour barrier manufacturer. WOOD SPORTS FLOORING ' SECTION 09642 PAGE 2 OF 5 ' Client Name Project Name ' .5 Cushioned Pads: 19 mm x 25.4 mm x 57 mm, pyramidal-shaped pads with inserts, polyurethane Red 85 durometer. ' .6 Sleepers: 38 mm x 64 mm x 1220 mm, Spruce species, Grade No. 2, with maximum moisture content of 19% or less at time of installation, conforming to the following standards: ' .1 CAN/CSA-0141. .2 NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .7 Fasteners: ' .1 Sleepers: 25 mm cleats or staples. .2 Flooring: 50 mm barbed cleat or 15 gauge coated staples manufactured expressly for installing this type of hardwood floor. .8 Wall Base: shall be 75 mm x 100 mm heavy duty, resilient vent cove wall base, with premoided outside corners as manufactured by ' Johnsonite. Colour as selected by Consultant from manufacturer's standard colours. ' .9 Finish: MFMA approved sealer and finish. .10 Aluminum Thresholds: 12.7 mm x 6.4 mm extruded aluminum as ' recommended by flooring manufacturer. .11 Grout Fill: (at floor sockets) Portland cement/sand/water mix to produce ' 15MPa concrete with 75 to 100 mm slump. 3.0 EXECUTION 1 .1 Inspection .1 Inspect concrete slab for proper tolerance: .1 The concrete floor slab shall be smooth trowelled and level to a tolerance of 3 mm in a 3000 mm radius. High areas shall be ' ground down and low areas filled-in with approved levelling compounds. ' .2_ The concrete slab shall be cleaned of all debris and dry. -.3 _ Report to Consultant all damages, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before proceeding with work. Beginning of installation of the ' wood sports flooring system shall be taken to mean acceptance of existing conditions. WOOD SPORTS FLOORING SECTION 09642 PAGE 3 OF 5 Client Name ' Project Name .2 Installation ' .1 Install flooring in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Install vapour barrier in accordance with Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier. .3 Staple cushion pads to underside of each sleeper at 300 mm o.c. each , way, and 150 mm in from all perimeter edges. .4 Install sleepers end-to-end in a north-south direction, with end joints , staggered a minimum of 600 mm. Sleepers shall be spaced 230 mm o.c. Provide 50 mm expansion void at walls and other permanent ' obstructions. .7 Install finish flooring in an east-west direction by power nailing or stapling at approximately 300 mm oc. Space joints between flooring strips to ' allow for intermediate expansion, as recommended by manufacturer and in accordance with regional humidity conditions. .8 Provide 50 mm expansion voids at perimeter and all vertical obstructions. ' .3 Floor Sanding ' .1 Machine sand flooring with course, medium and fine papers to a smooth, even and uniform surface. .2 Remove sanding dust from entire surface by tack and/or vacuum. ' .4 Finishing , .1 Inspect entire area of floor to ensure floor surface is acceptable for finishing, completely free from sanding dust and perfectly clean. ' .2 Apply penetrating sealer and finish in accordance with manufacturer's specifications. ' .3 Buff and clean floor as required between coats. .4 Layout and paint all game lines between sealer and first finish coat to ' specifications of Section 09912 — Interior Painting. For game lines, use current rules of association having jurisdiction. Lines shall be straight with sharp edges. ' 5 - Prior to use, allow final coat of finish to dry in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. ' .5 Base Installation .1 Install gym cove base, using pre-molded outside corners, mitering inside ' corners and anchoring to walls with base cement or screws and anchors. WOOD SPORTS FLOORING SECTION 09642 PAGE 4OF5 Client Name Project Name .6 Threshold Installation .1 Install threshold at all connections with other floor finishes and doorways, anchoring firmly in concrete floor beyond limits of wood flooring. .7 Cleaning and Curing .1 Upon completion of the work, remove all debris, equipment and excess material resulting from the work of this Section. .2 Allow a minimum of 7 days after completion of the floor prior to allowing access to the area. ' .8 Maintenance 1 Upon completion of floor installation provide the Owner with an initial ' Floor Maintenance Kit and illustrate to the Owner the proper use of products to achieve the highest level of maintenance in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the MFMA Care Card. END OF SECTION WOOD SPORTS FLOORING SECTION 09642 PAGE 5 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 09680—CARPET 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Product Data .1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit product data sheet for each carpet, underlay, adhesive, carpet protection and subfloor filler. .3 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General. Requirements. .2 Submit 675 mm x 900 mm pieces of each type carpet specified, and 225 mm x 225 mm pieces for each colour selected, .4 Closeout Submittals .1 Submit operation and maintenance data for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Include information on recycling of carpet including manufacturer's reprocessing program. Indicate which portions of materials are recyclable. .5 Delivery, Storage and Handling ' .1 Store packaged materials in original containers or wrapping with manufacturer's seals and labels intact. .2 Prevent damage to materials during handling and storage. Keep materials under cover and free form dampness. .3 Maintain temperature of store room at a minimum of 20° C, for at least 24 hours immediately before the installation. ' .6 Environmental Requirements .1 Moisture: Ensure substrate is within moisture limits prescribed by manufacturer. CARPET 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09680 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Temperature: Maintain ambient temperature of not less than 18 °C from , 72 hours before installation to at least 72 hours after completion of work. .3 Relative humidity: Maintain relative humidity between 10 and 65% RH for 48 hours before, during and 48 hours after installation. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Carpet .1 Where indicated, the carpet shall be: .1 Construction: textured cut pile. Pile fiber and type to be DuPont Anton Lumena Type 6.6 BCF Nylon, with DuraTech Soil Resistant, Anti-Microbial processing and permanent static Control. .2 Dye method: Solution Dyed/Yarn. .3 Colour: to later selection. .4 Width: manufacturer's standard 3660 mm (12 ft). .2 Acceptable material: Masterlock, as supplied by The Sullivan Source Inc., Tel: 416-538-6336 .2 Accessories .1 Carpet Base: 100 mm high, same material, colour, pattern and texture as adjoining carpet. .2 Carpet grippers: types recommended by carpet manufacturer. .3 Seaming tape: types recommended by carpet manufacturer for purpose intended. .4 Seaming adhesive: type recommended by carpet manufacturer for purpose intended. .5 Binder bars: of type recommended by carpet manufacturer. .6 Adhesive: .1 Non-release type: recommended by carpet manufacturer for direct glue down installation, low odour, low VOC, free of volatile hydrocarbons such as toluene and mineral spirits. .2 Acrylic release type: recommended by carpet manufacturer. .7 Carpet protection: non-staining heavy duty kraft paper. .8 Concrete floor sealer: to CGSB 25-GP-20M, Type 1. CARPET 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09680 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Subfloor filler: white premix latex requiring only water to produce cementitious paste. .10 Aluminum thresholds and reducer strips: 12.7 mm x 6.4 mm extruded aluminum as recommended by carpeting manufacturer. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Subfloor Treatment .1 Remove dust, old adhesive, dirt, sealer and wax from existing surfaces. .2 Remove ridges and bumps. .3 Seal porous and powdery surfaces with concrete floor sealer. .4 Apply sub-floor filler to low spots and cracks to achieve floor level to a tolerance of 1:500. Allow filler to cure. .2 Preparation .1 Prepare floor surfaces in accordance with Contract Carpet Manual, Standard for Installation of Textile Floorcovering Materials No. 001. .2 Pre-condition carpeting following manufacturer's printed instructions. .3 Installation .1 Install carpeting using minimum of pieces. .2 Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and in accordance with Contract Carpet Manual, Standard for Installation of Textile Floorcovering Materials No. 001. .3 Install carpeting after finishing work is completed but before demountable office partitions and telephone and electrical pedestal outlets are installed. .4 Finish installation to present smooth wearing surface free from conspicuous seams, burring and other faults. .5 Use material from same dye lot. Ensure colour, pattern and texture match within any one visual area. Maintain constant pile direction. 6 Adhesive seams and cross-joints. .7 Fit neatly around architectural, mechanical, electrical and telephone outlets, and furniture fitments, around perimeter of rooms into recesses, and around projections. CARPET 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09680 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Carpet Grippers and Binder Bars 1 Install carpet grippers at junctions of walls and vertical surfaces. Secure gripper to prevent movement. .2 Install binder bars at exposed carpet edges and centre under doors in door openings. .5 Direct Glue Down Carpet .1 Apply adhesive and install carpeting over underlay in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, by direct glue-down method. .2 Remove wet adhesive from carpet pile using solvent approved by carpet manufacturer. .6 Seams .1 All seams in carpet to be sealed according to manufacturer's recommendations and practices. .2 Make carpet seams and joints invisible. .7 Protection of Finished Work .1 Vacuum carpets clean immediately after completion of installation. Protect traffic areas. .2 Prohibit traffic on carpet until adhesive is cured. .3 Install carpet protection to satisfaction of Consultant. END OF SECTION CARPET 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09680 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 4 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 09911 — INTERIOR PAINTING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 0550 Metal Fabrications .2 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry. .3 Section 08110 Steel Doors and Windows .4 Section 09250 Gypsum Board .5 Division 15 Mechanical (priming of mechanical equipment) .6 Division 16 Electrical (priming of electrical equipment) .3 References .1 Canadian Painting Contractors' Architectural (CPCA). .1 The Painting Specifications Manual 2000 shall govern all material standards and execution practices for the work and materials of this section. .4 Product Data .1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit full records of all products used. List each product in relation to finish formula and include the following: .1 Finish formula designation. .2 Product type and use. .3 CGSB number. ' .4 Manufacturer's product number. .5 Colour number(s). .6 Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 10 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 Maximum VOC classification. .3 Submit manufacturer's application instructions for each product specified. .5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements.. .2 Submit 300 x 200 mm sample panels of each paint or stain and each colour specified. .3 Submit full range of available colours where colour availability is restricted. .4 Use 3 mm plate steel for finishes over metal surfaces. Use 12.5 mm birch plywood for finishes over wood surfaces. Use 50 mm concrete block for finishes over concrete or concrete masonry surfaces. Use 12.5 mm gypsum board for finishes over gypsum board and other smooth surfaces. .6 Quality Assurance .1 Retain purchase orders, invoices and other documents to prove that all materials utilized in this contract meet requirements of the specifications. Produce documents when requested by Consultant. .2 Standard of Acceptance: .1 Walls. No defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 900 to surface. .2 Ceilings. No defects visible from floor at 45 ° to surface when viewed using final lighting source. .3 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and uniformity of sheen across full surface area. .7 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 Deliver and store materials in original containers, sealed, with labels intact. _.2 Indicate on containers or wrappings: , .1 Manufacturer's name and address. .2 Type of paint. .3 Compliance with applicable standard. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Colour number in accordance with established colour schedule. .3 Remove damaged, opened and rejected materials from site. ' .4 Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, secure storage. .5 Observe manufacturer's recommendations for storage and handling. .6 Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices. .7 Store materials and equipment in a well ventilated area with temperature range 7° to 30° C. .8 Store temperature sensitive products above minimum temperature as recommended by manufacturer. .9 Keep areas used for storage, cleaning and preparation, clean and orderly to approval of Consultant. After completion of operations, return areas to clean condition to approval of Consultant. .10 Remove only in quantities required for same day use. .11 Fire Safety Requirements .1 Store oily rags, waste products, empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved, sealed containers and remove from site on a daily basis. .2 Handle, store, use and dispose of flammable and combustible materials in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada. .8 Environmental Requirements .1 Safety: comply with all requirements and regulations regarding use, handling storage, and disposal of hazardous materials. .2 Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during and after application of paint. Run ventilation system 24 hours per day during installation; provide continuous ventilation for 7 days after completion of application of paint. .3 Apply paint finishes only when temperature at location of installation can be satisfactorily maintained within manufacturers recommendations. .4 Substrate and ambient temperature must be within limits prescribed in paint standard and by manufacturer to approval of.Consultant. ' .5 Maintain minimum substrate and ambient air temperature of 5° C for Alkyd and 7° C for latex paints. Maximum relative humidity 85%. Maintain supplemental heating until paint has cured sufficiently. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .6 Provide temporary heating where permanent facilities are not available to maintain minimum recommended temperatures. .7 Apply paint finish only in areas where dust is no longer being generated , by related construction operations such that airborne particles will not affect the quality of the finished surface. .8 Apply paint only when surface to be painted is dry, properly cured and adequately prepared. .9 Provide minimum 270 Ix on surfaces to be painted. .9 Scheduling .1 Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to Consultant for review. Submit schedule minimum of 48 hours in advance of proposed operations. .2 Obtain written authorization from Consultant for any changes in work schedule. .3 Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of occupants in and about the building. .10 Extra Materials .1 Submit maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit one — one litre can of each type and colour of finish coating. Identify colour and paint type in relation to established colour schedule and finish formula, with corresponding colour schedule to be bound into the manual specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. .3 Deliver paint to Owner and store where directed. 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Qualified products: only paint materials listed on the CPCA Approved Product Lists are acceptable for use on this project. _.2 Paint materials for each coating formula to be products of a single manufacturer. .3 Low odour products. Whenever possible, select products exhibiting low odour characteristics. If two products are otherwise equivalent, select the product with the lowest odour. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 10 1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Ciarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Colours .1 Consultant will provide Colour Schedule after contract award. .2 Colour schedule will be based upon the selection of no more than 7 colours for the entire project. ' .3 Selection of colours will be from manufacturer's full range of colours. .4 Where specific products are available in a restricted range of colours, selection will be based on the limited range. .5 Perform all colour tinting operations prior to delivery of paint to site. On- site tinting of painting materials allowed only with Consultant's written permission. .6 Second coat in a three coat system to be tinted slightly lighter colour than top coat to show visible difference between coats. .3 Paint Finishes .1 Formula 1 (Alkyd): for concrete block walls apply CPCA System INT-8-13, premium, semi-gloss finish coat: .1 one coat latex block filler (emulsion type) CPCA #4. .2 two coats semi-gloss enamel CPCA #47. .2 Formula 2 (Latex): for gypsum board walls, ceilings and bulkheads, apply CPCA System INT-4-13, premium, egg-shell finish coat: .1 one coat interior latex primer-sealer CPCA #50. .2 three coats interior latex egg-shell CPCA #52. .3 Formula 3 (Alkyd): for all interior wood and MDF noted to receive paint finish apply CPCA System INT-1-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat: .1 one coat interior enamel undercoat CPCA #46. .3 two coats interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel CPCA #47. .4 Formula 4 (Alkyd): for shop primed ferrous metal surfaces apply CPCA System INT-12-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat, except as noted under Formula 5 below: .1 touch up with shop primer as provided by fabricator. ' .2 one coat marine alkyd metal primer CPCA #79. .3 two coats interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel CPCA #47. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Formula 5 Dry fall/fog finish (Alkyd): for exposed structural steel and steel joists apply CPCA System INT-12-E: .1 Factory primed to CISC/CPMA 2-75, Quick Drying Primer. ' .2 Field touch-up in accordance with Section 05100 Structural Steel and Joists. .3 Site surface preparation in accordance with SP-6. .4 two coats interior alkyd dry fall/fog CPCA #55. .6 Formula 6 (Alkyd): for exposed galvanized and zinc coated metal, including exposed piping and duct work, apply CPCA System INT-13-A, custom, semi-gloss finish coat except as noted under Formula 7 below: .1 one coat cementitious primer (for galvanized surfaces) CPCA #26. .2 two coats interior alkyd semi-gloss enamel CPCA#47 (piping and ductwork colours to be same as adjacent walls and/or ceilings). .7 Formula 7 Dry fall/fog finish (Alkyd): for exposed steel deck apply CPCA System INT-13-E: .1 one coat cementitious primer CPCA #26. .2 two coats interior alkyd dry fall/fog CPCA#55. .8 Formula 8 (Alkyd): for cotton or canvas insulation coverings apply CPCA System INT-5-C, custom, high-gloss finish coat: .1 one coat latex primer-sealer CPCA #50. .2 two coats interior latex high-gloss (acrylic) CPCA #114. 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 General .1 Perform all painting operations in accordance with CPCA Painting Specifications Manual except where specified otherwise. ..2 Apply all paint materials in accordance with paint manufacturers written - application instructions. .2 Preparation .1 Remove electrical cover plates, light fixtures, surface hardware on doors, door stops, bath accessories and all other surface mounted fittings and INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' fastenings prior to undertaking any painting operations. Store for re- installation after painting is completed. ' .3 Protection .1 Protect existing building surfaces not to be painted from paint spatters, markings and other damage. If damaged, clean and restore such surfaces as directed by Consultant. .2 Cover or mask floors, windows and other ornamental hardware adjacent to areas being painted to prevent damage and to protect from paint drops and splatters. Use non-staining coverings. ' .3 Protect items that are permanently attached such as Fire Labels on doors and frames. .4 Protect factory finished products and equipment. .5 Protect passing pedestrians, and the general public in and about the building. .4 Existing Conditions .1 Investigate existing substrates for problems related to proper and complete preparation of surfaces to be painted. Report to Consultant all damage, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before proceeding with work. .2 Investigate moisture content of surfaces to be painted and report findings to Consultant. Do not proceed with work until conditions fall within acceptable range as recommended by manufacturer. .3 Maximum moisture content as follows: .1 Plaster and wallboard: 12%. .2 Masonry/Concrete: 12%. ' .3 Concrete Block/Brick: 12%. .4 Wood: 15%. .5 Cleaning .1 Clean all surfaces to be painted using methods specified by the CPCA according to surface type. 2 Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces by salts, acids, alkalis, other corrosive chemicals, grease, oil and solvents before prime coat is applied and between applications of remaining coats. Apply primer, paint, or pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Sand existing surfaces with intact, smooth, high gloss coatings to provide adequate adhesion for new finishes. .6 Surface Preparation .1 Prepare new wood surfaces in accordance with CPCA Painting Specifications Manual using methods specified according to surface type. .7 Mixing Paint .1 Mix ingredients in container before and during use and ensure breaking up of lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigment, and uniform composition. .2 Thin paint for spraying according to manufacturer's instructions. If directions are not on container, obtain instructions in writing from manufacturer and provide copy of instructions to Consultant. , .8 Application .1 Method of application to be as approved by Consultant. Conform to manufacturer's application instructions unless specified otherwise and to the CPCA painting Specifications Manual. .2 Brush application. .1 Work paint into cracks, crevices and corners. Paint surfaces not accessible to brushes by spray, daubers or sheepskins. .2 Brush out runs and sags. .3 Remove runs, sags and brush marks from finished work and repaint. .3 Spray application. .1 Provide and maintain equipment that is suitable for intended purpose, capable of properly atomizing paint to be applied, and equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. .2 Keep paint ingredients properly mixed in containers during paint application either by continuous mechanical agitation or by intermittent agitation as frequently as necessary. .3 Apply paint in a uniform layer, with overlapping at edges of spray pattern. .4 Brush out immediately all runs and sags. .5 Use branches to work paint into cracks, crevices and places which are not adequately painted by spray. INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 8 OF 10 r ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Use dipping, sheepskins or daubers only when no other method is practical in places of difficult access and only when specifically authorized by Consultant. .5 Apply each coat of paint as a continuous film of uniform thickness. Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied. ' .6 Allow surfaces to dry and properly cure after cleaning and between subsequent coats for minimum time period as recommended by manufacturer. .7 Sand and dust between each coat to remove visible defects. ' .8 Finish tops of cupboards, cabinets and projecting ledges, both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces. .9 Finish inside of cupboards and cabinets as specified for outside surfaces. .10 Finish closets and alcoves as specified for adjoining rooms. .11 Finish top, bottom, edges and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces. .9 Mechanical / Electrical Equipment .1 In finished areas: paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and ' other mechanical and electrical equipment. Colour and texture to match adjacent surfaces, except for exposed gas pipes which are to be standard yellow in colour. .2 In boiler room, mechanical and electrical rooms: paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment. .3 In other unfinished areas: leave exposed conduits, piping, hangers, ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment in original finish and touch up scratches and marks. .4 Touch up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and equipment with paint as supplied by manufacturer of equipment. .5 Do not paint over nameplates. .6 Keep sprinkler heads free of paint. .7 Paint inside of ductwork where visible behind grilles, registers and ' diffusers with primer and one coat of matt black paint. .8 Paint disconnect switches for fire alarm system and exit light systems in ired enamel. 1 INTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 9 OF 10 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .9 Paint all fire protection piping Red. .10 Paint all natural gas piping Yellow. .11 Paint both sides and edges of backboards for telephone and electrical equipment before installation. Leave equipment in original finish except for touch-up as required, and paint conduits, mounting accessories and , other unfinished items. .10 Field Quality Control .1 If deemed necessary by the Consultant, field inspection of painting operations to be carried by the Ontario Painting Contractor's Association. , If work is found to be deficient or substandard by the inspector, the cost of the inspection shall be credited to the owner, and the work made good at no additional cost to the Contract. .2 Advise Consultant when each applied coating is ready for inspection. Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved. .3 Co-operate with inspection firm and provide access to all areas of the work. ' .11 Cleaning .1 Clean and re-install all hardware items that were removed before undertaken painting operations. .2 Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical after operations cease. .3 Remove paint splashings on exposed surfaces that were not painted. Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress, using compatible solvent. .4 Protect freshly completed surfaces from paint droppings and dust to approval of Consultant. Avoid scuffing newly applied paint. .5 Restore areas used for storage, cleaning, mixing and handling of paint to clean condition as approved by Consultant. END OF SECTION ' INTERIOR PAINTING I 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09911 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 10 OF 10 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 09912— EXTERIOR PAINTING 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry ' .2 Division 15 Mechanical. .3 Division 16 Electrical. .3 References 1 .1 Canadian Painting Contractors' Architectural (CPCA). .1 Painting Specifications Manual 2000 shall govern all material standards and execution practices for the work and materials of this section unless specifically noted otherwise. .4 Product Data ' .1 Submit product data in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit full records of all products used. List each product in relation to finish formula and include the following: .1 Finish formula designation. ' .2 Product type and use. .3 CGSB number. 1 .4 Manufacturer's product number. .5 Colour number(s). .6 Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). ' .7 Maximum VOC classification. .3 Submit manufacturer's application instructions for each product specified. .5 Samples EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington ' Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit 300 x 200 mm sample panels of each formula colour specified. .3 Submit full range of available colours where colour availability is restricted. .4 Use 3 mm plate steel for finishes over metal surfaces. Use 10 mm cedar hardboard siding plywood for finishes over wood surfaces. Use 50 mm concrete block for finishes over concrete or concrete masonry surfaces. Use 12.5 mm gypsum board for finishes over smooth surfaces. .6 Quality Assurance , .1 Retain purchase orders, invoices and other documents to prove that all materials utilized in this contract meet requirements of the specifications. Produce documents when requested by Consultant. .2 Walls: no defects visible from a distance of 1000 mm at 90° to surface. .3 Ceilings: no defects visible from floor at 450 to surface when viewed using final lighting source. ' .4 Final coat to exhibit uniformity of colour and texture as well as uniformity of sheen across full surface area. ' .7 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 Deliver and store materials in original containers, sealed, with labels intact. .2 Indicate on containers or wrappings: .1 Manufacturer's name and address. .2 Type of paint. ' .3 Compliance with applicable standard. .4 Colour number in accordance with established colour schedule. .3 Remove damaged, opened and rejected materials from site. 4 _ Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, weatherproof, secure storage. ' .5 Observe manufacturer's recommendations for storage and handling. .6 Store materials and supplies away from heat generating devices. t EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 9 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 Store materials and equipment in a well ventilated area with temperature range 70 to 30° C. ' .8 Store temperature sensitive products above minimum temperature as recommended by manufacturer. .9 Keep areas used for storage, cleaning and preparation, clean and orderly to approval of Consultant. After completion of operations, return areas to clean condition to approval if Consultant. .10 Remove only in quantities required for same day use. .11 Fire Safety Requirements .1 Store oily rags, waste products, empty containers and materials subject to spontaneous combustion in ULC approved, sealed ' containers and remove from site on a daily basis. .2 Handle, store, use and dispose of flammable and combustible 1 materials in accordance with the National Fire Code of Canada. .8 Environmental Requirements .1 Safety: comply with requirements regarding use, handling storage, and disposal of hazardous materials. ' .2 Ventilation: .1 In enclosed spaces, provide continuous ventilation during and after application of paint. Run ventilation system 24 hours per day during application; provide continuous ventilation for 7 days after completion of application of paint. ' .3 Apply paint finishes only when conditions forecast for entire period of application fall within manufacturer's recommendations. .4 Where surface to be painted is not under cover, do not apply paint when: .1 Substrate and ambient air temperature is below 5° C for alkyd and ' 7° C for latex paints or when temperature is expected to drop to 0° C before paint has thoroughly cured. ' .2 Substrate and ambient air temperature are expected to fall outside limits prescribed in paint standard and by manufacturer. .3 Temperature of surface is over 50°C unless paint is specifically formulated for application at high temperatures. .4 Rain or snow are forecast to occur before paint has thoroughly rcured; it is foggy, misty, raining or snowing at site; relative humidity is above 85%. EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 surface to be painted is wet, damp or frosted. t .6 Previous coat is not dry. .5 Provide and maintain cover when paint must be applied in damp or cold ' weather. Heat substrates and surrounding air to comply with temperature and humidity conditions specified by manufacturer. Protect until paint is dry or until weather conditions are suitable. .6 Apply paint finish only when dust is no longer being generated by related ' construction operations or when wind conditions are such that airborne particles will not affect the quality of the finished surface. .7 Schedule painting operations such that surfaces exposed to direct, , intense sunlight are scheduled for completion during early morning. .8 Remove paint from areas which have been exposed to freezing, excess , humidity, rain, snow or condensation. Prepare surface again and repaint. .9 Painting of occupied facilities to be carried out in accordance with approved schedule only. Schedule operations to approval of Consultant such that painted surfaces will have dried and cured sufficiently before occupants are affected. .9 Scheduling .1 Submit work schedule for various stages of painting to Consultant for , review. Submit schedule minimum of 48 hours in advance of proposed operations. .2 Obtain written authorization form Consultant for any changes in work schedule. .3 Schedule painting operations to prevent disruption of occupants in and about the building. .10 Extra Materials .1 Submit maintenance materials in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit one — one litre can of each type and colour of primer, stain and/or finish coating. Identify colour and paint type in relation to established 1 colour schedule and finish formula with corresponding colour schedule to be bound into the manual specified under Section 01001 General Requirements. , .3 Deliver to Owner and store where directed. EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Qualified products: only paint materials listed on the CPCA Approved Product Lists are acceptable for use on this project. .2 Paint materials for each coating formula to be products of a single manufacturer. ' .2 Colours .1 Consultant will provide Colour Schedule after contract award. .2 Colour schedule will be based upon the selection of no more than 4 base colours. ' .3 Perform all colour tinting operations prior to delivery of paint to site. Unless approved in writing by Consultant. S .4 Ensure each second coat in a three coat system is tinted lighter colour than top coat. 1 .3 Paint Finishes .1 Formula 1 (Alkyd): for galvanized and zinc coated exterior metal noted for paint apply CPCA System EXT-12-A, custom: .1 one coat cementitious primer CPCA #26. .2 two coats exterior alkyd enamel CPCA #9. .2 Formula 2 (Alkyd): for shop primed ferrous exterior metal surfaces noted for paint, apply CPCA System EXT-11-A, custom: .1 touch up with shop primer as provided by fabricator. .2 one coat oil alkyd metal primer CPCA #23. ' .3 two coats exterior alkyd enamel CPCA #9. .3 Formula 3 exterior woodwork noted to receive stain finish apply: .1 2 coats Olympic Stain Exterior Stain. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 General ' .1 Perform all painting operations in accordance with CPCA Painting Specifications Manual except where specified otherwise. EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Apply all paint materials in accordance with paint manufacturers written ' application instructions. .2 Preparation .1 Remove electrical cover plates, light fixtures, surface hardware on doors, and all other surface mounted fittings, equipment and fastenings prior to ' undertaking any painting operations. Store for re-installation after painting is completed. .2 Cover or move portable equipment around building as necessary to carry out painting operations. Replace as painting operations progress. .3 As painting operations progress, place "WET PAINT" signs in areas of work to approval of Consultant. .3 Protection .1 Protect exterior existing building surfaces not to be painted from paint spatters, markings and other damage. If damaged, clean and restore such surfaces as directed by Consultant. .2 Cover or mask windows and other ornamental hardware adjacent to areas being painted to prevent damage and to protect from paint drops and splatters. Use non-staining coverings. .3 Protect items that are permanently attached such as Fire Labels on doors and frames. .4 Protect factory finished products and equipment. .5 Protect passing pedestrians and the general public in and about the building. .4 Existing Conditions .1 Investigate existing substrates for problems related to proper and complete preparation of surfaces to be painted. Report to Consultant all damage, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions before ' proceeding with work. .2 Investigate moisture content of surfaces to be painted and report findings to Consultant. Do not proceed with work until conditions fall within ' acceptable range as recommended by manufacturer. .3 Maximum moisture content as follows: ' .1 Masonry/Concrete: 12%. .2 Concrete Block/Brick: 12%. ' .3 Wood: 15%. EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 9 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Cleaning .1 Clean all surfaces to be painted using methods specified by the CPCA ' Painting Specifications Manual according to surface type. .2 Prevent contamination of cleaned surfaces before prime coat is applied ' and between applications of remaining coats. Apply primer, paint, or pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before deterioration occurs. .6 Surface Preparation .1 Prepare all surfaces in accordance with the CPCA Painting Specifications ' Manual using methods specified according to surface type. .7 Mixing Paint .1 Mix ingredients in container before and during use and ensure breaking up of lumps, complete dispersion of settled pigment, and uniform ' composition. .2 Thin paint for spraying according to manufacturer's written instructions ' and provide copy to Consultant. .8 Application .1 Apply paint by brush, [roller, air sprayer or airless sprayer as approved by Consultant. Conform to manufacturer's application instructions unless specified otherwise and to the CPCA Painting Specifications Manual. ' .2 Brush application. ' .1 Work paint into cracks, crevices and corners. Paint surfaces not accessible to brushes by daubers or sheepskins. .2 Brush out runs and sags. ' .3 Remove runs, sags and brush marks from finished work and repaint. .3 Spray application. ' .1 Provide and maintain equipment that is suitable for intended purpose, capable of properly atomizing paint to be applied, and equipped with suitable pressure regulators and gauges. .2 Keep paint ingredients properly mixed in containers during paint application either by continuous mechanical agitation or by intermittent agitation as frequently as necessary. ' EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington i Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Apply paint in a uniform layer, with overlapping at edges of spray pattern. .4 Brush out immediately all runs and sags. ' .5 Use brushes to work paint into cracks, crevices and places which are not adequately painted by spray. , .4 Use dipping, sheepskins or daubers only when no other method is practical in places of difficult access and only when specifically authorized by Consultant. .5 Apply each coat of paint as a continuous film of uniform thickness. , Repaint thin spots or bare areas before next coat of paint is applied. .6 Allow surfaces to dry and properly cure after cleaning and between subsequent coats for minimum time period as recommended by manufacturer. .7 Sand and dust between each coat to remove visible defects. , .8 Finish tops of projecting ledges, both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces. , .9 Finish top, bottom, edges and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces. .10 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment .1 Paint exposed conduits, piping, hangers ductwork and other mechanical and electrical equipment unless specified otherwise. Colour to match adjacent surfaces except as specified otherwise. .2 Touch up scratches and marks on factory painted finishes and equipment with paint as supplied by manufacturer of equipment. .3 Do not paint outdoor transformers and substation equipment. ' .4 Paint all fire protection piping Red. .5 Paint all natural gas piping Yellow. , .11 Field Quality Control , 1 = If deemed necessary by the Consultant, field inspection of painting operations to be carried out by the Ontario Painting Contractors , Association. If work is found to be deficient or substandard by the inspector, the cost of the inspection shall be credited to the owner, and the work made good at no additional cost to the Contract. ' EXTERIOR PAINTING ' 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 8 OF 9 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Advise Consultant when each applied coating is ready for inspection. Do not proceed with subsequent coats until previous coat has been approved. .3 Co-operate with inspection firm and provide access to all areas of the work. ' .12 Cleaning .1 Clean and re-install all items that were removed before undertaking ' painting operations. .2 Remove protective coverings and warning signs as soon as practical ' after operations cease. .3 Remove paint splashings on exposed surfaces that were not painted. ' Remove smears and spatter immediately as operations progress, using compatible solvent. .4 Protect surfaces from paint droppings and dust to approval of Consultant. Avoid scuffing newly applied paint. .5 Restore areas used for storage, cleaning, mixing and handling of paint to ' clean condition as approved by Consultant. END OF SECTION ' EXTERIOR PAINTING 23 March, 2001 SECTION 09912 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 9 OF 9 ' The Corporation of the Town of Whitby New Fire Station Number 06 ' SECTION 10120 -TACKBOARDS 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. ' .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry ' .2 Section 09250 Gypsum Board .3 References ' .1 Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes - 1980. .2 CAN3-0188.1-M78 Interior Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard. .4 Shop Drawings ' .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .2 Indicate location, type, size, panel arrangement, backing, hardware, anchor or mounting details, and trim. .5 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General ' Requirements. .2 Submit fabric manufacturer's standard colours chart for Consultant's ' selection of fabric colour material. .3 Submit 300 x 300 mm sample of tackboard including trim and fabric. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials _.1 Laminating adhesive: to manufacturer's standard. .2 Anchor clips, brackets and fasteners: concealed type recommended by ' manufacturer for fixed mounting. ' .3 Facings: single layer natural cork sheet, 6 mm thick,. TACKBOARDS 26 January, 2001 SECTION 10120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Town of Whitby New Fire Station Number 06 .4 Fabric: 16 oz. Woven guilford fabric, colour to be selected by Consultant ' from manufacturer's standard colours. .5 Backing: particle board to CAN3-0188.1, 6 mm thick. ' .3 Components .1 Extruded aluminum trim: Aluminum Association alloy AA6063-T5. Minimum 1.5 mm wall thickness, clear anodized finish. .5 Fabrication .1 Fabricate tackboard panels to dimensions indicated. , .2 Factory laminate tackboards, consisting of cork sheet, with particle board backing. .3 Apply fabric face sheet. Wrap around edges and fasten to back face. ' .4 Install trim on panels in factory. Make mitres and joints to hair-line fit, free ' of rough edges with concealed brackets to reinforce and hold joints tight and flush. No exposed fasteners permitted. .5 Overlap trim 6 mm onto panels. ' 3.0 EXECUTION , .1 Installation .1 Install tackboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, parallel to floor with uniform vertical surface, plumb and level, to provide rigid, secure surface, in locations as indicated, recessed such that surface of tackboard is flush with adjacent surfaces. ' .2 Install trim around tackboard panels. Make mitres and joints to hair-line fit, free of rough edges. No exposed fasteners permitted. Overlap trim 6 , mm onto panels. .3 Adhesive attachment: Use manufacturer's recommended adhesive for , gypsum board attachment applied using spot method with daubs 40 mm diameter x 25 mm high at 200 mm oc each way to adhere tackboard to wall. Press firmly into adhesive to ensure adhesion. , .2- -Cleaning 1 Clean surfaces after installation using manufacturer's recommended ' cleaning procedures and remove any debris or rubbish resulting from the work of this section. END OF SECTION ' TACKBOARDS 26 January, 2001 SECTION 10120 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 10170— PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS & DRESSING COMPARTMENTS ' 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions ' .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections ' .1 Section 10185 Shower Compartments .2 Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories ' .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawing in accordance with Section 01001 General ' Requirements. .2 Indicate fabrication details, plans, elevations, hardware, and installation details. Manufacturers' standard product cut sheets are to be included. .4 Closeout Submittals .1 Provide maintenance data for toilet partitions and urinal screens for incorporation into manual specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. ' .5 Storage and Protection ' .1 Protect toilet partitions, urinal screens and hardware during shipment and installation in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Do not remove until immediately prior to final inspection. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Stiles: to be 25 mm (1") finished thickness, 20.4 kg (45 lb) density, resin- impregnated particle board bonded to each side of 3 mm (11 ga) sheet steel. Surfaces to be 1.3 mm (0.05") thick, high-pressure plastic laminate with coloured face sheet and matte finish. Edges to be routed to allow flush fit of edge trim. 1 Edge Trim: 18-8 S, type-304 stainless steel channel with satin finish. ' .2 Levelling device: 10 mm x 25 mm (3/8" x 1") steel bar welded to sheet- steel core of stile, forming a single structural unit, furnished with 10 mm (3/8") diameter threaded rods, hex nuts, lock washers, flat washers, expansion shields, and shoe retainers. PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS ' & DRESSING COMPARTMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10170 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Shoes to be 18-8 S, type-304, 0.8 mm (22 ga) stainless steel with satin ' finish, 100 mm (4") high. .2 Panels and Doors:25 mm (1") finished thickness, 20.4 kg (45 lb) density, resin- impregnated particle board. Surfaces to bee 1.3 mm (0.05") thick, high-pressure plastic laminate with coloured face sheets and matte finish. Edges to be routed to allow flush fit of edge trim. Edge Trim: 18-8 S, type-304 stainless steel ' channel with satin finish. .3 Commercial Hardware (standard): Hinges, slide latches, door keepers, coat ' hooks, and mounting brackets are to be constructed of 18-8 S, type-304, heavy gauge stainless steel with satin finish. .1 Threaded inserts to be factory installed for securing hinges on inswing , doors and furnished for outswing doors. .2 Theft-resistant, stainless steel one-way screws are to be furnished for all ' door hardware. Stainless steel Philips screws to be furnished on all mounting brackets. .3 T-nuts to be factory installed for securing door latch. Rubber latch ' handles to serve as door bumpers for inswing doors. .4 Balanced hinge is to be adjusted to hold door of unoccupied , compartment partially open. .5 Compartment door to be lockable from inside by sliding door latch into , keeper. .6 Track of door latch to prevent inswing doors from swinging out beyond stile. On outswing doors, the keeper is to prevent the door from swinging in beyond site .4 Acceptable Material ' .1 Trimline Series (1030 Series) Laminated Plastic Partitions and Screens ' by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .1 Toilet Partitions and Dressing Compartments to be 1031 Series. A total of six (6) are required for Men's Lay.12, Women's Lay. 26, and Women's Locker Room 27. .2 Urinal Screens to be 1035 Series. A total of one (1) is required i for Male Lay. 12. .3 Plastic Laminate face sheets to be: , .1 Toilet Partitions - W4623, Wilsonart Graphite Nebula. .2 Dressing Compartments—WD321, Wilsonart Brittany Blue. ' PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS & DRESSING COMPARTMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10170 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation ' .1 Ensure supplementary anchorage, if required, is in place. .2 Complete installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. .3 Install hardware specified under Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories. .2 Cleaning ' .1 Upon completion of the installation, thoroughly clean all partitions and screens in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. ' .2 Remove ail rubbish, debris and excess material resulting from the work of this section. ' END OF SECTION 1 PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS, URINAL SCREENS & DRESSING COMPARTMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10170 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 10185 — SHOWER COMPARTMENTS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing. .2 Section 10800 Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories. .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawing in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate fabrication details, plans, elevations, hardware, and installation details. .4 Samples .1 Submit samples in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm samples of panel showing finishes, edge and corner construction and seam between panels demonstrating finished, heat welded spline. .3 Submit duplicate representative samples of each hardware item, including brackets, fastenings and trim. 1 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Materials .1 Panel materials: .1 Acrylic modified polyester resin and fire retardant fillers, 19 mm (3/4") thick panels. .2 Acceptable material: AcryFlek Solid Surface, Renaissance Collection, as manufactured by AcryFlek Industries Inc., Tel: 905- 692-9520. .3 Colour: to be White Polar Ice. ' SHOWER COMPARTMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10185 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .2 Posts: 38 mm square tubing, 18-8 S, type-304, 1.2 mm thick (18 ga) , stainless steel with satin finish, cut to lengths required, with floor and ceiling connections constructed of 18-8 S, type-304, heavy-gauge stainless steel. .3 Mounting and wall brackets to be constructed of 18-8 S, type-304, heavy- gauge stainless steel with satin finish, complete with stainless steel Phillips screws for all mounting brackets. .3 Fabrication .1 Each compartment panel will be fabricated of two (2) panels splined and heat welded together in accordance with panel manufacturer's instructions. .2 All panel edges to have 3 mm radius. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Ensure supplementary anchorage, if required, is in place. .2 Do work as indicated and in accordance with panel manufacturer's recommendations.. .2 Erection .1 Install partitions secure, plumb and square. .2 Anchor mounting brackets to masonry-concrete surfaces using screws and shields. .3 Attach panel and pilaster to mounting brackets with through type sleeve bolt and nut. .4 Conceal floor and ceiling fixings with stainless steel shoes. i .5 Provide templates for locating threaded studs through finished ceilings. .6 Install hardware specified under Section 10800 Toilet Bath and Laundry Accessories. :3. Cleaning .1 Upon completion of the installation, thoroughly clean all compartments and hardware in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Remove all rubbish, debris and excess material resulting from the work of this section. END OF SECTION SHOWER COMPARTMENTS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10185 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 2 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex ' SECTION 10500— PLASTIC LAMINATED LOCKERS 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. .2 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements .2 Indicate type and class of locker, thicknesses of metal, assembled banks of lockers, tops rods hooks shelves bases, trim, numbering, filler panels, end/back panels, doors handles, locking method, ventilation method and finishes, and installation details. .4 Delivery, Storage and Handling .1 All lockers shall be thoroughly inspected upon receipt and all discrepancies, deficiencies and/or damage shall be reported immediately to the manufacturer and/or supplier. .2 Deliver, handle and store units by methods approved by manufacturer. Store in enclosure protected from the elements and corrosive materials. .5 Maintenance Data .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for cleaning and maintenance of units for incorporation into Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .6 Warranty .1 All materials shall be structurally sound and free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use for a period of three (3) years from the date of Substantial Performance. .2 All lock parts are to be warrantied by the manufacturer for a period of three (3) years from the date of Substantial Performance. ' PLASTIC LAMINATED LOCKERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10505 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Manufactured Units .1 Locker Interiors: To be constructed of 15.9 mm (5/8") high density, high impact, stain and abrasion resistant, thermally fused almond coloured melamine. .2 Doors and Panels: 15.9 mm high-industrial grade core with 0.76 mm vertical grade plastic laminate, pressure laminated on both sides. Door edges are radiused and protected by PVC edgebanding to closely match plastic laminate colour. .3 Wood Locker Frame: exposed edge entirely finished with a 3 mm PVC edgebanding to closely match locker doors. Tops, bottoms, sides, backs, and shelves are to be precision machined. .4 Hooks: provide one (1) hook and one (1) coat rod in lockers where two (2) lockers per frame are indicated. Hooks are to be manufacturer's standard double prong coat hooks, chrome finish. .5 Venting: 12 mm openings between door and top and bottom of locker and dividers to provide continuous natural air flow. .6 Hinges: two (2) nickel finished, concealed heavy duty European steel hinges allowing a 130° door opening on all doors. .7 Number Plates: 38 mm disc, with engraved black numbers, routed in flush with door, chrome finish. Number sequence to later selection. .8 Locks: Heavy duty keyed cam locks with two (2) master keys and two (2) keys per lock. .9 Locker Attachment: Fully assembled and ready to install, by bolting together with four (4) connections bolts specially manufactured to match interior finish. .2 Fabrication .1 Lockers shall be fabricated using doweled and glued assembly process. .2 Fabricate locker parts square, rigid and without warp, with the finished surfaces flat and free from scratches, chips and discolourations of any kind. .3 Machine attachment holes accurately and free of chips. Attach fasteners as standard with manufacturer. .4 Fabricate corners and fillers as required for installation. PLASTIC LAMINATED LOCKERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10505 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Acceptable Manufacturers/Materials .1 Hollman Laminates, as manufactured by Hollman, Inc.: .1 Frame Model A, number of units as indicated. .2 Frame Model B, number of units as indicated. .3 3 Plastic Laminate colours to later selection from Formica standard finishes. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Install lockers in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated on the drawings, for plumb, level, rigid, and flush installation. .2 Securely fasten lockers to wood base and/or nailing strips as follows: .1 Through locker back to walls or furring strips attached to concrete block walls) or to other lockers. .2 Through locker base to wood blocking. .3 Lockers are joined side-to-side by attaching manufacturer's fasteners through pre-drilled holes. .3 Thoroughly examine surfaces to receive the work of this section and advise the Consultant of unsatisfactory conditions. Proceeding with work shall be taken as acceptance of existing conditions. .4 Verify all dimensions on the site are as indicated on the drawings and Shop Drawings before proceeding with shop work. .5 Install locker numbers 1 to 36 (inclusive), schedule to be finalized on site. .2 Cleaning .1 Upon completion of the work of this section, thoroughly clean all lockers in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods and materials to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .2 Remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work of this section. END OF SECTION PLASTIC LAMINATED LOCKERS 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10505 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 3 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 10800—TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 1.0 GENERAL ' .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 10170 Plastic Toilet Partitions, Urinal Screens and Dressing Compartments .2 Section 10185 Shower Compartments 1 .3 Coordination .1 Items specified under this section shall be under the direct control of the General Contractor, who shall be responsible for the purchase, installation, expediting and general coordination as required. Where it is normal practice for the manufacturer to install any items, it shall be clarified with the General Contractor before submitting tenders and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .4 Shop Drawings .1 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate size and description of components, base material, surface finish inside and out, hardware and locks, attachment devices, description of rough-in-frame, and building-in details of anchors for grab bars. .5 Closeout Submittals .1 Provide operation and maintenance data for toilet and bath accessories for incorporation into Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .6 Extra Materials 1 Provide special tools required for accessing, assembly/disassembly or removal for toilet and bath accessories in accordance with requirements specified in Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Deliver special tools to Owner. TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 7 r The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 Components .1 Toilet tissue dispenser: shall be double roll toilet tissue dispenser with heavy-duty cast-aluminum bracket with satin finish. Bracket shall be equipped with a tumbler lock to secure spindles in place. Spindles shall be molded high-impact ABS. Unit shall accommodate 54 mm diameter core toilet tissue roll up to 152 mm total diameter (2000 sheets) and provide controlled delivery operation. .1 Acceptable material: Double-Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser model B-27466 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) in each Toilet Cubicle in Men's Lay. 12 and Women's Lay. 26. .2 Paper towel dispenser: shall be recessed paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle, type-304 stainless steel with all-welded construction. Exposed surfaces shall have satin finish. Flange shall be drawn, one- piece, seamless construction. Door shall be 1.2 mm (18 ga), have 19 mm (9/16") 900 return edges, be secured to cabinet with a concealed, full-length stainless steel piano-hinge, and equipped with a stainless steel cable door-swing limited and friction catch. Door conceals flange from view. Paper towel dispenser shall be capable of dispensing 300 C-fold or 400 multifold paper towels without adjustment or use of adapters. Waste receptacle shall be furnished with a removable, leakproof, rigid molded plastic waste-container with a capacity of 6 L (1.6 gal.). .1 Acceptable material: recessed paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle model B-36903 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) each in Men's Lay. 12 and Women's Lay. 26. .3 Sanitary Napkin Disposal: shall be type-304 stainless steel with all- welded construction. Exposed surfaces shall have a satin sinish. Door with 14 mm (9/16") 90° return shall be equipped with a full-length stainless steel piano hinge and shall have an international graphic symbol identifying napkin disposal. Unit shall be furnished with leak-proof, rigid molded plastic waste receptacle. Receptacle shall have a capacity of 2.3 L (0.6 gal.). .1 Acceptable material: recessed sanitary napkin disposal model B- 3513 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) in each Toilet Cubicle in Women's Lay. 26. TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .4 Grab bars: .1 In Barrier Free Toilet Cubicles: shall be type-304 stainless steel, with peened gripping surface. Ends of bars shall be bright polished to match plumbing trim. Grab bars shall have 18 ga wall thickness and 30 mm outside dia. Clearance between grab bar ' and wall shall be 40 mm. Flanges shall be 11 ga stainless steel, 75 mm dia., and equipped with four stainless steel setscrews. Ends of grab bars shall pass through flanges and be heliarc welded to form one structural unit. Concealed mounting plates shall be 13 ga stainless steel with three slotted screw holes. 1 Acceptable material shall be one each of: .1 30 mm dia. stainless steel grab bars with concealed mounting and peened gripping surface ' model B-550x24 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 30 mm dia. stainless steel grab bars with concealed mounting and peened gripping surface model B-550x30 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 In Barrier Free Shower Cubicles: shall be type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Grab bar shall have 1.2 mm (18 ga) wall thickness and 30 mm (1-1/4") outside diameter. Clearance between the grab bar and the wall shall be 40 mm (1-1/2"). Concealed mounting flanges shalt be 3 mm (1/8") thick stainless steel plate, 50 mm x 80 mm (2" x 3-1/8"), and equipped with two screw holes for attachment to wall. Flange covers shall be 0.8 mm (22 ga) stainless steel, 85 mm (3-1/4") diameter, and shall snap over mounting flanges to conceal mounting screws. Ends of grab bar shall pass through concealed mounting flanges and be heliarc welded to form one structural unit. .1 Acceptable material: shall be B-5806 Series, 32 mm diameter stainless steel grab bars with snap flange, as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: .1 one (1) Model B-5846.99 in Barrier Free Shower Cubicle in Men's Showers 13. .2 one (1) Model B-5856.99 in Barrier Free Shower Cubicle in Women's Showers 22. .5 Shower curtain rods: shall be type-304, 1.0 mm (20 ga) stainless steel with satin finish. They shall have an outside diameter of 25 mm (1"). TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex Flanges shall be 35 mm (1-3/8") diameter chrome-plated plastic with bright polish finish. Units shall be equipped with concealed mounting brackets. .1 Acceptable material: heavy-duty shower curtain rod with concealed mounting model B-207 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) for each Shower Cubicle in Women's Showers 22. .6 Soap dishes: shall be surface mounted, type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Flange and support arm shall be 0.8 mm (22 ga) and equipped with a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) mounting bracket that is secured to a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) wall plate with a stainless steel setscrew. Drawn, one-piece, seamless, 0.8 mm (22 ga) soap dish shall be welded to the support arm and shall have two drain holes and two soap-support ridges. .1 Acceptable material: surface-mounted soap dish model B-6807 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) for each Shower Cubicle in Men's Showers 13 and Women's Showers 22. .7 Folding Shower Seat: shall have a frame constructed on type-304, satin finish stainless steel that consists of 1.6 mm (16 ga), 30 mm (1-1/4") square tubing, and 1.2 mm (18 ga), 25 mm (1") diameter seamless tubing. Seat shall be one-piece, 8 mm (5/16") thick, solidly fused plastic laminate with matte-finish melamine surfaces, ivory-colored face sheets, and black phenolic-resin core, secured to frame with stainless steel carriage bolts and acorn nuts. Shower seat shall be equipped with two (2) 75 mm (3") diameter mounting flanges constructed of type-304, 5 mm (3/16") thick, satin finished stainless steel, a guide bracket constructed of type-304 stainless steel that is spot welded to a base plate of type-304, heavy-gauge stainless steel. Seat shall be able to lock in upright position when not in use. .1 Acceptable material: solid phenolic folding shower seat model 8- 5191 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) in each Barrier Free Shower Cubicle in Men's Showers 13 and Women's Showers 22. .8 Towel Rings: shall be surface-mounted, type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Flange and support arm shall be 0.8 mm (22 ga), and equipped with a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) mounting bracket that is secured to a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) wall plate with a stainless TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex steel setscrew. Non-removable towel ring shall be 6 mm (1/4") diameter bar. .1 Acceptable material: surface mounted towel ring model B-6787 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) in each Shower Cubicle in Women's Showers 22. .9 Utility hooks: shall be surface mounted, type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Flange and support arm shall be 0.8 mm (22 ga) and equipped with a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) mounting bracket that is secured to a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) wall plate with a stainless steel screwcap. Cap shall be 3.6 mm (10 ga), welded to the support arm. .1 Acceptable material: surface-mounted utility hook model B-6707 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: .1 One (1) on interior face of each Toilet Partition Door in Men's Lay. 12 and Women's Lay. 26. .2 One (1) in each Dressing Compartment in Women's Lockers 27. .10 Robe hooks: shall be surface-mounted, type 304 stainless steel with satin finish. Flange and support arm shall be 0.8 mm (22 ga) and equipped with a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) mounting bracket that us secured to a concealed, 1.6 mm (16 ga) stainless steel setscrew. Hook shall be 2.8 mm (12 ga), welded to the support arm. .1 Acceptable material: surface-mounted hat and coat hook model B-6827 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: .1 Three (3) above the Cedar Bench in Men's Showers 13. .2 Four (4) above the Cedar Bench in Women's Showers 22. 11 Clothes hooks: shall be type-304, 3.2 mm (11 ga), stainless steel with satin finish and all-welded construction. .1 Acceptable material: stainless steel clothes hook model B233 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) in each Shower Cubicle in Men's Showers 13. TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 7 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .12 Soap dispensers: shall be counter-mounted, dispense liquid and lotion soaps. Valve shall be operable with one hand and with a maximum of 5 lb. of force. Piston and spout assembly shall be type-304 stainless steel, with bright polished finish. Escutcheon shall lock to body with concealed locking mechanism that is opened with special key provided by manufacturer. Spout shall rotate 3600 without damage to the valve mechanism. Piston, spout and supply-tube assembly shall be removable from the top for filling and maintenance. Valve shall have ABS cylinder, stainless steel spring, U-packing seal and duckbills. Shank shall accommodate mounting thicknesses up to 25 mm. Translucent, shatter resistant polyethylene container shall have a capacity of 0.59 L. .1 Acceptable material: Lavatory-mounted soap dispenser for soaps and detergents model B-8221 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) each between the sinks in Men's Lay. 12 and Women's Lay. 26. .13 Mop Holder Strip: shall be surface mounted mop and broom holder strip, , type-304 stainless steel with satin finish. Unit shall be 610 mm long with 3 spring-loaded, rubber cam holders. .1 Acceptable material: Surface mounted stainless steel mop and broom holder model B-223x24 as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada Ltd. .2 Locations: one (1) each in Storage Room 08, Janitor 15, and Janitor 23. .2 Fabrication .1 Weld and grind joints of fabricated components flush and smooth. Use mechanical fasteners only where approved. .2 Wherever possible form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. .3 Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. .4 Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. .5 - Hot dip galvanize concealed ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices to CSA G164. .6 Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 6 OF 7 L The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .7 Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to job site at appropriate time for building-in. Provide templates, details and instructions for building in anchors and inserts. .8 Provide steel anchor plates and components for installation on studding and building framing. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Installation .1 Install and secure accessories rigidly in place as follows: 1 Stud walls: install steel back-plate to stud prior to plaster or drywall finish. Provide plate with threaded studs or plugs. .2 Hollow masonry units or existing plaster/drywall: use toggle bolts drilled into cell/wall cavity. .3 Solid masonry, marble, stone or concrete: use bolt with lead expansion sleeve set into drilled hole. .4 Toilet/shower compartments: use male/female through bolts. .2 Install grab bars on built-in anchors provided by bar manufacturer. .3 Use tamper proof screws/bolts for fasteners. .4 Fill units with necessary supplies shortly before final acceptance of building. .2 Schedule .1 Locate accessories as indicated. Exact locations determined by Consultant. .3 Cleaning .1 Upon completion of the work of this section, thoroughly clean all washroom accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. .2 Remove all rubbish and debris caused by the work of this section. 3-_ Any cutting or damage done to the work of other trades by the work of this section, shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Consultant or replaced. END OF SECTION TOILET, BATH AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 23 March, 2001 SECTION 10800 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 7 OF 7 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex SECTION 13052 — SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT 1.0 GENERAL .1 General Instructions .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 General Requirements. .2 Related Sections .1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. .2 Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier. .3 Section 07212 Batt and Blanket Insulation. .4 Section 08210 Wood Doors. .5 Section 08710 Door Hardware. .6 Section 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing. ' .7 Section 09300 Cement Board. .8 Section 09310 Ceramic Tile. r .9 Section 15000 General Mechanical Specifications. .10 Division 16 Electrical. .3 Shop Drawings .1 Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Indicate details of construction, profiles, jointing, fastening and other related details. .3 Include all materials, thicknesses, finishes, hardware and connections for mechanical and electrical equipment. .4 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling -.1 Protect all materials against dampness during and after delivery. 1 .2 Store materials in ventilated areas, protected from extreme changes of temperature or humidity. .3 All mechanical and electrical products must bear the approval of the CSA, or have special approval of the Inspection Authority having Jurisdiction for their respective functions and environments. ' SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 13052 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 1 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington , Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .5 Identification of Equipment and Wiring .1 Identify all mechanical and electrical equipment in accordance with Divisions 15 Mechanical and 16 Electrical. .2 Manufacturer's nameplate shall be affixed to all equipment showing the size, name of equipment, serial number and all information usually provided, including voltage, cycle, phase, horsepower, and the like. Also to be included, are the manufacturer's name and address. .3 All stamped, etched, or engraved lettering on plates shall be perfectly i legible. Do not paint over nameplates and, where apparatus is to be concealed, attach nameplates in an approved locations on the equipment support of frame. .4 Wiring colour code to Ontario Electrical Safety Code. .6 Instructions to Owner .1 Thoroughly instruct the Owner and the Owner's authorised representatives in the safe and proper operation and maintenance procedures for the sauna systems and equipment, and provide a complete demonstration thereof. .2 Submit a complete record of the instructions given to the Owner for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. .3 For each instructional period, supply the following data: .1 Date; .2 Duration; .3 System or equipment involved; .4 Name of instructor(s); .5 Name of instructed(s); and, .6 Name(s) of other person(s) present. .7 Operation and Maintenance Manuals .1 Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. .2 Information required for this Section shall include data sheets, brochures, ' operating and maintenance instructions, recommended spare parts, and a complete set of reviewed Shop Drawings, as well as complete contact information for service and repairs, either scheduled or emergency, of the installed mechanical and electrical equipment. SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 13052 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 2 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .8 Qualifications .1 Installer shall have a minimum of three (3) years proven experience with the installation of saunas and their related equipment, and be acceptable to the equipment manufacturer. ' 2.0 PRODUCTS .1 General .1 All wood materials shall be straight, new, dry and clean, properly sized and shaped to correct dimensions. .2 Unless otherwise specified, wood material shall conform to CAN/CSA- 0141 and the NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. .2 Materials .1 Cedar Lining: interior walls and ceilings to be Sauna-Select grade (Grade A and better, clear), tongue and groove, kiln dried, Western Red Cedar. Board sizes are to be 18 mm x 89 mm. .2 Benches: framing and seating surface to be Sauna-Select grade (Grade A and better, clear), kiln dried, dressed four sides. Board sizes are to be 38 mm x 89 mm. .3 Heater Guard: the heater guard fence is to be constructed of Sauna- Select grade (Grade A and better), kiln-dried, Western Red Cedar. Board sizes to be 38 mm x 89 mm. .4 Casing: inside of door to be cased with Sauna-Select grade (Grade A and better), kiln dried, Western Red Cedar, dressed four sides, square 1 edge. Board sizes to be 18 mm x 89 mm. .5 Molding: 16 mm x 16 mm cedar molding in corners of walls and ceilings .6 Door.lambs: mahogany. .7 Doors: as specified under Section 08210 Wood Doors. .8 Floors: to be ceramic tile CT-3 as specified under Section 09310 Ceramic Tile. .9 Heater: to be Model No. CW-M-1223, 100% type-304 stainless steel construction with capacity 12 kW, 208/3/60, MCA: 33.4, Fuse: 50 AMP, complete with TWC mounting brackets as required for wall- mounted installation, as supplied by Finlandia Sauna, Tel: 905-738-4017. .10 Heater Controls: to be TPT-3 control system, T-1 Thermostat complete with contactor and remote 60 minute timer in control box. SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 13052 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 3 OF 5 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .11 Wood Preservative: treat wood interiors of saunas with water based Finlandia Cedar Preservative. Sealants such as varathane must not be used. .12 Nails and Staples: to CSA B111: 1 64 mm stainless steel screws for bench seating, to CSA B35.4 plain. .2 38 mm finishing nails for cedar lining, galvanized to CAN/CSA- G164. .13 Lights: to be vapour proof, surface mounted on wall, as indicated and specified under Division 16 Electrical. 3.0 EXECUTION .1 Preparation and Inspection .1 The walls and ceilings of the saunas will be framed using non-load bearing steel studs (as specified under Section 09110 Non-Load Bearing Wall and Ceiling Framing) with spruce strapping (as specified under Section 06100 Rough Carpentry), R12 batt insulation (as specified under Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation), and a foil vapour barrier (as specified under Section 07160 Sheet Vapour Barrier). Mechanical rough- in will be as specified under Section 15000 Mechanical General Specifications, and electrical rough-in shall be as specified under Division 16 Electrical. All work shall be as indicated on the drawings. .2 The cement board base will be as specified under Section 09300 Cement Board, and the ceramic tile floor will be as specified under Section 09310 Ceramic Tile. .2 Thoroughly inspect the existing conditions. Immediately report to the Consultant any and all damages, defects, unsatisfactory or unfavourable conditions affecting installation before proceeding with installation. .3 Beginning of instillation of saunas and equipment shall be taken to mean acceptance of existing conditions. .2 Installation Requirements , .1 Install all materials, square, plumb, straight, accurately and securely fitted and fastened, in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and as indicated. .2 Install equipment neatly to satisfaction of Consultant. Unless noted otherwise, install all equipment and services to follow building planes. Installations shall permit free use of space and maximum headroom. , SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT t 23 March, 2001 SECTION 13052 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 4 OF 5 ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Fitness Centre Addition to the Courtice Community Complex .3 Confirm the exact locations of outlets, fixtures, and connections, including recesses for control boxes, and carefully coordinate requirements with the work of other Sections affected by their installation. .4 Install all equipment and apparatus to allow free access for maintenance, adjustment and eventual replacement. .5 Install all products and equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. ' .6 Provide all supports, hangars and fasteners. Secure all products so as not to impose undue stresses on the structure and systems. .7 Do carpentry in accordance with the Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturer's Association of Canada, except where specified otherwise. .8 Construct all carpentry as indicated and detailed. Where not detailed, work shall be done in accordance with the best standard practice. .9 Cedar lining shall be blind nailed. ' .10 Cedar lining shall be installed: .1 vertically on walls. .2 in a north-south direction on the ceilings. .11 There shall be no seams on walls or ceilings. .12 Replace items of finish carpentry with damage to wood surfaces including hammer and other bruises. .3 Cleaning .1 Upon completion of the work of this Section, thoroughly clean installation, including cleaning and polishing all hardware and lites in the doors to the satisfaction of the Consultant. .2 All excess materials resulting from the work of this Section are to be removed from the site leaving the installation in a first class condition, ready for use END OF SECTION SAUNAS AND EQUIPMENT 23 March, 2001 SECTION 13052 Thomas E. Brown Architect Inc. PAGE 5 OF 5 DIVISION 15 i Mechanical Specification For FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX Courtice, Ontario Prepared by: ' Venneri Ltd. 1170 Sheppard Ave. West, Unit 1 Toronto, Ontario M3K 2A3 VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ' GENERAL MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION ' TABLE OF CONTENTS ' 1. GENERAL......................................................................................................................... 3 2. CONTRACT DRAWINGS ............................................................................................... 3 3. SHOP DRAWINGS...........................................................................................................4 ' 4. SCHEDULING..................................................................................................................4 5. SAMPLES..........................................................................................................................4 6. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS...................................................................................................4 ' 7. CODES AND FEES ..........................................................................................................4 8. PRODUCTS....................................................................................................................... 5 9. ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS DURING PROGRESS OF WORK...............5 ' 10. VALUATION OF CHANGES .......................................................................................... 5 11. CO-ORDINATION............................................................................................................ 5 12. WORKMANSHIP............................................................................................................. 5 13. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS...............................................................................6 14. FIELD REVIEW................................................................................................................6 ' 15. SERVICES TO EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS................................................ 6 16. CUTTING, PATCHING AND BACKFILL......................................................................7 17. CLEANING UP.................................................................................................................7 18. PAINTING.........................................................................................................................7 19. USE OF EXISTING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT....................................................7 20. EXISTING SERVICES .....................................................................................................7 21. INTERUPTION OF SERVICES ....................................................................................... 8 22. PIPE AND DUCT IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................. 8 23. PIPING TESTING, CLEANING AND FLUSHING SYSTEMS......................................9 24. PROTECTION...................................................................................................................9 25. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION............................................................................9 26. WARRANTY .................................................................................................................. 10 ' 27. INSTRUCTION TO OWNER......................................................................................... 10 28. INSPECTION CERTIFICATION AND REVIEW ......................................................... 10 29. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING................................................................ 11 30. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL......................................................... 12 31. CORRECTION AFTER COMPLETION........................................................................ 12 32. METALS.......................................................................................................................... 12 ' 33. PIPE INSTALLATION.................................................................................................... 12 34. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS........................................................................... 14 35. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS.................................................................................. 16 VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 36. PLUMBING..................................................................................................................... 16 , 37. VALVES.......................................................................................................................... 17 38. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS................................................................................ 18 39. TRAPS........ .................................................................................................................. 18 40. CLEANOUTS.................................................................................................................. 18 41. VENTING........................................................................................................................ 19 42. PLUMBING FIXTURES................................................................................................. 19 i 43. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT............................................................................... 19 44. FIRE PROTECTION....................................................................................................... 20 , 45. SPRINKLERS..................................................................................................................20 46. AIR DISTRIBUTION -HVAC ............................................................................I.......... 21 47. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK...............................................................................................22 ' 48. DUCTWORK INSTALLATION..................................................................................... 22 49. DUCT SEALERS ............................................................................................................22 50. DUCT LEAKAGE TEST .................................................................................. 23 , 51. DUCT ACCESS DOORS................................................................................................ 23 52. FLEXIBLE VIBRATION ISOLATION CONNECTORS ..............................................23 53. DUCT CLEANING .........................................................................................................24 54. BALANCING DAMPERS ..............................................................................................24 55. FIRE DAMPERS............................................................................................................. 25 56. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS ..................................................................26 57. INSULATION..................................................................................................................26 58. IDENTIFICATION.......................................................................................................... 27 59. MOTORS AND ELECTRICAL WORK.........................................................................27 , i . 1 1 i 1 ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 3 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 1. GENERAL ' 1.1 Conform to the conditions stated in the Contract Form, Supplementary Conditions, and the General Requirements of Division 1. ' 1.2 The documents define the extent and scope of the Work but do not delegate functions or work to any specific trade. 1.3 Provide all Work in accordance with the approved schedule to meet the complation date and all specified interim schedules. ' 1.4 Carefully co-ordinate all new mechanical services with existing building structure, existing services &division 16 prior to fabrication and/or installation and include for ' offsets, transformations, etc., as required to ensure that required ceiling heights to consultant's details and schedules are maintained. 1.5 Confirm exact size and locations of existing services at points of connection prior to fabrication and/or installation of new services. ' 1.6 Confirm exact size of existing ductwork at points of connections and provide transformations as required to suit. 1.7 Exact points of connection and location of existing ducts and other mechanical services shall be established on site. 2. CONTRACT DRAWINGS 2.1 The Drawings of this Division are performance drawings and indicate general arrangement of the Work. They are diagrammatic except where specific details are given. They must be read in conjunction with Design Consultant's, Structural, ' Electrical and all other Division Drawings. 2.2 Obtain accurate dimensions from the architectural and structural drawings, or by ' in Locations and elevations of services are approximate and must be verified before construction is undertaken. ' 2.3 Make changes where required to accommodate structural conditions, (beams,columns caps, etc.). Obtain Consultant's approval before proceeding. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 2.4 Adjust the location of materials and/or equipment as directed without adjustment to contract price,provided that the changes are requested before installation and do not affect quantity of materials. 2.5 Visit the site prior to tender and verify all conditions and dimensions. Allow for any , re-routing of existing services and equipment in the tender price. Failure to do so does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility. ' 3. SHOP DRAWINGS 3.1 Provide shop drawings of all Products for review prior to manufacture, in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' 4. SCHEDULING ' 4.1 Comply with the General Contractor's construction schedule. 4.2 When existing building is involved, arrange and schedule all work in a manner which will not interfere with normal operation of the existing building. 5. SAMPLES 5.1 Submit samples of Products to the Consultants for approval when requested in P PP q accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. 6. AS-BUILT DRAWINGS 6.1 Maintain and submit As-Built drawings in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. 7. CODES AND FEES ' 7.1 Obtain and pay for all permits, licenses, connections and certificates required for the Work of this Division in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. , ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 5 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 8. PRODUCTS 8.1 Provide only new Products. Where manufacturer is not specified provide Products of high commercial standard and quality. 8.2 All Products must bear the approval of the CSA or have special approval of the inspection authority having jurisdiction for their respective functions and environments. 8.3 Provide products of same manufacture for like applications unless noted otherwise. ' 9. ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS DURING PROGRESS OF WORK 9.1 Substitute Products will only be considered in accordance with Section 01630 Product Substitution Procedures. 10. VALUATION OF CHANGES 10.1 Changes will be considered in accordance with GC 6, as amended,and Section 01001 General Requirements. 11. CO-ORDINATION 11.1 Review the Specifications and drawings of all Divisions and become thoroughly acquainted with the Work. ' 11.2 Co-ordination is the contractual responsibility of the Contractor not the consultant. Reward as indicated. Co-ordinate the Work with all Division, inform the General Contractor in writing of any detrimental factors affecting the Work. 11.3 Before commencing any Work of this Division, inform the Consultant in writing of any detrimental factors affecting the Work. 12. WORKMANSHIP 12.1 All Work shall conform to standards of excellence and good practice of the respective ' trades. Governing codes and regulations represent the minimum acceptable standards. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 6 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 13. INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 13.1 The Consultant's Drawings and instructions govern the location of all items. ' g g 13.2 Install equipment neatly to the satisfaction of the Consultant. Unless noted otherwise , install all Products and services to follow building planes. Installations shall permit free use of space and maximum headroom. , 13.3 Confirm the exact location of outlets, fixtures and connections. Confirm location of connections points for equipment supplied under other Divisions. ' 13.4 Install all equipment and apparatus to allow free access for maintenance, adjustment and eventual replacement. ' 13.5 Install metering and/or sensing devices to provide accurate and reliable sampling of quantities being measured. Install instruments to permit easy observation. 13.6 Provide suitable shielding and physical protection for all devices. 13.7 Install all Products and services in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and/or recommendations. 13.8 Provide all supports,hangers and fasteners. Secure all Products and services so as not , to impose undue stresses on the structure and systems. 14. FIELD REVIEW Consultant shall have access to the site at all times for review ' 14.1 Th e Owner e and e w of the work during construction. 14.2 Correct any deficiencies as they are reported during the performance of the Work. 14.3 Application for final review will be considered when the Work has been completed ' and written declarations submitted that all commissioning, adjustment, set up and documentation is complete. , 15. SERVICES TO EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY OTHERS 15.1 Provide all necessary connections required for equipment supplied by the Owner and ' other Divisions. Examine all Drawings and Specifications and identify all requirements. 15.2 Provide valves, unions, caps and vibration isolation for all services. ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 7 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 16. CUTTING, PATCHING AND BACKFILL 16.1 If cutting and patching is required, obtain the Consultant's approval and follow his instructions for any modifications to the structure. 17. CLEANING UP 17.1 During construction, and on a daily basis, keep the site reasonable clear of rubbish and waste material resulting from mechanical work to the satisfaction of the Consultant. Before applying for a Certificate of Substantial Performance of the ' Work, remove all of your rubbish and debris, and arrange for and pay for the repair of any damage caused as a result of mechanical work. 18. PAINTING 18.1 Provide all exposed ferrous metal work, and Products,except ductwork and piping, with at least one (1) factory prime coat or paint one prime coat on site. Clean or wire brush all equipment before painting. Unless otherwise noted finish painting will be done in accordance with Section 09911 — Interior Painting and 09912 — Exterior Painting. 18.2 If not factory coated, clean, wire brush and paint all ferrous supports and hangers concealed in ceiling spaces of kitchens or other similar high humidity areas. Do not paint galvanised supports and hangers. 18.3 Repaint or refinish all damage factory applied finishes damaged during shipment, ' erection or construction. ' 19. USE OF EXISTING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 19.1 Report to Consultant any equipment not in proper operating condition. ' 20. EXISTING SERVICES 20.1 Connect new services to existing systems, as indicated on the drawings. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 8 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX , PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 21. INTERUPTION OF SERVICES 21.1 Co-ordinate all work with the Owner's use of the building. ' 21.2 Obtain Owner's written approval before interrupting any service. ' 21.3 Request permission to interrupt services in writing not less than two (2) weeks in ' advance and state time(s) and duration(s) of interruptions. 22. PIPE AND DUCT IDENTIFICATION ' 22.1 Identify each piped and ducted service after painting is completed. ' 22.2 Locate identification and flow arrows: 1 Behind each access door. .2 At each change of direction of all pipes and ducts. .3 Not more than 12 m (40') apart in straight runs of exposed pipes and ducts, and on ' both sides of sleeves. .4 Not more than 12 in (40') apart in straight runs of pipes and ducts behind removable enclosures such as lay-in type ceiling, and on both sides of sleeves. ' .5 1.5 in (5') above each floor or platform for vertical exposed pipes and ducts. Use 50 mm (2") high stencil letter. 22.3 Use wording shown in the Standard Symbol Sheet on Drawings or as instructed by the Consultant. ' 22.4 Use primary and secondary colour coding ad defined in CSA Standard B53 and ' CGSB 24-GP-3A or as specified. Use minimum 50 mm(2")wide primary bands with minimum 50 mm (2") wide secondary bands. The applicable colour coding for each different system will be issued by the Consultant as the job progresses. , 22.5 Tags and Directory Identification of Equipment A . _Identify all fans,controls, starters, switches, pushbuttons, and all other equipment as ' to service by a white lamacoid engraved nameplate on black background. Submit sample plates and lettering to the Consultant. Attach plates only after all painting , work is completed. Use mechanical fastening devices acceptable to the Consultant. 2 Manufacturer's nameplate shall be affixed to all equipment showing the size, name , of equipment, serial number and all information usally provided, including voltage, cycle, phase, horsepower, etc., name of the manufacturer and his address. All ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 9 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 stamped, etched or engraved lettering on plates shall be perfectly legible. Do not paint over nameplates and, where apparatus is to be concealed, attach the nameplates in an approved location on the equipment support or frame. 23. PIPING TESTING, CLEANING AND FLUSHING SYSTEMS 23.1 Furnish all labour, materials, instruments, etc. necessary for all required tests. 23.2 All work shall be subject to inspection by the local Building Department Inspectors 1 and/or the Consultant. Notify Consultant of all testing seventy-two (72) hours in advance. Provide certificates indicating results of all tests. Advise Consultant when testing has been scheduled to permit witnessing of tests. Provide a letter of ' certification when all pressure tests and procedures for cleaning, flushing and chemical treatment have been carried out in accordance with Specifications, ' applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 23.3 Before testing any piping, isolate all equipment which has an insufficent rating compared with the test pressure. 23.4 Repair all leaks to the inspection authority and/or the Consultant's approval. All leaks ' shall be repaired by remarking the joint. 24. PROTECTION 24.1 Protect all finished and unfinished Work of this and other Divisions from damage due ' to carrying out of this Work. 24.2 Keep equipment dry and clean at all times. 24.3 Cover openings in equipment and materials. 24.4 Make good any damage caused directly or indirectly to walls, floors, ceilings, woodwork, brickwork, finishes, etc. 24.5 Make good to as new quality or replace any damaged equipment as directed by the 'Consultant. 25. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION 25.1 Submit letters from the manufacturers of all equipment certifying that their technical representatives have inspected and tested their equipment and are satisfied with the VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 10 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 methods of installation and operation. Where existing systems are extended, provide letters covering both new and existing equipment and connections. , 25.2 These letters shall state the names of persons present at testing, methods used and a list of functions performed with location and room numbers where applicable. ' 26. WARRANTY ' 26.1 Warrant your work to be in strict accordance with the contact documents and free from defects for a period of one (1) year form the date of written acceptance by the Consultant. Repair and/or replace any such defects which appear in any of your work within the warranty period, ordinary wear and tear and willful damage by or ' carelessness of the owner's staff or agents excepted, without additional expense to the owner. Where such defects occur, be responsible for all costs incurred in making the ' defective work good, including repair or replacement of building finishes, other materials, or damage to other equipment caused by such defects, or by subsequent ' replacement and repairs. 27. INSTRUCTION TO OWNER 27.1 Thoroughly instruct the Owners in the safe operation of the systems and equipment. 272 Submit a complete record of instructions given to the Owner for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01001 General ' Requirements. For each instructional period, supply the following data: - Date - Duration - System or equipment involved - Name of person(s) giving instructions - Name of person(s) being instructed - Other person(s) present 28. INSPECTION CERTIFICATION AND REVIEW 28.1 Arrange for inspection of all Work by the authorities having jurisdiction. On , completion of the Work furnish final unconditional certificates of approval by the inspection authorities. ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 11 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 ' 28.2 Provide all gauges, instruments, and other necessary measuring equipment required for review of the Work by the Consultant. Arrange for review of products during manufacture. Attend, promptly, to any deficiencies reported. ' 28.3 Provide full time supervision and inspection of the Work and be responsible for quality control. ' 28.4 Request final review when the completed installation has been checked and all deficiencies have been rectified. r 29. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 29.1 Test, balance and adjust all systems to achieve the requirements of the Drawings ' and the Specifications. 29.2 Test, balance and adjust all air systems to obtain the design air quantities. Mark ' the final balance position on all balancing dampers and adjustable air turning devices and balance fittings. 29.3 Put heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation, and continue the operation of same during each working day of the testing and balancing period. ' 29.4 The work shall be carried out in general conformance with guidelines as published in the ASHRAE Guide 'Testing, Adjusting and Balancing', Chapter 37, 1984 Systems Handbook. 29.5 Commence with testing and balancing work when the systems have been cleaned, properly set up, and have been put into operation. 29.6 Use instruments that are accurately calibrated and suitable for the particular range of temperature, pressure, velocity, etc. 29.7 Carry out spot checks, where requested, for verification in the presence of the Consultant or his representative. 29.8 Submit reports of all balancing work to the Consultant for review in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. ' 29.9 On completion of the work, submit a Statutory Declaration to the Consultant certifying that: VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 12 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .l All testing and balancing has been completed. .2 The P erformance of all systems is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and changes that were instituted during construction. .3 Balancing reports have been distributed as directed. ' 30. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL 30.1 Assemble three (3) manuals, each containing data sheets, brochures, operating, r maintenance, recommended spare parts, and lubricating instructions and a complete set of reviewed shop drawings and bind in hard cover. Identify cover "Operation and Maintenance Manual". 30.2 Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. 31. CORRECTION AFTER COMPLETION 31.1 Attend immediately, to any and all defects occurring during a period of one (1)year ' from the date of Certification of Substantial Performance of the work. 31.2 Repair all defects in a manner to prevent recurrence. ' 31.3 In accordance with GC 12.3, instruct all manufacturers and suppliers that guarantees on Products will commence at the date for Substantial Performance and not from the ' date the Products are put into operation. 32. METALS 32.1 Provide all necessary metal supports for the work under this Division such as,but not limited to, equipment bases, supports, hangers, etc. 33. PIPE INSTALLATION 33.1 General I Pipe and pipe fittings shall be new stock, free from rust and scale, full weight, ' standard size and thickness, true and round with full cut threads. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 13 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 2 Cap and plug all openings in pipes or fittings during installation to keep out dirt. ' .3 Cut true and thoroughly ream all pipe before installation. .4 Install all piping in the best workmanlike manner and in accordance with the best practices of the trade. ' .5 Install piping so that there is no interference with the installation of equipment, other piping, systems, ducts or the work of other Trades. .6 Layout and install piping valves, fittings and clean-outs to facilitate easy maintenance. ' .7 Space and arrange piping to best utilise available space. ' .8 Install eccentric reducers in all reductions of piping size. Maintain level on the top of pipes for water services. ' .9 Traps and fittings shall be of the same materials, quality and thickness as the piping to which they are attached. ' .10 Install unions or flanges at all connections to equipment or fixture requiring or replacing. ' .11 Clean thoroughly all pipe surface before welding. Ensure that each pipe and fittings is bevelled, securely aligned and properly spaced. .12 Repair leaks that develop in systems. Repair any resultant damage to the building. .13 Maintain minimum 25 mm space between adjacent flanges or pipe insulation (whichever has the largest diameter). VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 14 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 34. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Requirements General Re , 34.1 e q .1 Provide supports, racks, hangers, stands,platforms, etc. for the proper installation of the work. .2 Construct all supports to safely carry the load under all operating conditions and ' testing. .3 Restrict movement of piping and equipment during hydrostatic testing. .4 Provide all necessary inserts, hold down bolts, etc. ' .5 Set all hanger rods vertical without bends or offset. Connect hanger rods to the structure using approved inserts or beam clamps. ' .6 Beam clamps,channel clamps and clamps for attachment to angles shall be complete with a restraining feature. 'C'clamps without restraining feature are not acceptable. ' 34.2 Pipe Supports 1 Hanger Supports ' I All hanger supports shall be carbon steel construction, adjustable for proper ' grading. .2 Rods shall be cadmium plated continuous thread Grinnell Fig. 146 or Myatt i Fig. 434. Use locking nuts. .2 Hanger Types ! 1 Insulated and Un-insulated Pipe -Up to 25 mm Grinnell Fig. 269 Myatt Fig. 120. -32 mm to 100 mm ' Grinnell Figs. 65 or 260 ' Myatt Figs. 122 or 124 VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 15 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Roller Hangers - Hot and Cold Piping -All Sizes Grinnell Fig. 160 to 166A. .3 Notes -Insulated Cold Piping Install 300 mm long galvanised protection saddles between pipe covering and hanger or support. Thickness of saddle to suit weight of pipe. Install protection saddles under all insulated piping supported on pipe rollers or supported by trapeze hangers. Hangers bearing directly on copper pipe shall be copper plated or plastic dipped. .3 Hangers and Hanger Spacing .1 Maximum Horizontal Hanger Spacing Hanger Spacing Rod Steel Copper Diameter Pipe Pipe Pile Size mm m m Up to 20 mm 9.5 1.5 1.5 Up to 200 mm 9.5 2.1 1.8 r25 mm and 32 mm 40 mm and 50 mm 9.5 2.7 2.4 65 mm and 75 mm 12.7 4.3 3.7 100 mm 19.0 5.3 -------- VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 16 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 35. ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS al equipment requiring adjustment or maintenance in 35.1 Install all concealed mechanic eq p q g � locations easily accessible through access panels or doors. Installed systems and components to result in a minimum of access panels. Indicate access panels on As- Built drawings. 35.2 Provide the respective Division of Work with panels, doors or the frames for installation. Arrange with and pay the respective Division to install them. Ensure that access doors are installed in a manner to match the building material grids where applicable. 35.3 Prepare detail drawings showing location and type of all access doors. Co-ordinate with other Divisions before proceeding with installation. 35.4 Provide minimum size 150 mm x 150 mm doors or 600 mm x 450 mm where it is necessary for people to enter. 35.5 Provide access doors with fire rating equal to fire separations, fire-rated walls and ceilings that they are installed in. 35.6 Provide LeHage access doors. 35.7 Lay-in type tiles, properly marked, may serve as access panels. 36. PLUMBING 36.1 Piping and Fittings I Sanitary Drains and Main Vent Stacks I Class 4000 cast iron mechanical joint pipe and fittings with mechanical joint stainless steel couplings, CSA-B70-1971 or DWV copper with cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings and 50/50 Sn/Sb solder joints. _.2 Subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. .2 Domestic Water Piping and Fittings 1 75 mm (3") and under Type L hard, wrought copper fittings, unions up to 25 mm (1") wrought copper,unions 30 mm (1-1/4") to 75 mm (3") brass ground ' joints. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 17 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 37. VALVES 37.1 Domestic Hot and Cold Water 1 Type of Piping 1 Copper .2 Pressure Rating - 1380 kPa WOG I Gate Valves 1 = 50 mm and under All bronze, solder ends. Catalogue No. 50 mm and Under Rising Non-rising Manufacturer Stem Stem Crane 1322 1320C Jenkins 813 313 Note: Use non-rising stem only where there is insufficient clearance for the rising stem type. .2 Globe Valves - 50 mm and under - Bronze, composition disc, solder ends. Catalogue No. Manufacturer 50 mm and Under Crane 1310 Jenkins 106BP Note: Use composition discs to suit fluid temperature rating. .3 Check Valves VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 18 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 - 50 mm and under - Bronze, swing check with regrindable bronze discs, solder ends. Catalogue No. Manufacturer 50 mm and Under Crane 1342 Jenkins 4093 38. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 38.1 Smith#5000,or P.P.P. series'SC',or approved equal, shock stops with stainless steel casing with stainless steel nesting bellows precharged with air. For trap seal primer serving multiple drains, provide P.P.P. model 'PT' electronic trap priming manifold or approved equal with number of outlets to suit. 38.2 Install arrestors on branch lines to flush valves, solenoid valves, self-closing faucets, quick closing valves, groups of fixtures and individual fixture. 38.3 Correct any condition causing water hammer. 39. TRAPS 39.1 Trap all fixture and floor drains in accordance with local plumbing regulations. Provide each trap with a brass cleanout plug. 39.2 Install Smith#2699, or P.P.P. #500, or approved equal automatic trap primers on all traps of floor and hub drains. 40. CLEANOUTS 40.1 Install clean-outs in storm and sanitary drainage piping in following locations: I Changes of direction of more than 45°. .2 Provide clean outs as shown on plans where required by Building and Plumbing Codes. 40.2 General Requirements VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 19 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 1 Clean-outs shall be full for pipes up to 100 mm and not less than 100 mm for larger sizes. 41. VENTING 41.1 Vent fixtures in accordance with Ontario Building Code (O.B.C.) and local regulations. 42. PLUMBING FIXTURES 42.1 Fixtures shall be free from flaws or blemishes. Surfaces shall be clean, smooth and bright, have dimensional stability and be guaranteed not to discolour, craze or crack. Visible parts of fixture supply trim shall be chrome plated. 42.2 Supply and install all hangers, supports, brackets,reinforcement, steel back-up plates etc. for the proper installation of fixtures and supply fittings. 42.3 Install all components in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 42.4 Where plumbing fixtures contact wall, and/or floors, seal joints in accordance with Section 07900 Joint Sealers. 42.5 Exposed trim, supplies, traps, fittings, etc. shall be brass, heavily chrome plated unless noted otherwise. Provide a trap for each fixture. 42.6 Install chrome plated angle on straightaway type screwdriver compression stops, as required, on all hot and cold water service connections to all fixtures. 42.7 Install escutcheon plates where all service connections to fixtures pass through walls or floors. Plates shall be cast brass, heavy chrome plated. Same internal diameter as external diameter of pipe. E 43. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT 43.1 -Provide unions or flanges at all connections to equipment. Ensure that piping adjacent to equipment is readily removable for servicing and/or removal of equipment. 43.2 Install unions in piping up to and including 50 mm pipe size. 43.3 Prevent galvanic corrosion by isolating copper and steel. Use red brass adapters, or completely isolate flanges using full face gaskets with bolts installed through r VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 20 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 phenolic sleeve with insulating fibre washers. Where the plumbing code prohibits the use of red brass adapters, use insulating couplings. 43.4 The trade making final connections to equipment shall be responsible for isolation between copper and steel. 43.5 Provide metallic code rated continuity link between flanges or unions where pipe mains carry flammable fluids or gases. 43.6 Provide isolating gate valves, as indicated on plan and/or required for operation and servicing of equipment. All valves shall be suitable for the operating pressure of the system in which they are installed. 43.7 Provide isolation valves and drain down points for all new coils and equipment. 44. FIRE PROTECTION 44.1 Fire protection work shall be to the approval of the Owner's insurance underwriter and conform to the base building standards, and all governing authorities. 44.2 For works involving existing installation,maintain all sprinkler and other fire and Iife safety protection services in operation at all times. 45. SPRINKLERS 45.1 Supply and install a complete and hydraulically designed automatic sprinkler and fire protection system to the approval of Owner's insurance underwriters and in accordance with the requirements of the local fire department. All systems shall be designed hydraulically in accordance with the requirements of the latest editions of NFPA 13 and NFPA 13D. 45.2 Provide new system as shown on plans, co-ordinate work with other divisions. 45.3 Adjust,re-use and add sprinklers and piping as required in accordance with new space requirements and co-ordinate with all diffusers and lighting fixtures in architectural finishes. 45.4 Adjust, re-use and add sprinkler heads and piping as indicated and/or required in accordance with new space requirements, and add sprinkler heads and piping where required due to site conditions to obtain the necessary approvals from local authorities and underwriters. r VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 21 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 45.5 Co-ordinate new sprinkler head layout and to avoid interference with new HVAC ductwork and equipment. Allowances for additional work and materials required to suit conditions and re-routing of existing and/or new services shall be included in tender price. 45.6 Sprinkler heads shall be as per base building standards and specifications and ULC/Factory Mutual approved. 45.7 p P g Sprinkler heads temperature rating shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 and 13D, unless indicated otherwise by Owner's insurer. 45.8 Submit a separate price for the additional and/or deletion of one (1) sprinkler head of each type specified. Any number of heads may be incorporated at the unit price. 45.9 Sprinkler lines shall be standard black steel schedule 40 complete with all fittings, hangers and appurtenances as per NFPA standards. 45.10 Provide all the necessary butterfly valves, gate valves, inspector's test connections, alarm bells, switches,controls, meters,bypasses for a total automatic and operational system to the approval of the local authorities. Wire all alarms to local electrical alarm bells and run all wiring inside approved metal conduit. 45.11 All sprinkler work in this Contract shall be performed by a Sprinkler Contractor approved by the Owner and/or the Consultant. 46. AIR DISTRIBUTION - HVAC 46.1 Construction and Installation I Construction, installation and support of ducts, fittings, plenum, including seams, stiffening, reinforcing and access openings shall conform to the latest requirements of the ASHRAE Handbook (Equipment) and ASHRAE Handbook (Systems). .2 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) details are referred to illustrate construction and installation of ductwork, plenums and fittings. 46.2 Materials 1 Galvanized steel shall have 380 g/m2 total both sides galvanized coat to ASTM G90 Standards. .2 Construct rectangular and round ductwork and fittings in accordance with SMACNA i VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 22 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 Duct Standards. .3 Make joints so that du ctwork will not pull apart. 46.3 Use adjustable type approved alternate round fittings, same thickness as connecting ductwork. 46.4 Support galvanized steel ductwork with cadmium plated steel threaded rods or galvanized steel straps in accordance with SMACNA Duct Standards. 47. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK 47.1 Flexmaster or approved equal triple lock aluminium flexible ducting, spiral wound aluminium strip with triple mechanical lock seams. Ducting shall conform to NFPA 90A and UL-181. 47.2 Install flexible ductwork where indicated and/or specified. 47.3 Connect to ductwork, diffusers, and terminal units with stainless steel worm drive clamps, adjustable clamps or duct straps applied over two (2) wraps of duct tape. 47.4 Install clear of ceiling assemblies, light fixtures,etc. Support with 25 mm x 76 mm galvanized steel straps at maximum 1.5 m centres. 47.5 Duct lengths shall be as shown and/or minimum length required. g g q 48. DUCTWORK INSTALLATION 48.1 Duct dimensions given are clear inside dimensions. Increase dimensions to suit acoustic insulation. 48.2 Where space limits the use of full radius elbows,install turning devices to SMACNA Standards. 48.3 install ductwork in the spaces provided. Keep ductwork clear of lights, sprinklers,etc. Co-ordinate the work other trades. 49. DUCT SEALERS 49.1 Low Pressure Systems VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 23 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 1 3M .2 Benjamin Foster#30-02. .3 Flintkote #530-09. 50. DUCT LEAKAGE TEST 50.1 Test low pressure ductwork at a static pressure of 497 Pa(2" wg). 50.2 The total allowable leakage of each system shall not exceed one percent (1%) of design air flow rate. Repair ductwork if the allowable leakage at any one point results in objectionable noise. 51. DUCT ACCESS DOORS 51.1 Install duct access doors at: 1 Fire dampers. .2 Back draft dampers (counterweight side). .3 Control dampers. .4 Balancing dampers. .5 Base of risers. .6 Eve ry 60 in 200' of duct. ( ) 51.2 Construct dampers to applicable Low, Medium or High Pressure SMACNA Standards. 52. FLEXIBLE VIBRATION ISOLATION CONNECTORS 52.1 Install flexible connections between all fans and adjacent ductwork consisting of a preassembled unit with 75 mm long galvanized duct connector and 150 mm wide heavy glass fiber fabric with elastomer coating, Duro Dyne 'Durolon' or equal. 52.2 Space between fan and duct shall be minimum 100 mm(4"). Bridge flex with braided VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 24 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 electrical cable. 52.3 Refer to SMACNA Standards. 53. DUCT CLEANING 53.1 Vacuum clean all ducts before starting any fans. 53.2 Submit a report certifying that all systems have been cleaned as specified. 54. BALANCING DAMPERS 54.1 Rectangular Ducts 1 On ducts up to 300 mm deep use a single blade butterfly type damper. .2 On ducts 330 to 406 mm use two (2) opposed mechanically interlocked blades. .3 On ducts 430 mm and over use multiple blades mechanically interlocked with blades not greater than 200 mm wide. .4 Damper blades shall be maximum 1500 mm long. .5 Construct dampers with minimum 1.8 mm.galvanized steel blades with reinforced blades, centrally hinged,bronze or nylon bushings, mounted on 13 mm square rods in 2.6 mm 38 mm channel frame. 54.2 Round Ducts I Use single blade butterfly type dampers, minimum 1.8 mm (16 gauge) galvanized steel, bronze or nylon bearings. 54.3 Operating Mechanism I Use lockable quadrant type with end bearing on accessible rectangular ducts up to 406 mm deep and on accessible round ducts. 2 Use wide pitch screw mechanism type with crank operator on accessible rectangular ducts 430 mm and over in depth and on inaccessible rectangular and round ducts. .3 Provide override limit stops. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 25 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .4 There shall be no blade movement in the set position. 54.4 Identify air flow directions, blade rotation and open and closed positions. 55. FIRE DAMPERS 55.1 All fire dampers shall be ULC listed and constructed and rated in conformance with the latest edition of ULC-S 112-M1980'Fire Damper Assembles'. 55.2 Dampers shall close automatically upon the operation of a fusible link conforming to ULC-S505 revised May 1/75. Fusible links shall have a temperature rating 28°C (50°F) above maximum temperature that would exist within system when in operation or shut down. 55.3 Dampers shall be rated for 1-1/2 hour minimum fire rating for use in two(2) hour fire separations. Use two (2) dampers in three (3) hour fire separating and three (3) dampers in four(4) hour fire separations. 55.4 Dampers shall be of the following folding shutter type: 1 Type `A' 1 (With pocket) for rectangular ducts only where space limitations do not allow installation of Type 'B' fire damper. Type'A' to be installed only on written approval from Consultant. .2 Type `B' .l (With pocket) for round ducts. 55.5 Installation I Install fire dampers in: 1 I Ducts entering and leaving mechanical rooms. .2 Ducts through floors not encased in fire shaft. .3 Ducts entering and leaving fire shafts (duct shaft). .4 All ducts crossing fire walls and fire barriers. .2 Install fire dampers in accordance with ULC installation methods. VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 26 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .3 Size fire dampers to give unrestricted duct area when damper is in open position. .4 Connect ductwork to damper sleeves using break-away duct joints on all faces. Seal and caulk joints. .5 Install tightly fitting access door at each damper to provide access for inspection of damper and resetting of fusible link. 56. GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS 56.1 Refer to Drawings for sizes and air quantities. 56.2 Refer to Schedules for details. 56.3 Secure grilles, registers and diffusers for low noise levels. 56.4 Provide sufficient balancing devices at each grille and diffuser for final adjustment of air flow. 56.5 All grilles, registers and diffusers, sheet metal boxes and boots shall be compatible with ceiling modules, T-bar ceilings and construction finishes. Co-ordinate with appropriate trade. 56.6 Colour of rilles, registers and diffusers will be selected b the Consultant. g g Y 56.7 Installation 1 Paint the inside of all duct openings with flat black paint before installing grilles, registers and diffusers. .2 Install grilles, registers and diffusers to allow repeated removal without damaging ceiling or wall construction and finish. 57. INSULATION 57.1 Pipe Insulation 1 Cover all hot and cold water piping with 25 mm(1")pre-moulded low pressure glass fibre insulation. For cold water piping use a vapour barrier jacket adhered at `t longitudinal laps and joints. Seal strips with a suitable vapour barrier lap cement. ■ Recover all insulation in 'exposed' areas with 250 gmisq.m. canvas. fVENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 27 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 .2 Cover all fittings, valves, water meters and appurtenances with 25 mm(I")insulation cement or aerocor. Seal insulation for cold water fittings with a vapour barrier adhesive and reinforce with glass open weave fibre tape and finish smooth with a coat of mastic. Recover fittings and appurtenances in 'exposed' areas with 250 gm/sq.m. canvas. .3 Make good all insulation when connecting to existing services. 57.2 Duct Insulation 1 Provide 25 mm acoustic insulation for new supply, return or exhaust ductwork where indicated, 24.03 kg/m3 neoprene faced internal fibreglass insulation. Remainder of supply air ductwork shall be thermally insulated. Note that dimensions on Drawings are clear inside dimensions where acoustic insulation is installed, increase dimensions accordingly. .2 Flexible duct insulation 25 mm thick 16.02 kg/m3 density shall be considered as an acceptable alternate for rigid ductwork. .3 Provide insulated round flexible ductwork equal to Flexmaster type 'M' triple lock thermal flexible ducting with 25 mm glass or mineral wool insulating blanket, or provide 25 mm thick fibreglass 16.02 kg/m3 reinforced foil faced flexible vapour seal duct insulation on exterior or flexible ductwork. Flexible ducts shall be of size equal to diffuser neck size. Use gear clamps for securing flexible ducts to rigid duct connections such as spin-on fittings, etc. and necks of diffusers and seal air tight with duct tape. Round flexible ducts shall be maximum 1.8 m long and remainder shall be round rigid duct. 58. IDENTIFICATION 58.1 Nameplates I Provide engraved black and white lamacoid plastic nameplates, 25 mm x 64 mm clearly indicating the service of the device for all: I Duct mounted thermostats and sensors. 59. MOTORS AND ELECTRICAL WORK r VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 28 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 59.1 Refer to Division 16 regarding specifications of power wiring (i.e. wiring carrying the full load current), conduits, starters, disconnect switches, etc., for mechanical equipment specified in Division 15. Unless noted and specified in Division 16 to be provided by Division 16, all field installed power wiring,conduit, starters,disconnect switches, etc., shall be provided by Division 15. 59.2 Electric Motors 1 Provide electrically driven equipment specified under this Division complete with motors. .2 Select motors for quiet, continuous operation under all load conditions which may be imposed by equipment. .3 Unless otherwise specified or indicated on equipment schedules provide 60 hz motors to meet the following requirements: 1 Nameplate Voltage Phase KW (HP) (575) (208) 3 0.375 (1/2) and larger 120 1 less than 0.375 (1/2) .2 Single Phase Motors Except noted otherwise, Capacitor start, 1725 rpm,EEMAC Design 'N' with Class 'B' insulation and ball bearings. 59.3 Electrical Equipment and Work 1 Provide starters for all motors supplied under this Division. 2 Provide all power wiring: I From starters to motors. .2 For single phase equipment from an outlet box located adjacent to the equipment. .3 Provide control wiring for: .I Automatic temperature control system. .4 Prepare wiring diagrams in shop drawing form for all wiring provided under this ' VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 29 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 Division. Before submission to the Consultant have Drawings reviewed and stamped by: 1 Division 16 for co-ordinate of all power supplies, terminations and connections. 59.4 Wiring Materials l Provide all wirin g materials for electrical equipment in this Division in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. .2 Wiring materials include but are not limited to conduit, wiring, outlet boxes and wiring devices. .3 Install all power and control wiring in conduit except vertical drops in partitions may be installed in BX. 59.5 Grounding 1 Provide all grounding for electrical equipment in this Division to conform with the latest Electrical Code, the latest grounding instructions of the Inspection Authority and any further requirements of Division 16. 59.6 Motor Starters I Provide where indicated, as specified herein. 59.7 Disconnect Switches 1 Provide unfused disconnect switches at motors as required by Code and indicated in specifications. 59.8 Fuses I -Provide fuses in all fuse holders. 2 Fuses shall be Class 'J', Form I, HRC, time delay type as manufactured by Bussman or Gould Shawmut. 59.9 Identification VENNERI LTD. GENERAL MECHANICAL 15000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION SPECIFICATIONS PAGE 30 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 1 Provide identification for all wiring materials and electrical equipment in this Division in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. End of Section f 1 1 DIVISION 16 Electrical Specification For COURTICE COMMUNITY CENTRE ADDITION & RENOVATION Courtice, Ontario Prepared by: Venneri Ltd. 1170 Sheppard Ave. West, Unit 1 Toronto, Ontario M3K 2A3 VENNERI LTD. CONTENTS SECTION 00000 COURTICE COM. CTRE PAGE 1 ADDITION & RENOVATION PROJECT NO.: 00-59 MARCH 2001 DIVISION 16-ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 -ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16100 -BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 16400 - SERVICE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16500 -LIGHTING SECTION 16600 -TELEPHONE AND CABLE TV SECTION 16700 -FIRE ALARM SYSTEM i 1 i 1 VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART 1 GENERAL.................................. ....................................... 2 ........................................... 1. GENERAL..........................................................................................................................2 2. CODES AND STANDARDS.............................................................................................2 3. CARE OPERATION & STARTUP ................................................................................... 3 4. VOLTAGE RATINGS........................................................................................................ 3 5. PERMITS, FEES & INSPECTION.................................................................................... 3 6. MATERIALS &EQUIPMENT..........................................................................................4 7. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR DIVISION 15.......................................................................4 8. FINISHES........................................................................................................................... 5 9. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION..................................................................................... 5 10. WIRING IDENTIFICATION........ ..................................................................................... 6 11. CONDUCTOR &JUNCTION BOX IDENTIFICATION................................................. 6 12. EQUIPMENT LABELS...................................................................................................... 7 13. WARNING LABELS . •7 14. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS .............................................................................................. 7 15. LOCATION OF OUTLETS................................................................................................ 7 16. MOUNTING HEIGHTS. •8 17. LOAD BALANCE.............................................................................................................. 8 18. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL........................................................................................... 9 19. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. . 10 20. TEMPORARY SERVICES.............................................................................................. 10 21. INSERTS & SLEEVES .................................................................................................... 10 22. ACCESS PANELS & DOORS......................................................................................... 11 23. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS............................................................................................... 1 I 24. CUTTING AND PATCHING.......................................................................................... 12 25. SERVICES TO OWNER'S EQUIPMENT....................................................................... 12 26. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ....................................................... 12 27. AS BUILT DRAWINGS .................................................................................................. 12 28. GUARANTEE.................................................................................................................. 13 29. SPRINKLERPROOF EQUIPMENT................................................................................ 13 VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 PART1 GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1 Conform to the conditions stated in the Contract Form General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 of the Specifications. .2 This section applies to all other sections of Division 16. !, .3 Provide all labour,products and test equipment required for a complete and properly functioning installation. .4 Where differences in the tender documents occur, the tender shall be based on the greatest amount; unless clarified in writing prior to tender close. .5 Provide means supply, install and connect unless noted otherwise. 2. CODES AND STANDARDS 1 Do complete installation in accordance with CSA C22.1-1994 complete with Hydro One Supplement and Inspection Authority Bulletins and instructions. •2 The Inspection Authority is the Electrical Safety Authority. .3 Comply with the requirements of the latest editions of the Ontario Building Code, Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulation, Supply Authority requirements, CSA and ULC Codes and Standards. , .4 The Supply Authority is Hydro One, Bowmanville Office herein referred to as the Utility. .5 Comply with all requirements of the Fire Prevention Officer of the Municipal Fire Department. 6 Do not reduce the standards established by the Contract Documents by applying any Code or Standard. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 3. CARE OPERATION & STARTUP 1 Instruct owner's operating personnel in the operation, care and maintenance of equipment. .2 Arrange and pay for services of manufacturer's factory service engineer to supervise start-up of installation, check, adjust,balance and calibrate components, for building systems. .3 Provide these services for such period, and for as many visits as necessary to put equipment in operation, and ensure the operating personnel are conversant with all iaspects of its care and operation. ' 4. VOLTAGE RATINGS 1 Operating voltages: to CAN3-C235-83. .2 Products to operate satisfactorily at 60 Hz within normal operating limits established by above standard. Equipment to operate in extreme operating conditions established in above standard without damage to equipment. 5. PERMITS, FEES & INSPECTION 1 Submit to the Inspection Authority and Supply Authority necessary number of drawings and specifications for examination and approval prior to commencement of work. .2 Pay associated fees. .3 Consultant will provide drawings and specifications required by Inspection Authority and Supply Authority at cost. :4 Notify Consultant of changes required by Inspection Authority prior to making changes. .5 Furnish certificates of acceptance from authorities having jurisdiction on prior to application for substantial performance inspection to the Consultant for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals and in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 6. MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT 1 Provide materials and equipment as identified or described in this specification. All products shall be CSA certified. .2 Where products are not identified as to manufacturer, provide high commercial quality products, designed and manufactured to suit the application. .3 Where CSA certified products are not available, obtain special approval of the Inspection Authority. .4 Provide special finishes,features, options etc. to suit the application and to Inspection Authority's requirements. .5 Plant assemble all control panels, switchboards, panelboards and component assemblies. 7. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR DIVISION 15 1 The following is specified under Division 15: .l Motors, controls and safety disconnects. .2 Power wiring from starters, starter panels and motor control centres to disconnects and motors. .3 Control wiring. .4 Power wiring from load side of factory wired assemblies to equipment served. .5 For single phase equipment or three-phase equipment,provided by Division 15, without starters, wiring to unit from a junction box adjacent to the equipment. .6 Wiring for power supplies for automatic temperature control systems from designated lighting or receptacle panels. .7 Thermostats. .8 All control wiring for all control devices provided by Division 15. .2. _The following is specified under this Division 16: 1 _ Power supplies connected to the line side of motor starters, starter panels and motor control centres. Cable lugs provided by this Division. Co-ordinate for , top or bottom entry and provide waterproof connections where sprinkler proof enclosures are specified. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 5 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Power supplies including breakers or fused disconnects,connected to the line side of remotely located individual motor starters. Cable lugs provided by this Division. .3 Power supplies including breakers or fused disconnects,connected to the line side of factory wired assemblies. Cable lugs provided by this Division. .4 Power supplies including breakers or fused disconnects, for single phase or three-phase equipment that do not contain starters but are provided by Division 15, shall be terminated at the equipment. (Division 15 shall provide all necessary disconnects). .5 Circuit breakers at designated lighting or receptacle panels for power supplies to automatic temperature control systems. Connections to panels by Division 15. .6 Power (120 VAC and greater) wiring from panel source to line voltage thermostats. S. FINISHES I Shop finish metal enclosure surfaces by application of rust resistant primer inside and ' outside, and at least two coats of finish enamel. .2 Clean and touch up surfaces of shop-painted equipment scratched or marked during shipment or installation, to match original paint. .3 Clean and prime exposed non-galvanized hangers, racks and fastening to prevent rusting. 9. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 1 Identify equipment with nameplates as follows: 2 Nameplates: 1 - Lamicoid 3/32 in. thick plastic engraving sheet, white face, black core, ' mechanically attached with self tapping screws. 1 .2 SIZES: VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 6 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 Size 1 1/2" X 2" 1 line 1/8" high letters Size 2 1/2" X 3" 1 line 115" high letters Size 3 1/2" X 3" 1 line 1/8" high letters Size 4 3/4" X 4" 1 line 1/3" high letters Size 5 3/4" X 4" 1 line 1/5" high letters Size 6 1" X 4" 1 line 1/2" high letters Size 7 1" X 4" 1 line 1/4" high letters .3 Wording on nameplates to be approved by Consultant prior to manufacture. .4 Allow for average of twenty-five (25) letters per nameplate. .5 Nameplates for terminal cabinets and junction boxes to indicate system and/or voltage characteristics. .6 Disconnects, and contactors: indicate equipment being controlled and voltage. .7 Terminal cabinets and pull boxes: indicate system and voltage. 10. WIRING IDENTIFICATION I Identify wiring with permanent indelible identifying markings, either numbered or coloured plastic tapes,on both ends of phase conductors of feeders and branch circuit wiring. 2 Maintain phase sequence and colour coding throughout. .3 Colour code: to Ontario Electrical Safety Code. 11. CONDUCTOR & JUNCTION BOX IDENTIFICATION I Colour code conductors as follows: - All neutrals: White - All grounds: Green - Phase conductors up to 600VAC: Red - Phase A , Blue - Phase B Black - Phase C This code must be continuous throughout the building and must be identified, via a lamacoid nameplate, on the main service switch. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 7 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ' .2 Colour code junction boxes as follows: -T.V.: White - Telephone: Green - Door Entry: Green - Exit & Emergency Lighting: Yellow ' Apply spray enamel paint to junction box covers. 12. EQUIPMENT LABELS 1 .1 Visible and legible after equipment is installed. 13. WARNING LABELS .1 To meet requirements of Supply Authority, Inspection Authority and Consultant. ' .2 Decal signs, minimum size 175 mm x 250 mm. 14. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS 1 Provide single line electrical diagrams under colourless clear acrylic plastic as follows: 1 Electrical distribution system: locate in main electrical/ mechanical room. Drawings: 600 mm x 600 mm minimum size. 15. LOCATION OF OUTLETS 1 Locate outlets in accordance with dimensioned Architectural drawings. 2 Mount outlet boxes vertically oriented unless noted or indicated otherwise. .3 Do not install outlets back-to-back in wall; allow minimum 150 mm horizontal clearance between boxes. .4 Change location of outlets at no extra cost or credit, providing distance does not VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 8 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 exceed 3 meters and information is given before installation. , .5 Locate light switches on latch side of doors. Locate disconnect devices in mechanical rooms on latch side of door. Verify door swing before installing. 16. MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1 Mounting heights are from finished floor to centreline of outlet or device unless , specified or indicated otherwise. .2 If mounting height of equipment is not specified or indicated, verify with Consultant before proceeding with installation. .3 Install electrical equipment at following heights unless indicated otherwise. .1 Local switches: 11 00m .2 Wall receptacles: .1 General: 600mm .2 Above top of continuous baseboard heater: 200mm. .3 Above top of counters or counter splash backs: 150mm. .4 Service rooms: 1200mm , .3 Panelboards: as required by Code or as indicated. .4 Telephone and data outlets: 600mm ' .5 Wall mounted telephone outlets: 1100mm .6 Television outlets: 600mm 17. LOAD BALANCE 1 Measure phase current to panelboards with normal loads (lighting) operating at time of acceptance. Adjust branch circuit connections as required to obtain best balance ' -of current between phases and record changes. .2 Measure phase voltages at loads and adjust transformer taps to within 2% or rated voltage of equipment. .3 Submit,prior to application for Substantial Performance Inspection and in accordance ' VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 9 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 with Section 01001 General Requirements a report for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals, listing phase and neutral currants on all panelboards and distribution switchboard, operating under normal load. State hour and date on which each load was measured, and voltage at time of test. Turn a minimum of 50% of all ranges and dryers on full for these readings. 18. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 Conduct and pay for following tests: 1 Power distribution system including phasing voltage, grounding and load balancing. .2 Perform continuous quality control of all work by this division. The Consultant's site review reports are not to be considered as quality control for the Contractor. .3 Submit manufacturer's certificate or letter confirming that entire installation as it pertains to each system has been installed to manufacturer's instructions. Submit in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements for inclusion in the Operating and Maintenance Manuals. .4 Insulation resistance testing. 1 Megger circuits, feeders and equipment up to 350 V with a 500 V instrument and up to 600V with a 750V instrument. .2 Check resistance to ground before energizing. .5 Ground resistance testing. 1 Measure resistance of grounding system including all conductors and connections from main switchboard to water-main and from main switchboard to ground rods. Resistance must be less than 10 ohms; if not, provide additional rods as an extra to the contract. .6 Provide instruments, meters, equipment and personnel required to conduct tests during and at conclusion of project. ' .7 Submit written and signed test results for Consultant's review in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 10 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX , PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 19. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS , I The drawings for the electrical work are diagrammatic,performance oriented and are , intended to convey the scope of the work as well as general arrangements and locations. Co-ordinate actual installation with reference to the architectural and structural drawings. .2 Do not scale drawings. .3 Drawings shall not be used for construction purposes unless specifically issued for , that purpose. .4 Make changes or additions to products to accommodate site conditions or structural detail. .5 Install all ceiling mounted components in accordance with reflected ceiling plan ' drawings. .6 Confirm on site the exact location of outlets for equipment supplied by others or , built-in. .7 Ensure that products specified but not indicated on the drawings are installed in stated , locations. 20. TEMPORARY SERVICES 1 Do not use any of the permanent electrical systems during construction, unless specific written approval is obtained from the Consultant or unless specified elsewhere in the contract documents. .2 Electrical contractor shall supply and install one (1) 100 amp 208 volt 3 pole breaker in panel DP - DB for temporary power at trailers and for on-site usage. Appropriate feeder shall be provided for 100 amp service. Electrical contractor shall provide four (4) duplex receptacles at temporary panel for on site usage. .3 Make all arrangements, and pay all costs, for temporary power for construction. 21. INSERTS & SLEEVES ' VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 11 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 ' 1 Provide all inserts, anchor bolts and sleeves in time when walls, floors and roof are erected. .2 Use only factory made threaded or toggle type inserts, properly sized for the load to be carried. .3 Provide a dimensioned sleeving layout to the General Contractor indicating sizes of sleeves and other structural openings. ' .4 Do all drilling for hangers, rods and inserts, etc., not placed at time of building erection. Do not use powder actuated tool, except with written permission of the Consultant. .5 Pipe sleeves shall be standard weight steel pipes, machine cut flush with finished structure. .6 Sleeves in waterproof floors shall extend 4" above the floor. 22. ACCESS PANELS & DOORS 1 Provide all access panels and doors to facilitate the maintenance or servicing of all electrical equipment installed in concealed spaces. ' .2 Indicate on the "As Built" drawings the location of these panels and doors. .3 Doors and panels in fire rated enclosures shall be ULC labelled and shall have the same rating as the enclosure. .4 Doors shall be with concealed hinges and screwdriver operated lock. Doors shall be as follows: .1 concrete block and drywall: 12 gauge prime painted steel. .2 glazed tile wall: 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel with#4 finish. .3 plaster: recessed dish shaped door with welded metal lath for plaster. ' :5 All access doors shall be to the Consultant's approval. 23. EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 1 Provide all supports required for the erection and support of the electrical work. .2 Support all suspended equipment from the bottom. VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 12 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 .3 Support all hangers directly from structure using approved inserts for beam clamps. ' .4 Do not use conduit hooks, chains or perforated straps. .5 Support all conduit or cable at equipment mounted on spring isolators, with spring ' hangers for a least 15 feet. 24. CUTTING AND PATCHING , 1 Do all cutting and patching for the Work of this Division as specified in Section 01001 "General Requirement". .2 Where necessary to completely penetrate existing floors, walls, ceiling, roof or , structural members, provide sleeve and follow Consultant's instructions. .3 Have all patching and repairing done by the respective trades whose work is affected ' at the expense of this Division. 25. SERVICES TO OWNER'S EQUIPMENT 1 Provide all necessary connections required for equipment of Owner and other ' Divisions. Examine all Drawings and Specifications and identify all requirements. 2 Provide isolation devices as required to the equipment, for all services. Provide all r general purpose and definite purpose receptacles, to match equipment cord set. 26. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ' 1 Provide operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 01001 "General Requirements". 27. AS BUILT .l Provide As Built drawings in accordance with Section 01001 "General Requirements". ' VENNERI LTD. ELECTRICAL GENERAL SECTION 16000 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION REQUIREMENTS PAGE 13 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH,2001 ' 28. GUARANTEE .1 The contractor shall furnish a written signed guarantee; stating that all work executed under this Division will be free from defects of materials and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work. The contractor further agrees that he will, at his own expense,repair and replace all defective work and all other work damaged thereby during the term of the guarantee, except if damage is due to negligence on the part of the owner. .2 Furnish all extended guarantees for equipment requiring same in the specifications. .3 Warranty shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and submitted in accordance ' with Section 01001 General Requirements for inclusion in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 29. SPRINKLERPROOF EQUIPMENT 1 Unless specifically noted otherwise, all electrical products and wiring installation for the project shall be to sprinklerproof requirements, where exposed to sprinkler water ' spray. .2 In particular, the following shall apply in sprinklered areas. 1 Ventilation louvres on equipment shall point outward and down. .2 Drip hoods projecting min 50mm at top of surface mounted panels,cabinets, dry transformers, switchboards etc shall be provided. .3 Provide any additional requirements requested by the Authorities having Jurisdiction at no extra cost to the project. End of Section ' VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 1 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART1 GENERAL................................................................................................................... 2 ' 1. GENERAL..........................................................................................................................2 2. EXCAVATION AND BACKFIL LING.............................................................................. 2 ' 3. CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANKS........................................................................... 2 4. INSTALLATION OF CABLES IN DUCTS ...................................................................... 3 5. DIRECT BURIED AND CONCRETE ENCASED UNDERGROUND CABLE DUCTS 3 6. CONDUITS, FASTENING &FITTINGS..........................................................................4 7. WIREWAYS & AUXILIARY GUTTERS......................................................................... 7 8. WIRES & CABLES 0-1000V............................................................................................. 8 9. SPLI'ITERS BOXES & CABINETS.................................................................................. 8 10. OUTLET BOXES & FITTINGS ........................................................................................9 11. WIRING DEVICES & COVERPLATES.......................................................................... 10 ' 12. WIRE &BOX CONNECTORS, 0-1000V........................................................................ 12 13. FASTENINGS & SUPPORTS .......................................................................................... 13 ' 14. PANELBOARDS.............................................................................................................. 14 15. DISCONNECT SWITCHES ............................................................................................. 16 16. FUSES................................................................................................................................ 16 17. MAGNETIC CONTACTORS, TIME SWITCHES & PHOTOCELLS............................ 178 18. MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS........................ 19. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS - CLASS 'A'......................................... 18 20. DOUBLE VOLTAGE RELAYS...................................................................................... 19 1 VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX , PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 PART1 GENERAL ' 1. GENERAL ' .1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1, as ' well as Section 16000, Electrical General Requirements. 2. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING 1 Do all excavation and backfilling up to grade required for the electrical work inside ' and outside of building in accordance with Section 02300 Earthwork and Related Work. .2 Excavate the required depth and width. Backfill excess excavation. .3 Refer to details and to Utility requirements for concrete encased duct installations. ' .4 Where excavation is necessary in proximity to and below the level of any footing, , provide a sleeve at the proximity and backfill with 14,000 kPa(2,000 psi) concrete to the level of the highest adjacent footing. Proximity is determined by the angle of repose as established by the Consultant. ' 3. CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANKS ' .1 Provide PVC ducts encased in reinforced concrete to requirements and as specified. .2 Ducts shall be rigid PVC solvent welded type with couplings,bell ends,plugs,caps, adapters, expansion joints, as required for a complete installation. ' .3 Provide 3/8" stranded polypropylene pull rope in all ducts, with 3 in excess at each end. 4 Build duct-banks on undisturbed soil .5 Ensure minimum slope to street of 1:400 for drainage. .6 Install spacers at maximum intervals of 1.5 m. ' ' VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ' .7 Lay PVC ducts with configuration and reinforcing as indicating with rigid plastic intermediate spacers to maintain spacing between ducts at not less than 50 mm horizontally and vertically. Stagger joints in adjacent layers at least 150 mm and ' make joints watertight. Encase duct bank with 75 mm thick concrete cover. Use galvanized steel conduit for sections extending above finished floor level. ' .8 Make transpositions, offsets and changes in direction using 50 bend sections. .9 Allow concrete to attain 50% of its specified strength before backfilling. ' .10 Use anchors, ties and jacks as required to secure ducts and prevent moving during placing of concrete. Tie ducts to spacers with non-metallic material. Remove wood braces before concrete has set and fill voids. .11 Clean ducts before laying. Cap ends of ducts during construction and after ' installation to prevent entrance of foreign materials. ' .12 Immediately after placing of concrete, pull through each duct a mandrel not less than 300 mm long and of a diameter 7.5 mm less than internal diameter of duct, followed by stiff bristle brush to remove sand, earth and other foreign matter. Avoid ' disturbing or damaging ducts where concrete has not set completely. ' 4. INSTALLATION OF CABLES IN DUCTS 1 Install cables in ducts as indicated or required. ' 1 Do not pull spliced cables inside ducts. ' .3 Install multiple cables in duct simultaneously. .4 Use CSA approved lubricants of type compatible with cable jacket to reduce pulling tension. .5 Before pulling cable into ducts and until cables are properly terminated, seal ends of cables with moisture seal tape. .6 After installation of cables, seal duct ends with duct sealing compound. 5. DIRECT BURIED AND CONCRETE ENCASED UNDERGROUND CABLE DUCTS I Provide rigid PVC Type I (thick wall) ducts for direct burial. Provide rigid PVC VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 Type II-EB 1 (thin wall) ducts for concrete encased underground. ' .2 Provide rigid PVC couplings,reducers,bell end fittings,plugs, caps,adaptors spacers as required to make complete installation. ' .3 Provide rigid PVC 900 and 450 bends, rigid PVC 50 angle coupling as required. .4 Provide 3/8 strand ed polypropylene pull rope. t .5 Install duct in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' .6 Clean inside of ducts before laying. .7 Ensure full, even support every 1.5 in throughout duct length. .8 Slope ducts with 1 to 400 minimum slope for drainage. ' .9 During construction, cap ends of ducts to prevent entrance of foreign materials. ' .10 Pull through each duct mandrel not less than 300 mm long and of diameter 7.5 mm less than internal diameter of duct, followed by stiff bristle brush to remove sand, earth and other foreign matter. .11 In each duct install pull rope continuous throughout each duct run with 10 ft. spare ' rope at each end. 6. CONDUITS,FASTENING & FITTINGS ' I Conduit types to be used are: ' .l Rigid galvanized threaded steel conduit for outdoors on building walls. e .2 Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) with couplings, for indoor dry locations, surface and concealed but not in concrete slabs. ' 3 = Rigid PVC conduit for indoors in concrete slabs c/w separate ground conductor. ' .4 (AC90)Flexible steel conduit and Iiquid-tight flexible metal conduit for ' exposed indoor dry and wet locations respectively c/w separate ground conductor. ' VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 5 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .5 Branch circuit wiring in furred spaces, block walls and suspended ceiling spaces may be AC90 type cable or conduit and wire in buildings of non- ' combustible construction and type NMD/NMW non-metallic flexible cable in buildings of combustible construction. ' .2 Conduit fastenings: 1 One hole steel straps to secure surface conduits and smaller. Two hole steel ' straps for conduits larger than 50 mm. .2 Beam clamps to secure conduits to exposed steel work. .3 Channel type supports for two or more conduits at 5ft. centres. ' .4 1/4" dia threaded rods to support suspended channels. .3 Conduit fittings: 1 Fittings: manufactured for use with conduit specified. Coating: same as ' conduit. .2 Factory "ells" where 900 bends are required for 25 mm and larger conduits. .3 Set-screw connectors and couplings for EMT. ' .4 Watertight expansion fittings with integral bonding jumper suitable for linear expansion 20 mm deflection in all directions at all building expansion joints. ' .5 Weatherproof expansion fittings for linear expansion at entry to panel. .4 Provide 7.5 mm stranded polypropylene pull-rope with 3 m excess at each end, for conduits left empty. 1 .5 Conduit installation ' .1 Install conduits to conserve headroom in exposed locations and cause minimum interference in spaces through which they pass. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 ' FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 6 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX , PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Conceal conduits except in unfinished areas. ' .3 Use rigid galvanized steel conduit where specified. , .4 Use EMT except in cast concrete,where not subject to mechanical injury and for all indoor surface mounted conduit. ' .5 Use rigid PVC conduit underground and in concrete. ' .6 Use flexible metal conduit for connection to transformers in dry areas, connection to recessed incandescent fixtures without a prewired outlet box ' and connection to surface or recessed fluorescent fixtures. .7 Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit for connection to motors or vibrating ' equipment in damp, wet or corrosive locations. .8 Bend metal conduit cold. Replace conduit if kinked or flattened more than 1/10th of its original diameter. .9 Mechanically bend steel conduit over 3/4" dia. ' .10 Use Erickson couplings in lieu of running threads. .11 Where conduits become blocked, remove and replace blocked section. .12 Dry conduits out before installing wire. ' .13 Run conduits either parallel or perpendicular to building lines. ' .14 Run conduits in flanged portion of structural steel. .15 Group conduits wherever possible on suspended or surface channels. 1.6 Do not pass conduits through structural members. .17 Do not locate conduits less than 150 mm parallel to steam or hot water lines ' with minimum of 50 mm at crossovers. .18 Do not install horizontal runs in masonry walls. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 7 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ' .19 Do not install conduits in concrete toppings. .20 Locate PVC conduits in cast-in-place concrete to suit reinforcing steel. Install in centre one third of slab. Co-ordinate work carefully with Section 03300 —Cast in Place Concrete and Section 03315 Concrete Slabs-On-Grade. .21 Protect conduits from damage where they stub out of concrete. .22 Install sleeves where conduits pass through slab or wall. .23 Where conduits g ass through waterproof membrane provide oversized sleeve P before membrane is installed. Use cold mastic between sleeve and conduit. Co-ordinate work carefully with Section 07531 Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer(APDM) Waterproofing. .24 Do not place conduits is slabs in which slab thickness is less than 4 times conduit diameter. .25 Encase conduits completely in concrete with minimum 25 mm concrete cover. .26 Run conduits 25 mm and larger below slab on grade and encased in 75 mm concrete envelope. Provide 50 mm of sand over concrete envelope below floor slab. .27 Install conduit and sleeves prior to pouring of concrete. Sleeves through concrete: schedule 40 steel pipe, sized for free passage of conduit, and protruding 50 mm. Fire stop all sleeves. .28 If plastic sleeves are used in fire rated walls or floors, remove before conduit installation. 7. WIREWAYS & AUXILIARY GUTTERS I Of sheet steel with bolted cover to give uninterrupted access. .2 Finish: baked grey enamel. .3 Elbows, tees,couplings and hanger fittings manufactured as accessories to wireway supplied. .4 Install wireways and auxiliary gutters. r VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 8 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .5 Keep number of elbows, offsets, connections to minimum. .6 Install supports, elbows, tees, connectors, fittings. .7 Install barriers where required. .8 Install gutter to full length of equipment. 8. WIRES & CABLES 0-1000V. 1 Conductors: 1 Stranded for 8 AWG and larger. Minimum size: as specified; if not specified then as per code but not less than NO. 12AWG. .2 Copper, for all wiring. .2 Insulation: r 1 NMD90 for branch wiring in residential combustible construction and AC90 in non combustible construction. .2 RW90XLPE, AC90, for feeders in residential. .3 RW90XLPE for indoor wiring. g .4 RWU90XLPE for outdoor wiring. .5 ACWU90 with XLPE insulation interlocking armour, PVC-FT6 outer jacket where specified. .6 M.I. cable, copper conductor, copper sheath 2 hour fire rating where specified. 9. SPLITTERS BOXES & CABINETS I Splitters shall be constructed as sheet metal enclosure, welded corners and formed hinged cover suitable for locking in closed position with main and branch lugs to match required size and number of incoming and outgoing conductors as indicated and at least three spare terminals on each set of lugs in splitters less than 400 A. r tVENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 9 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Splitter bus bars and main lugs shall be co er. .3 Cabinets I Type E: sheet steel,hinged gasketed door and return flange overlapping sides, handle, and catch, for surface mounting. .2 Type T: sheet steel cabinet, with hinged door, latch, lock, 2 keys, containing 20 mm G 1 S fir plywood backboard as specified under Section 06200 Finish Carpentry for surface mounting. .3 Install splitters and mount plumb, true and square to the building lines. .4 Extend splitters full length of equipment arrangement except where indicated otherwise. .5 Install pull boxes in inconspicuous but accessible locations. .6 Mount cabinets with top not higher than 1980 mm above finished floor. .7 Only main junction and pull boxes are indicated. Install pull boxes so as not to exceed 3050 mm conduit run between pull boxes. .8 Install size 2 identification labels indicating system name,voltage and phase. 10. OUTLET BOXES & FITTINGS 1 Size boxes in accordance with CSA C22.1. .2 Provide 100 mm square or larger outlet boxes as required for special devices. .3 Gang boxes where wiring devices are grouped. r :4 Provide blank cover plates for boxes without wiring devices. .5 Provide combination boxes with barriers where outlets for more than one system are grouped. .6 Sheet steel boxes shall be: 1 Electro-galvanized steel single and multi gang flush device boxes for flush VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 r FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 10 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 installation, minimum size 75 mm x 50 mm x 40 mm or as indicated. 100 mm square outlet boxes when more than one conduit enters one side with extension and plaster rings as required. .2 100 mm square or octagonal outlet boxes for lighting fixture outlets. q g g g .3 100 mm square outlet boxes with extension and plaster rings for flush mounting devices in finished plaster or tile walls. .7 Masonry boxes shall be electro-galvanized steel single and multi gang boxes for devices flush mounted in exposed block walls. .8 Concrete boxes shall be electro-galvanized sheet steel concrete type boxes for flush ' mount in concrete with matching extension and plaster rings as required. .9 Conduit boxes shall be cast FS boxes with factory-threaded hubs and mounting feet for surface wiring of switches and receptacle. .10 Support boxes independently of connecting conduits. .11 Fill boxes with paper, sponges or foam or similar material to prevent entry of debris during construction. Remove upon completion of work. .12 For flush installations mount outlets flush with finished wall using plaster rings to permit wall finish to come within 7.5 mm of opening. .13 Provide correct size of openings in boxes for conduit,mineral insulated and armoured cable connections. Reducing washers are not allowed. .14 Boxes installed underground shall be PVC and waterproof. .15 Boxes recessed in outside walls or ceilings/roofs with vapour barriers shall be types VB-1, VB-2, VB-3 and VB-54 by Commander. 11. WIRING DEVICES & COVERPLATES 1 Switches 1 20A, 120VAC, single pole,double pole, three-way,four-way switches (C/W pilot light where required, in separate ganged outlet box.) .1 Ivory toggle. .2 Premium specification grade. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 11 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .3 Pass & Seymour series 20AC or equal. .2 15AMP/347VAC switches, where specified, Pass & Seymour series 'AC'or equal. .3 Switches of one manufacturer throughout project. 2 Receptacles 1 Duplex receptacles, CSA 5-15 R, 125 VAC, 15 A, U ground with following features: .1 White thermoplastic frame and face. .2 Triple wipe contacts and rivetted grounding contracts. .3 Premium specification grade. .4 Pass & Seymour series 26262 or equal. .2 Single receptacles, CSA 5-15 R, 125 VAC, 15 A, U ground with following features: 1 White thermoplastic frame face. .2 Pass & Seymour series 9201 or equal. .3 Other receptacles with ampacity and voltage as indicated. .4 Receptacles of one manufacturer throughout project. .3 Coverplates l - Coverplates from one manufacturer throughout project. .2 Sheet steel utility box cover for wiring devices installed in surface-mounted utility boxes. .3 Stainless steel coverplates for wiring devices mounted in flush-mounted outlet box. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 12 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .4 Sheet metal coverplates for wiring devices mounted in surface-mounted FS type conduit boxes. .5 Weatherproof double lift spring-loaded cast aluminium cover plates,complete with gaskets for duplex receptacles as indicated. .6 Weatherproof spring-loaded cast aluminium cover plates complete with gaskets for single receptacles or switches, as indicated. .4 Install single throw switches with handle in UP position when switch closed. .5 Install switches in gang type outlet box when more than one switch is required in one location. .6 Mount toggle switches at height specified. .7 Install receptacles in gang type outlet box when more than one receptacle is required in one location. .8 Mount receptacles at height specified, or as indicated. .9 Where split receptacle has one portion switched, mount vertically and switch upper portion. .10 Install suitable common cover plates where wiring devices are grouped. .11 Do not use cover plates meant for flush outlet boxes on surface-mounted boxes. 12. WIRE & BOX CONNECTORS, 0-1000V I Pressure type wire connectors: with current carrying parts of copper or copper alloy sized to fit copper conductors as required. .2 Fixture type splicing connectors: with current carrying parts of copper or copper alloy sized to fit copper conductors 10 AWG or less. .3 Clamps or connectors for armoured cable, mineral insulated cable, flexible conduit, as required. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 13 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .4 Remove insulation carefully from ends of conductors and: .l Install mechanical pressure type connectors and tighten screw with appropriate compression tool recommended by manufacturer. .2 Install fixture type connectors and tighten. Replace insulating cap. 13. FASTENINGS & SUPPORTS .l U shape, size 41.25 mm X 41.25 mm, 2.5 mrn,thick, surface mounted, suspended or set in poured concrete walls and ceilings. .2 Secure equipment to masonry, tile and plaster surfaces with lead anchors or nylon shields. .3 Secure equipment to poured concrete with expandable inserts. .4 Secure equipment to cavity walls or suspended ceilings with toggle bolts. .5 Secure surface mounted equipment with twist clip fasteners to inverted T bar ceilings. Ensure that T bars are adequately supported to carry installation. .6 Support equipment, conduit or cables using clips, spring loaded bolts, cable clamps designed as accessories to basic channel members. .7 Fasten exposed conduit or cables to building construction or support system using straps as follows: I One-hole steel straps to secure surface conduits and cables 50 mm and smaller. .2 Two-hole steel straps for conduits and cables larger than 50 mm. r -.3 - Beam clamps to secure conduit to exposed steel work. .8 Suspended support systems. I Support individual cable or conduit runs with 7.5 mm dia. threaded rods and spring clips. VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 #i FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 14 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Support 2 or more cables or conduits on channels supported by 7.5 mm dia. threaded rod hangers where direct fastening to building construction is impractical. .9 For surface mounting f two or more conduits use channels at 1.5 m spacing. g P b .10 Provide metal brackets, frames, hangers, clamps and related types of support structures where indicated or as required to support conduit and cable runs. .11 Ensure adequate support for raceways and cables dropped vertically to equipment where there is no wall support. .12 Do not use wire lashing or perforated strap to support or secure raceways or cables. .13 Do not use supports or equipment installed for other trades for conduit or cable support except with permission of other trade and approval of Consultant. .14 Install fastenings and supports as required for each type of equipment cables and conduits, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation. .15 Support single conductor RA90 cables in groups of four for a 3-phase circuit, utilizing non-ferrous clamps for each conductor. Maintain a minimum of 1 cable diameter spacing between conductors. Provide horizontal and vertical supports at 5 foot intervals. 14. PANELBOARDS .l Provide factory assembled panelboards, flush or surface mounted as indicated complete with doors, concealed hinges and combined lock and latch operated by one master key. Submit 5 such keys in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements prior to application for Substantial Performance Inspection. 2 Provide circuit breaker panelboards with number of circuits, voltage, phase, amps, short circuit rating and type of mounting shown on the drawings. Branch breaker ratings as shown on the Drawings. Breakers to be moulded-case bolt-on type. Plug-in breakers are not VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 15 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 acceptable. - Copper bus work with all bus bars, lugs and terminals silvered at connection points. - All required lugs. - Typed directories mounted on a metal frame with clear plastic cover identifying each branch circuit. - Isolated g round bus where indicated. - Ground bus for branch circuit grounds. - With factory applied paint finish on all exterior surfaces of surface mounted panelboards. .3 Provide circuit breakers as indicated: - Single pole or multi pole of the common trip type. Tie handles are not acceptable. - Clearly marked with their respective trip rating and visible without removing bolted covers. - With thermal and magnetic trip mechanism, trip free and trip indicating. - With adjustable trip mechanisms where indicated. .4 Indicate on the panelboard nameplate the interrupting rating of the circuit breakers (in symmetrical amperes) for the voltage applied. Where panelboards contain circuit breakers of different frame sizes indicate the minimum interrupting rating. .5 r locking Provide handle lockin devices on all branch circuit breakers controlling communication equipment,exit signs, fire alarm system, remotely controlled lighting and as shown. .6 All branch breakers, utilized for fluorescent or HID lighting switching, shall be rated "SWD", switching duty. .7 Provide panelboards as manufactured by Federal Pioneer,Westinghouse or Square D. i VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 16 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .8 Identify each phase, A,B,C, -red,blue,black. .9 Indicate panel name or size 4 lamicoid. 15. DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1 Fusible and non-fusible disconnect switch in CSA Enclosure -1, size as indicated. Where indicated as weatherproof, CSA Enclosure -4. .2 Provision for padlocking in ON-OFF switch position by two locks. .3 Mechanically interlocked door to prevent opening when handle in ON position. .4 Fuses: size as indicated. .5 Fuseholders: suitable without adaptors, for type and size of fuse indicated. .6 Quick-make, quick-break action, heavy duty industrial. .7 ON-OFF switch position indication on switch enclosure cover. .8 Indicate name of load controlled on size 4 nameplate. .9 Install disconnect switches complete with fuses. .10 Horsepower rated where load is a motor. .11 Commander, Westinghouse or equal. 16. FUSES .1 Provide three (3) spare fuses of each type and size installed. 2 _Ship fuses in original containers. .3 Do not ship fuses installed in switchboard. .4 Fuses: product of one manufacturer. .5 HRC-L fuses 200KA RMS; 601 ampere and larger. 1 Time delay, capable of carrying 500% of its rated current for 10s minimum. i VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 17 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Fast acting. .6 HRCI-J fuses 200KA RMS; up to 600 ampere. .1 Time delay, capable of carrying 500% of its rated current for 10 s minimum. .2 Fast acting. .7 General purpose fuses with short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000 AMP RMS. .8 Install fuses in mounting devices immediately before energizing circuit. .9 Ensure correct fuses fitted to assigned electrical circuit. .10 Submit to Engineer, as a shop drawing, a trip curve for each fuse rating greater than 100 amps. 17. MAGNETIC CONTACTORS,TIME SWITCHES & PHOTOCELLS 1 Contactors 1 To EEMAC No. ICS-1970 i1 .2 Controlled by pilot devices as indicated and rated for type of load controlled. .3 Complete with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed auxiliary contacts unless indicated otherwise. .4 2-wire control mechanically held for lighting control. .5 Mount in CSA Enclosure 1 unless otherwise indicated. .6 Include following options in cover: 1 Red indicating lamp. .2 Stop-Start pushbutton or on-off selector switch as applicable. -.7- Control transformer in contactor enclosure. .8 Provide equipment identification, using size 4 label. .9 Install contactors and connect auxiliary control devices. .10 C.G.E., CR 160MC series. r VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 18 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Photocell .l Provide electronic cadmium sulphide adjustable photocell in weatherproof housing for "on" control of lighting circuits. Provide interface components and bracket mounting. TORK or equal. 18. MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .1 Bolt-on moulded case circuit breaker: quick-make,quick-break type, for manual and automatic operation SWD rated. .2 Common-trip breakers: with single handle for multi-pole applications. .3 Magnetic instantaneous trip elements in circuit breakers to operate only when value of current reaches setting. Trip settings on breakers with adjustable trips to range from 3-8 times current rating. .4 Circuit breakers with interchangeable trips as indicated. .5 Moulded case circuit breaker to operate automatically by means of thermal and magnetic tripping devices to provide inverse time current tripping and instantaneous tripping for short circuit protection. .6 Install circuit breakers as required. .7 Include handle locking clips. .8 Submit to Engineer, as a shop drawing, a trip curve of each breaker rating larger than 100 amps. 19. GROUND FAULT CIRCU IT I NTERRUPTERS - CLASS W 1. Single pole ground fault circuit interrupter for 15 A, 120 VAC, 1 phase circuit c/w test and reset facilities. .2 Demonstrate simulated ground fault tests. .3 Provide label an panelboard door to read "GFI breaker-Test Operation Monthly". VENNERI LTD. BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS SECTION 16100 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 19 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 20. DOUBLE VOLTAGE RELAYS Double Voltage Relays, as shown, to be: .1 Allen-Bradley Type PD, Series 700. .2 EEMAC 1 enclosure. .3 Convertible AC Contacts - quantity 4-N.C. .4 Contact rating 600VAC/IOAMP/720VA. .5 Coil rating 120VAC/60HZ/20VA. End of Section VENNERI LTD. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16400 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................2 1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................... 2 2. SERVICE CONNECTIONS............................................................................................... 2 3. GROUNDING .................................................................................................................... 2 VENNERI LTD. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16400 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 PART1 GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 1, General Requirements, Sections 16000, 'Electrical General Requirements' and 16100, 'Basic Materials and Methods.' 2. SERVICE CONNECTIONS 1 Prior to starting the work consult with the Supply Authority and make all arrangements for the service connections to their distribution system. .2 All Hydro charges for material and labour related thereto shall be paid by the building owner. Comply with all Supply Authority and Inspection Authority Standards and requirements. All inspection fees shall be paid by Division 16. .3 The Supply Authority is Hydro One. .4 The Inspection Authority is the Electrical Safety Authority. 3. GROUNDING 1 Provide grounding system for electrical distribution as required by Code and as specified herein. 2 Clamps for grounding of conductor, size as required to electrically conductive underground water pipe. 3 Copper conductor for each bare, stranded, un-tinned, soft annealed, size as indicated. 4 System and circuit, equipment, grounding conductors, bare stranded copper, un- tinned, soft annealed, size as indicated. VENNERI LTD. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16400 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .5 Non-corroding accessories necessary for grounding system, type, size, material as indicated, including but not necessarily limited to: .1 Grounding and bonding bushings. .2 Protective type clamps. .3 Bolted type conductor connectors. .4 Thermit welded type conductor connectors. .5 Bonding jumpers, straps. .6 Pressure wire connectors. .6 Install complete permanent, continuous, system and circuit, equipment, grounding P systems including, conductors, connectors, accessories, as indicated, to conform to requirements of Consultant, and Inspection Authority. .7 Install connectors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .8 Protect exposed grounding conductors from mechanical injury. .9 Make buried connections using copper welding by thermit process. .10 Use mechanical connectors for grounding connections to equipment provided with lugs. .11 Soldered joints not permitted. .12 Install bonding wire for flexible conduit, connected at both ends to grounding bushing, solderless lug, clamp or cup washer and screw. Neatly clean bonding wire to exterior of flexible conduit. .13 Connect building structural steel and metal siding to ground by welding copper to steel. .14 Make grounding connections in radial configuration only, with connections terminating at street side of water pipe. Avoid loop connections. 15 Bond single conductor, metallic armoured cables to cabinet at supply end, and provide non-metallic entry plate at load end. .16 Ground secondary service pedestals. .17 Make ground connections to continuously conductive underground water pipe on street side of water meter. VENNERI LTD. SERVICE REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16400 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .18 Install water meter shunt. .19 Install grounding connections to typical equipment included in, but not necessarily limited to following list. Service equipment, transformers, switchgear,duct systems, frames of motors, starters, control panels, building steel work, generators, distribution panels, outdoor lighting. Connect equipment to building rounds stem. .20 Con g g y .21 Install grounding connections for telephone and cable TV,in accordance with system suppliers requirements. .22 Perform ground continuity and resistance tests using method appropriate to site conditions and to approval of Consultant and Inspection Authority. .23 Perform tests before energizing electrical system. End of Section VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART1 GENERAL....................................................................................................................2 1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................... 2 2. SUBMITTALS.................................................................................................................... 2 3. LAMPS ............................................................................................................................... 2 4. BALLASTS ........................................................................................................................ 3 5. FINISHES...........................................................................................................................4 6. LIGHT CONTROL DEVICES........................................................................................... 5 7. INSTALLATION................................................................................................................ 5 8. EXIT LIGHTS .................................................................................................................... 6 i i i i i VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 PART1 GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1 Comply with the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 1,General Requirements, Section 16000, Electrical Requirements, and Section 16100, Basic Materials and Methods. 2. SUBMITTALS 1 Submit mock-ups in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16100. .2 Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 1 and Section 16100. .3 Submit complete photometric data prepared by independent testing laboratory for luminaires where specified, for approval by Engineer Consultant. .4 Photometric data to include: Total input watts, candlepower summary, distribution zonal lumen summary, luminaire efficiency, coefficient of utilization, lamp type and lumen rating in accordance with IESNA testing procedures. 3. LAMPS 1 Incandescent lamps rated 130 volt for 120 volt, 4000 burning hours. .2 Fluorescent T8 rapid start rated 3500K, 85 CRI, 20,000 burning hours. .3 Compact fluorescent lamps rated 3500K, 82 CRI, 10,000 burning hours. .4 Compact fluorescent long lamps rated 3500K, 82 CRI, 20,000 burning hours. .5 Par 38 metal halide lamps rated 3200K, 75CRI, 7,500 burning hours. 6 Metal halide lamps (ED-17) rated 3200K, 70CRI, 7,500 burning hours. VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 4. BALLASTS .1 Fluorescent ballast: CBM/CSA certified, discrete electronic energy efficient type. .1 Rating: 120 volt as indicated„ 60 Hz to operate at frequencies above 20 KHz. .2 Power factor: 90 or greater. .3 Capacitor: Non PCB. .4 Sound rated: A. .5 Total harmonic distortion: greater than 20. .6 Mounting: integral with luminaire. .7 Totally encased and shall not exceed 25°C temperature rise over 40°C ambient. Ballast case temperature must not exceed 85°C. .8 Thermal protection: Non-resetable. .9 Manufacture: Advance. .2 High Intensity Discharge Ballast: CSA Certified 1 Rating: 120 volt 60 Hz as indicated. .2 Power Factor: 50 or g reater. .3 Capacitor: Non PCB. .4 Minimum starting temperature: minus 20°F or-30°C at 90% line voltage. .5 Mounting: Indoor, outdoor, remote or integral with luminaire as indicated. .6 Type: High reactance. .7 Manufacture: Advance. VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .3 Compact Fluorescent Ballast .1 Integral with twin tube and quad tube lamps. -in base with integrated starter and interference suppressor. .2 Plub g .3 High power factor. 5. FINISHES 1 Baked enamel finish: .1 Condition metal before painting: .2 Metal surfaces of luminaire housing and reflectors finished with high gloss baked enamel to give smooth, uniform appearance, free from pinholes or defects. .3 Reflector and other inside surfaces finished as follows: .1 White, minimum reflection factor 85%. .2 Colour fastness: yellowness factor not above 0.0.2 and after 250 h exposure in Atlas fade-ometer not to exceed 0.05. .3 Film thickness, not less than 0.025 mm. .4 Gloss not less than 80 units as measured with Gardner 60 gloss meter. .5 Flexibility: withstand bending over 15 mm mandrel without showing signs of cracking or flaking under 10 times magnification. .6 Adhesion: 24 mm square lattice made of 3 mm squares cut through film to metal with sharp razor blade. Adhesive cellulose tape applied over lattice and pulled. Adhesion satisfactory if no coating removed. .2 Alzak finish: 1 Aluminium sheet fabricated from special aluminium alloys and chemically brightened, subsequently anodically treated to specifications established by Alcoa, to produce: VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 5 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 1 Finish for mild commercial service, minimum density of coating 7.8 g/m2, minimum reflectivity 83% for specular, 80.5% for semi- specular and 75% for diffuse. 6. LIGHT CONTROL DEVICES 1 Design I Lens thickness: 3 mm minimum. in acrylic. Material: injection moulded clear virgin.2 � g .2 Other light control devices as specified in Lighting Fixture Schedule. 7. INSTALLATION 1 Installation .I Locate and install luminaires as indicated. .2 Connect luminaires to lighting circuits: .3 For suspended ceiling installations support luminaires independently from ceiling grid in accordance with local inspection requirements or Provide certification letter from ceiling system manufacturer/installer, per Ontario Hydro Bulletin#30-4-3. .4 Support fluorescent luminaires mounted in continuous rows once every 1.5 metres. .5 Align luminaires mounted in continuous rows to form straight uninterrupted line. .6 Align luminaires mounted individually parallel or perpendicular to building grid lines. .7 Locate luminaires in service areas in co-ordination with Division 15 work. .2 Wiring VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 6 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .1 Connect luminaires to lighting circuit as indicated. .3 Luminaire Supports 1 For suspended ceiling installations support luminaires independently of ceiling in accordance with local inspection requirements. fluorescent luminaires mounted in continuous rows once .2 Suppo rt every ry 1.8m. .3 Provide hangers, brackets and accessories for all chain hung luminaires. Chains shall be capable of supporting ten times the luminaire weight. Provide U-bolts for chain ends (S-hooks are not allowed). .4 Luminaire Alignment 1 Align luminaires mounted in continuous rows to form straight uninterrupted line. .2 Align luminaires mounted individually parallel or perpendicular to building grid lines. .5 Safety Chain 1 Provide safety chain for all luminaires weighing more than 50 lbs. support luminaire directly from structural member or as indicated. .6 Co-Ordination .1 Locate luminaires in service areas in co-ordination with division 15 work. 8. EXIT LIGHTS :1 General 1 = L.E.D. type illumination, 120 V. 2 12 VDC socket for emergency operation. i .3 Designed for less than 2 watts of continuous power. VENNERI LTD. LIGHTING SECTION 16500 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 7 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .4 Letters: 150 mm high x 20 mm wide, Red reading EXIT. .5 Manufacturer: Emergi-Lite. 2 Design .1 Recessed wall, end to wall or ceiling mounting. .2 Single or Double face with thermo-plastic face plate to remain captive for relamping. .3 Arrow: right, left both directions as indicated. .3 Installation .l Install exit lights as indicated, in accordance with the latest OBC. .2 Connect fixtures to exit light and battery unit circuits as indicated. .3 Ensure that exit light circuit breaker is locked in on position. .4 Ensure that exit light circuit is not overloaded. End of Section VENNERI LTD. TELEPHONE AND SECTION 16600 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION CABLE T.V. PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART1 GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 2 1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................... r2. TELEPHONE AND CABLE T.V. CONDUIT SYSTEMS................................................ 2 i 1 VENNERI LTD. TELEPHONE AND SECTION 16600 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION CABLE T.V. PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 PART1 GENERAL 1. GENERAL I Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 1, General Requirements, Sections 16000, 'Electrical General Requirements',and 16100, 'Basic Materials and Methods'. .2 Work excluded from this section: All telephone cabling from equipment room to suite. All Cable T.V. cabling from equipment room to suite. This work shall be contracted separately by Owner. 2. TELEPHONE AND CABLE T.V. CONDUIT SYSTEMS 1 Provide separate empty conduit systems for telephone and for cable T.V. consisting of outlet boxes, coverplates, backboards, conduits, pull boxes,sleeves and caps, fish cord, service fittings. .2 Conduits shall be EMT type for all indoor locations except where encased in concrete; PVC shall be utilized in concrete and as shown. .3 Provide junction and pull boxes to suit. .4 Outlet boxes shall be 120mm (4 11/16") square steel type. .5 Provide 6mm(1/4") stranded polypropylene pull cord in all empty conduits, with 3.0 m(10ft) excess at each end. .6 Install all products to effect complete systems. .7 Provide a rigid PVC conduit for each incoming service installed underground, direct _buried, from property line to building exterior wall as shown. .8 Provide all excavation, trenching, backfilling and compaction required for the incoming services. .9 Slope incoming service conduits away from building and seal at building wall penetration. VENNERI LTD. TELEPHONE AND SECTION 16600 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION CABLE T.V. PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .10 Provide a #6AWG copper ground conductor for each system and connect to cold water pipe. .11 Unless otherwise shown,wall telephone outlets and wall cable T.V. outlets shall be recessed flush in finished walls. .12 Supply 1 and install cable television distribution system inclusive of splitter, wiring to each outlet and co-axial cable TV jack and coverplate. - Cable shall be RG6/U75 ohm coaxial cable, 18 AWG center conductor with a 100% bonded shield plus minimum 60% braid. FT4 fire rating. Splitters shall be equal to building standard. - Jack and coverplate shall be equal to building standard. .13 Supply and install in telephone distribution system inclusive of terminal/splices, wiring to each outlet and telephone jack and coverplate. Cable shall be 3 pr cable equal to building standard. = Termal/splice shall be equal to building standard. Telephone and coverplate shall be equal to building standard. End of Section i 1 1 1 1 VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 1 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 INDEX PART1 GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 2 1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................... 2 2. REFERENCES ................................................................................................................... 2 3. SUBMITTALS.................................................................................................................... 3 4. MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................... 3 r 5. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION......................................................................... 3 6. SYSTEM OPERATION.....................................................................................................4 7. CONTROL PANEL............................................................................................................6 8. REMOTE TROUBLE UNIT..............................................................................................7 9. MANUAL STATIONS....................................................................................................... 7 11. PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS....................................................................• 8 12. IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTORS . • 8 13. ALARM HORNS................................................................................................................ 8 14. ACCESSORIES.................................................................................................................. 8 15. ALARM AND TROUBLE SIGNALS TRANSMISSIONS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT... 9 16. INSTALLATION................................................................................................................9 17. VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT............... 10 i i VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 2 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 PARTI GENERAL 1. GENERAL 1 Comply with General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Division 1, General Requirements, Sections 16000 and 16100. .2 Provide labour, materials,products, equipment and services to complete the work of , this Section. 2. REFERENCES .1 The equipment and installation shall comply with the current applicable provisions of the following standards: .1 ONTARIO ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE 1998, SECTION 32 , .2 ONTARIO BUILDING CODE O. REG 413/95 .3 ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION .4 THE SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES OF CANADA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AS APPLICABLE ULC-S524 STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF FIRE ALARM , SYSTEMS ULC-S525 STANDARD FOR AUDIBLE SIGNAL APPLIANCES FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ULC-5527 STANDARD FOR CONTROL UNITS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ULC-S528 STANDARD FOR MANUAL PULL STATIONS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ' VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 3 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ULC-S529 STANDARD FOR SMOKE DETECTORS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ULC-S530 STANDARD FOR HEAT ACTUATED FIRE DETECTORS FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ULC-S531 SMOKE ALARMS ULC-S537 VERIFICATION OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS ULC-S536 TESTING OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 3. SUBMITTALS 1 The contractor shall submit complete documentation showing the type, size, rating, style, catalogue number, manufacturer's names, photos, and/or catalogue data sheets for all items to ensure compliance with these specifications. Seven copies of this information shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. Equipment is not to be ordered without this approval. .2 Only equipment devices have been shown on the contract drawings. Specific wiring between equipment has not been shown. The contractor shall submit for approval the complete layout of the entire system, showing wiring and all equipment, and include installation, operation and maintenance manuals. Submittal shall be in accordance with Section 01001 General Requirements. 4. MAINTENANCE 1. Provide one Y ears free maintenance with two inspections by manufacturer during the year. Inspection tests to conform to ULC-S536. Submit inspection report to the Owner. ' 5. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I This specification provides the requirements for a fire detection and alarm system. The single stage fire alarm system is existing and is being expanded to include the new addition. .2 Electrically supervise system against open circuits or grounds on the station and VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 4 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 signal circuits and against loss of primary AC power or DC standby power to central panel. Trouble of this nature will not activate a general alarm but cause only the trouble buzzer in the panel to sound and the trouble light to illuminate. .3 Class B non-coded zoned alarm system. 6. SYSTEM OPERATION , I Alarm Zone Detection -When a fire alarm condition is detected by one of the system initiating devices, (i.e. Manual pull station, smoke detector, sprinkler flow, or heat detector) the following functions shall immediately occur: - The system alarm LED on the panel control module shall flash. - A local sounding device in the panel shall be activated. - The corresponding LED on the initiating zone(s) in alarm shall flash. - Operate all audible and visual signal devices in alarm mode. - Annunciate the zone on the control panel and the remote annunciator. , - Activate the fan shutdown relays. , - Activate and release the front door electric strike. - Transmit a signal to fire department via an approved central monitoring g P PP g station via leased telephone lines. - Activate elevator controller to fire mode. VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 5 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .2 Trouble supervisory detection - LED annunciation for each of the following: Operation of a sprinkler supervisory switch indicating valve movement. - Loss of excess water pressure in sprinkler system. Operation of standpipe supervisory switch. - Loss of power to fire pump. - Loss of air pressure. - Freezing Temperature. - Low Water Pressure .3 System Trouble Detection-When a trouble condition is detected by any of the system circuits, the following functions shall immediately occur: The System Trouble LED shall flash. = A local sounding device in the panel shall be activated. The trouble LED for the corresponding initiating of indicating circuit shall flash on its respective module. If the trouble condition is caused by ' MODULE FAILURE, POWER FAILURE, POWER TROUBLE, OR GROUND FAULT, the corresponding LED on the common control panel. The System Trouble indicator on remote annunciators shall be illuminated. 4. Signal Silence Switch - Manual activation after 5 minutes of the Signal Silence Switch, shall cause all appropriate indicating appliances and relays to return to the normal condition after an alarm condition. Automatic activation will occur after 20 minutes. 5. System Reset Switch - Activation of the System Reset Switch shall cause all electronically-latched initiating devices or zones, as well as all associated output devices and circuits,to return to the normal state. If alarm conditions still exist in the system after the System Reset Switch activation, the system shall then resound the alarm conditions. Holding this switch down shall activate a Lamp Test function. r i VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 6 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 7. CONTROL PANEL The control panel is an existing unit that will be utilized for the expansion. ' .1 p b P .2 System Capacity-The control panel shall be provided with initiating zones including I trouble supervisory for all the zones indicated in the fire alarm schedule and 25% spare capacity for future expansion. .3 The panel shall provide the following controls and indicators used by the system operator: - AC POWER (green LED) - SYSTEMS ALARM (red LED) - SUPERVISORY (yellow LED) - SYSTEM TROUBLE (yellow LED) - SIGNALS SILENCED (yellow LED) - MODULE FAILURE (yellow LED) - POWER TROUBLE (yellow LED) - SIGNAL SILENCE (momentary switch) , - SYSTEM RESET (momentary switch) - REMOTE SIGNALLING/MUNICIPAL TIE ON (green LED) - REMOTE SIGNALLING/MUNICIPAL TIE ON/OFF (momentary switch) , .4 Initiating Zone Module -The Initiating Module shall provide fully supervised style B (Class B) initiating zones. These zones may monitor and power two-wire smoke detectors or may monitor any N.O. dry contact initiating device. The module shall provide red alarm LEDs and yellow trouble LEDs. Label inserts shall be provided that may be used to identify the zones with up to 30 characters of information each by use of a standard typewriter. .5 Indicating Circuit Module - The Indicating Module shall provide fully supervised , Class B indicating circuits. These circuits shall supervise and power polarity reversing loops containing up to 3 amperes of 24 volt indicating devices. 6 Relay Module - The Control Relay Module shall provide 4 sets of Form C relay contacts rated at 5A, 28 VDC. , r i VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 7 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .7 Power Supply - The power supply for the panel and all fire alarm devices shall be integral to the control panel. The power supply shall provide all control panel power needs as well as power needs for alarm bells or horns. This power may be increased as needed by adding additional modular expansion power suppliers. All power supplies shall be designed to meet ULC requirements for power-limited operation on ' all external signalling lines, including initiating circuits and indicating circuits. A minimum of four(4) total audible and visual signal circuits shall be provided. .8 Circuit breakers, or other over-current protection shall be provided on all power outputs. ' .9 Input shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz. The no-break power supply shall provide internal batteries and charger. Internal battery capacity shall operate the entire system for 24 hours under normal conditions. At the end of 24 hours, the standby source shall rpower the system under alarm conditions for 30 minutes. Battery charger capable of recharging the standby batteries to 80% capacity within 12 hours. Provide high voltage transient protection on all circuits. Minimum protection shall be 1000 Volts ffor alarm receiving, 1500 Volts for signalling and 2500 Volts for power supplies. ' .10 Panel shall include hinged door with key lock (two keys) with engraved plate "Fire Alarm" 50mm high. .11 Manufacturer: EST cat. series#ESA-2000. 8. REMOTE TROUBLE UNIT 1 Alarm and trouble unit installed in designated location and interconnected with ' building monitoring company as directed by owner; EST cat. series#2089. 9. MANUAL STATIONS The manual stations shall be non-coded, semi-flush double action type, ULC listed. Surface mounted stations shall include a red surface back-box manufactured by the same company as"the station. EST cat. series No.275. VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 8 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX , PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 10. HEAT DETECTORS 1 Use 57 degree 'C' fixed temperature and 9 degree C per minute rate of rise type heat detectors where indicated. EST cat. series No. 281C. ' .2 Use an 88 degrees C fixed type where indicated. EST cat series No. 284C. 11. PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS Photoelectric smoke detectors shall be 24 VDC,ceiling-mounted, ULC listed, 2-wire optical type using an LED light source. Each detector shall contain a visual status and alarm indicator, remote LED output and a built-in test switch. Detector shall be provided on a twist-lock base and wire guard. EST cat. series No. 6270C. r 12. IONIZATION SMOKE DETECTORS Ionization smoke detectors shall be ceiling-mounted, ULC listed, 2-wire 24 VDC type using a unipolar chamber. Each detector shall contain a visual status and alarm indicator,remote LED output and a built-in test switch. Detector shall be provided on a twist-lock base as identified below. EST cat series No. 6250C. 13. ALARM HORNS ' Fire alarm horns shall be 24 VDC, polarized, ULC approved, motorized type to reduce current consumption and harmful voltage transients, red enamel finish and suitable for surface mounting. EST cat. series No. 882-2C-001. ' 14. ACCESSORIES Auxiliary Relays - Fire Dept. Module , - _ _End of Line Resistors Temperature sensor to activate a trouble signal upon indoor ambient temperature dropping to 0°C. , ' VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 9 ' TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 ' 15. ALARM AND TROUBLE SIGNALS TRANSMISSIONS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT ' .1 Provide a complete system from an approved monitoring agency. .2 System shall contain the following- .l All wiring, to manufacturer's requirements, in conduit. .2 120VAC power circuit. .3 Transmitter. .4 Telephone line internal cabling c/w secure telephone line. .5 Testing. .6 One-year monitoring contract. ' .3 This system shall be approved by the Municipality's Fire Department; and shall meet all NFPA regulations as an approved central independent monitoring station to the satisfaction of the Municipality's Fire Department. Monitoring Agency shall submit to the Engineer, a certificate or letter confirming approval by the Municipal Fire Department. 16. INSTALLATION .1 Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Consult manufacturer for all wiring diagrams, schematics, sizes,outlets,etc. before installing conduits and pulling wire. ' .2 Conduit and Conductors - Provide complete wiring and conduit between all equipment. Unless specified otherwise herein, all wire shall be FAS type 90E ' insulated in EMT. .3 All devices shall be mounted upon and all splices made in listed boxes. Wiring splices are to be avoided to the extent possible and "Transposing or changing colours will not be permitted". All junction boxes shall be labelled with approved markings. ' :4 All equipment shall be held firmly in place. Fastening and supports shall be adequate to-support the loads with a safety factor of five. .5 Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be connected to a separate dedicated branch circuit, maximum 20 amperes. Circuit shall be labelled as "FIRE ALARM". VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 , FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 10 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX ' PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 .6 All wiring shall be completely supervised. In the event of a primary power failure, ' disconnected standby battery, disarrangement of any components, any open circuits or grounds in the system, an audible and visual trouble signal will be activated at the ' panel until the system is restored to normal. .7 As indicated on the drawings, each zone shall be labelled on the Fire Alarm Control , Panel and Remote Annunciator Panel. .8 All Fire Sprinkler and standpipe System devices (i.e. Flow switches, supervised , valves and pressure switches) shall each be indicated on a zone as per drawings. .9 Fire alarm detection circuits shall be#16 AWG for individual wires and#18 AWG ' for cable assemblies. Ensure total voltage drop for signal circuits does not exceed 5% from the supply side and 3% for branch circuits. , .10 Smoke alarm, to be by permanent 120 VAC power connections to bathroom lighting circuit with no disconnect switch between the over current device and the smoke alarm. If more than one device is utilized in a dwelling unit, interconnect all the alarms such that any one shall activate all the buzzers. .11 Install devices at mounting heights as listed in ULC-S524 "Installation Fire Systems" and in Section 16000. .12 Cable for all devices in each circuit shall be looped at each device and not spliced in Tee form. An end-of-line resistor device shall be installed after the last device on each circuit. ' .13 Protect smoke detectors during construction with dust bags which are to be removed ' at time of verification. 17. VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT t 1 Verification of the system shall be in accordance with ULC-5537 'Verification of Fire , Alarm Systems' in the presence of the local fire inspector. .2 The manufacturer/contractor shall make an inspection of all the fire alarm equipment, ' including those components necessary to the direct operation of the system such as manual station, thermal detectors and controls. The inspection shall comprise an examination of such equipment for the following: ' That the wiring connections to all equipment components show that the ' VENNERI LTD. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SECTION 16700 FITNESS CENTRE ADDITION PAGE 11 TO THE COURTICE COMMUNITY COMPLEX PROJECT NO.: 00-59 23 MARCH, 2001 installer undertook to have observed ULC and CSA requirements. - That equipment of the manufacturer's manufacture has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and have been operated or tested to verify their operation; ' - That the supervisory wiring of the equipment connected to a supervised circuit is operating. .3 On completion of the inspection and when all of the above conditions have been complied with, the manufacturer shall issue. ' l A copy of the inspecting technician's report showing location of each device and certifying the test results of each device. .2 A certificate of verification confirming that the inspection has been completed and showing the conditions upon which such inspection and certification ' have been rendered. ' End of Section